Home

Storekeeper 3&2 - Indiana University

Contents

1. Tur Commn ov toreb vagn vhs offer vopresrusd b tht membered puschage erie o a meo aereoa hace brva Gr a spo majed niit o 48 af the rm and romfaqnt tt farti sod seori ie SESE pip goes Figure 5 13B Example of a D Form 1155r Order Supplies or Semites Request for Quotations general provisions When Imprest Funds may be Used Imprest funds may be used to purchase supplies and services only when the requirement cannot be satisfied by the supporting shore activity within the required time frame and 5 24 1 The transaction involves one delivery and one payment not in excess of 150 In emergency situations this limitation may be increased to 300 However prior to purchase written approval by the commanding officer for all emergency transactions in excess of 150 must TIE ER EPALE AS The Cononrtiag Offer et may tims by a evitan ender and ett et piese af occoptonco amp ben sotoa of comori inves the grecrel evege of thie ammira etro Gecerasast wherever tu imer Popama so mate tes diatosat pupenes Shes drewings dovigpe opociirenone shore the sugplics 10 by tummiched we to be to anbd eei menuterivred fer the Unteed Novo Guverenent in atcesdenge horori ase af dotivory M any auth change esusen D PUTES fee be hodutey i die cem v Me dvorvetusn m dofun i how the contart price ax concedevation qr Gbereseo meswar the ball emma of curd emmsotan pertettags botorei m rast
2. 3149 1802 31 3 1832 3157 1840 3 57 18 52 O NPO021 Figure 5 16 E xample of an imprest fund purchase log 5 29 i goose Officer USS JOHN PAUL JONES pied FPO San Francisco 96601 ne PP 19 Supply Officer USS John Paul Jones D0G 32 Naval d y Center Oakland Pier 19 c Wharf n tinea neia MI Tronsuce sland DON eee Soaviid niet i DONA ceed ot eal of Gam ow RETURN Ga Gowen RETE oe a ew terme end e0d phe etebave urniered tomat Burm she igttgusng G verey wpetrhed herpes agaban ter U S Bertha Gamer Proceso ot Puronas Oran on OO Ferm Ville Loses CLAUSE WO 13 APPLIES ONLY 1 RE DOR D IS CHECKED ons NO 159 1m3 BOR o I CMECHEDI gar breton end Queen y qt aged Tha Pyrenean nepa ender putharde et 36 UBC ZION lel 2 e m per ed c the schoduie ot nates Me U S 00 DOnonan OF Porto Age ouhgrepes under 7300101 10 MEL Add tennal Generel Pronpom sopie Supper shall ren Acceptance on DO Form 18de and return copes aT emm hG Tes amm T P Ni BET CEN 100 Quantity 5 po Weather Jackets type N 6 FS Queamtitv i COLUR 39 MAS OF EN ACCEPTEO AND CONS OMS T C wscreo ascents CON TRAY encart aa nonio 96 ICEATIPY met voe cones 4 opman gng penn Qr payant PDEA farene ond fm of Cort yag Offemt DD i H run 1 155 8C PAEVIOUS EDITION 1S COSOLETE erm Aggrovad bv Compeaiter rerai 5 3 ey 48 Masiak sa 9 10 gnaw erent etc Gere Ges OS sm 0102 47091 3393 165
3. DATE 30 June MFRS MASTER PLAN NUMBER 2218 MP 2 Rev A BUREAU NUMBER None Assigned NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS See Sheet No APPLICATION Shipboard Laundry APPLIANC X30 Drving Tumbler NAVY CONTRACT OR SHIPBUILDERS ORDER NUMBER See eet No MANUFACTURER AMERICAN LAUNDRY MACHINERY IND neinnat Ohio EP MANUFACTURER S E FEE NAME OF PART OR TOOL DATA Lus nrsuars oue re V Belt Browning Roller Chain mer Ste 40 M Pitch 73 Long Cylinder Bearing SKF 1 each front amp rear Brush for Cleaning Heater Fins 5L490 Commercial 6207 6208 Commercial LEGEND FOR 37 x 30 Tumbler Dryer 440 Volts 60 Cycles 3 Phase AC WHEN REORDERING ALWAYS INCLUDE 1 COMPLETE NAME PLATE DATA INCLUDING SERIAL NO 2 MFG AND BUREAU PLAN NO 3 MFG PART NO 4 THIS DRAWING NO DRAWING NUMBER 2218 CD 3 Rev C BUREAU DRAWING NUMBER 609 C DLC 16 609 1 845 458 Rev SHEET 2 oF d Figure 4 11 Parts list page from NAVSEA Technical Manual LOAD LISTS a material requirement to an NSN The use of load lists is described in the NAVSUPP 485 Load lists refl h h of ial Be Hate genert Uie Tange Atid Me pin ot materia Instructions for locating Stock ReferenceNumbers in the Microfiche Editions of Supply Catalogs including tenders and repair ships or bases They like Information on the ML N and other dated publications al
4. AAEL NG LOCATION TCR EET a I RR RE E IC ELI IM IN M uro EET E dE A 4166 5113 1158 Bre NEED Figure 7 5 Sample stock record cards in NIIN sequence To preclude misfiling or careless loss of stock records only the well trained and adequately supervised Storekeeper or Storekeeper striker should be permitted access to stock record files DATA ELEMENTS Data elements used in NAVSUP Forms1114m and 1114 manual are found m the NAVSUP P 485 PREPARING NEW CARDS When the original card is filled a new card is prepared duplicating the stock item information except for usage data The beginning date demand quantity and frequency of demand on the old card are totaled and entered on the new card Any requisitions 7 11 still outstanding are also transferred The old card must be retained until the next supply overhaul and is filed according to local practice POSTING RECEIPTS OF STOCK MATERIAL Stock record cards should be posted daily in ink as you receive the receipt and issue documents from the receiving Storekeepers and storeroom Storekeepers Receipts should be posted before issues and the SIM items posted before non SIM The following data in the stock record must be compared with those in the receipt document Differences must be reconciled before posting the receipt to the stock record cognizance symbol national stock number e unit of issue unit price quantity requisitioned a
5. Figure 13 7 Hand pallet truck electric Figure 13 8 Tiering truck electric powered type that has a load capacity of 4 000 pounds and a lifting height of 68 to 150 inches STRADDLE TRUCK The straddle truck is a diesel or gasoline powered four wheel vehicle designed to straddle pick up and transport loads of long and heavy supplies such as pipe lumber and steel The straddle truck figure 13 9 is used as an efficient conveyance for intrastation movement of palletized material at many supply activities Straddle trucks offer a faster and more efficient method of moving unitized pallet loads over intermediate distances than the tractor trailer train PALLET SLING The pallet sling figure 13 10 is used to handle a palletized load for overhead lifting by a crane or ship s boom Slings are normally made of cable but line or 13 4 Figure 13 10 Pallet slings chain may be used depending on the weight of material to be lifted Slings have rigid horizontal supports at the base Usually made of steel bars or pipes that must be of sufficient strength to distribute the load across the entire length Some slings have movable spreader bars at the top to prevent the load from being crushed when lifted PALLETS A pallet is a wooden steel or aluminum platform on which supplies are loaded transported or stored in units Use of pallets permits handling the material with forklift trucks cranes and other trans
6. 1 List of Items Requiring Special Handling LIRSH Master Repairable Item List MRIL 2 Navy Item Control Number to National Item Identification Number NICN NIIN Cross Reference Naval Publications and Forms Directorate Aviation Supply Office NPFD ASO manages all Navy subscription for the Federal Logistics Catalog including requisition processing payment matters renewal notifications customer inquiries and problem and future enhancements to the system A subscription includes the initial 3 disk set a user manual and monthly updated disks Forms and Publications Navy Stock List of Forms and Publications NAVSUP P 2002 provides ordering information for all forms and publications printed and used in the Navy GSA Catalog The General Services Administration GSA Catalog provides a quick reference for commonly used items since it is published in four volumes Volume 3 contains descriptions of material similar to the ASG Clothing Price List Clothing price lists are published by the Ship s Parts Control Center SPCC Separate price lists are provided for men s and women s clothing items These lists establish the mandatory prices of clothing items They are usually revised on 1 July of each year and more often if necessary because of price changes They must be posted in all clothing stores for all to see TECHNICAL REFERENCES You will refer to technical publications repeatedly The better you understand the
7. Figure 5 6 Example of a Requisition and Invoice Shipping Document DD Form 1149 multiple requests cLS SHIPPING CONTAINER TALLY d 123466788 10 11 12 13 14 16 96 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 M 2520127 28 20 30 31 32 33 34 36 30 37 38 30 40 41 42 43 44 46 46 47 48 49 60 5 REQUISITION DATE 6 REQUISITION NUNOER REQUISITION AND INVOICE SHIPPING DOCUMENT ml as R62192 7288 2601 1 FROM DATE MATERIAL RE RB2192 USS JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 18 OCT iso 2 TO N 244 NSC SAN DIEGO CA FUEL DEPARTMENT POINT LOMA ANNEX 3 SHIP TO MARK FOR ENGINEERING OFFICER U88 JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 22 PIER 2 NAVSTA SAN DIEGO CA 9146 00 286 8610 NAVY SPECIAL FUEL OIL BL 2750 SUPPLEMENTARY ADDRESS N60987 SIGNAL CODE A FUND CODE 39 DD IOM 1149 e 81 6e 59 64 06 96 57 08 90 00 01 GEES 04 05 0667 00 09 707172 73 7475 70 77 76 79 00 M OF 03 94 05 06 U7 OF 80 90 91 9 93 94 96 90 07 96 90 100 REPLACES EDITION OF 1 MAY 58 WHICH MAY BE USED S N 102 011 1001 ORIGINAL genpo154 Fgure 5 7 Example of a Requisition and Invoice Shipping Document DD Form 1149 petroleum products LETTER REQUESTS Letter requests occasionally may be used to obtain material for which the usual procurement documents are inapplicable or inappropriate Generally letter requests will be submitted only when a formal discussion of the material requirement is necessary Their use may also be required by the cognizant systems command bureau office or other
8. The TMINS is a plan for classifying indexing and numbering Navy technical manuals to encourage standardization and modernization The 13 character number patterned after the 13 digit national stock number serves both as the technical manual identification number and as the number used to requisition a particular technical manual TMINS numbers are authorized for use on DD Forms 1348 or message requisitions in DD Form 1348 form at using RIC A04 or AOD as appropriate See NAVSUP P 485 and NAVMATINST 4160 1 for further information on the TMINS IDENTIFICATION ABOARD SHIP You should be able to identify both the material in your ships storerooms and the material requirements of your ship You do this by converting item nomenclature or description into NSNs assigned in the Federal Catalog System All items of stock must be recorded on stock record cards Any action which affects the quantity or value of that stock must also be recorded For this reason all stock transactions receipts and expenditures use NSNs to make sure they are posted to the right stock card If you use the wrong NSN to requisition material for the ship you will probably receive an item that the ship cannot use Not only will the ship have spent its money uselessly but an item that may be urgently needed by another ship or station will not be available There is also the additional delay of waiting for the right item material to be ordered and received When
9. o thr A o09 31 OPTAR GRANT FISCAL YEAR TO DATE 32 LAST oirrERENCK Listing neceiveo W LAST DIFFERENCE LISTING PROCESSED m pee TL RECA 1 aS HEN Figure 10 22 Part 3 Budget OPTAR Report MINIMIZE a message report of Budget OPTAR data should be submitted in lieu of the Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 The message report is submitted to the DAO with a copy to the type commander no later than the second day of the month following the end of the month being reported Current and prior year OPTAR reports and any other related information prescribed by the type commander should be included but each OPTAR and other specific categories of information will be reported in separate paragraphs of the message When a message report is submitted confirming Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 will not be submitted The message should be prepared in the following format NOTE For obligation data columnar headings 21 22 23 and 24 corresponding to block headings of the NAVCOMPT Form 2157 See figures 10 24 10 25 and 10 26 Message Reports Subparagraph A OBLIGATION DATA will always show the obligation data contained in blocks 21 22 23 and 24 of the Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 The amounts should be given in numerals rather than being spelled out in words Figure 10 27 shows how the data in blocks 21 22 23 and 24 of the Budget OPTAR Repor
10. Air Water pumped Ammonia Argon Oil pumped Argon Water pumped Argon Oxygen Butane Butane Propane mixture Carbon Dioxide Carbon Dioxide Fire only Chlorine Dichlorodifluoromethane Freon 12 Dichlorotetrafluorcethane Freon 114 Ethylene Oxide Helium Oil free Helium Oil pumped Hydrogen Monobromotrifluoromethane Fire only Monochlorodifluoromethane Freon 22 Nitrogen Oil pumped Nitregen Water pumped Oxygen Medical Oxygen Aviator s Breathing Oxygen Technical Oxygen Nitrogen Propane COLOR MARKINGS pa se e sov Yellow Black Black Brown Gray Gray Gray Yellow Yellow Gray Red Brown Orange Orange Yellow Ethylene Oxide Carbon Dioxide Carboxide Buff Buff Gray Yellow Red Orange Gray Gray White Green Green Black Y ellow Y ellow Black Black Orange Gray Gray Gray Yellow Yellow Gray Red Brown Orange Orange Buff Buff Gray Gray Y ellow Red Orange Gray Gray Green Green Green Green Y ellow Y ellow Green Black Orange White Gray Gray Yellow Yellow Gray Red Brown Orange Orange Buff Buff Gray Gray Yellow Gray Orange Gray Black Green Green Green Green Yellow Yellow Green Green Yellow White White Green Orange Orange Gray Red Brown Orange Orange Blue Blue Gray Orange Black White Orange Black Black Green White Green White Orange OSNPOO14 Figure 4 4 Color codes for compressed gas cylinders 4 7
11. Chain hoists or chain falls provide a convenient and efficient method for hoisting loads by hand The chief advantages of chain hoists are that one person can raise a load of several tons and the load can remain stationary without being secured Manually operated chain hoists of the type illustrated in figure 13 25 can be carried and operated by one person They are particularly useful in trucks and small storerooms aboard ship and when other more mechanized equipment is not available Some larger storerooms are equipped with electrically operated hoists which move along overhead trucks These hoists have the advantages of speed and ease of operation Block and Tackle A block and tackle figure 13 26 is an arrangement of one or more pulleys with rope or cable for pulling or hoisting large heavy objects The block and tackle also called tackle or pulley is used in the same situations as the chain hoist for smaller loads 13 11 Dollies The dolly or dolly truck is a frame mounted on wheels or rollers and is used for moving or shifting heavy loads for short distances Figure 13 27 illustrates the three common types used by the Navy The general purpose dolly figure 183 27 is used to move unpalletized material primarily large bulky and or heavy items over short distances The pallet dolly figure 13 27B with a capacity of 4 000 pounds is used primarily to move palletized loads in and out of boxcars trucks trailer
12. NAVCOMPT 20T4 ANO NAVSUP 1162 Figure 9 5 The Defense Business Operating Fund in operation 9 5 1348 is submitted to the appropriate supply activity A ship forwards a copy of the requisition document i e green copy of the DD Form 1348 to the appropriate DFAS for use in performing the ship s official OPTAR accounting Monthly the ship submits a Budget OPTAR Report which summarizes the obligation documents The report authorizes the DFAS to reduce the ship s OPTAR and the ship s type commander s operating budget The material is issued to the ship The supply activity submits Report of Fired Authorization Charges NAVCOMPT Form 2074 with supporting Financial Detail cards NAVSUP Form 1162 to the DFAS This authorizes the DFAS to charge the ship s OPTAR 7 Credits the DBOF thus completing the cycle The Defense Logistics Agency General Services Administration and the Departments of the Army and Air Force have similar funds to finance procurement of materials managed by the respective agency or department Navy Industrial Fund The Navy Industrial Fund is a revolving fund used to finance industrial commercial type activities The Navy Industrial Fund serves much the same purpose as the Defense Business Operating Fund The exception is that it is used to finance the cost of maintaining and operating such industrial commercial type activities as naval shipyards Major charges to the fund are civilian
13. Receiving SK releases material to Storeroom SK who stows material circles quantity received signs N 1348 1 and forwards 1348 1 to STOCK CONTROL SK Stock Control SK Stock Control SK posts receipt to records aS appropriate attaches NAVSUP Form 1250 1 to 1348 1 as necessary and forwards 1348 1 to Requisition SK SK assigned to maintain 1114s OPTAR RECORDSKEEPER OgNPOO63 Figure 10 10 Shipboard flow ofreceipt document The storeroom and the stock control Storekeeper maybe the same person aboard some ships The requisition and OPTAR recordskeeper may also be the same person aboard others Each function in the receipt document processing cycle is considered separately in For a more detailed discussion of receipt procedures and document flow see NAVSUP P 485 The point to be remembered is that a receipt document passes through several stages of shipboard processing before reaching the OPTAR recordskeeper The procedures for posting receipts to the OPTAR Log depend on the type of receipt Partial Receipts In general the OPTAR recordskeeper can recognize a partial receipt by the requisition Storekeeper s notation on the DD Form 1348 1 The notation also identifies the transaction as one of two types of partial receipt partial receipt balance outstanding or partial receipt balance canceled See figure 10 11 In the absence of the requisition Storekeeper s notation on the DD Form 1348 1 you can deter
14. items in order to read demand frequency and dues The information in the basic MRP record is augmented by five types of subrecords containing additional information A printout of an MRF record may be obtained by input of a stock number inquiry document identifier X90 The data in the MRF is kept current by the application of transactions during update processing and by the application of change notice actions Requisition Record File The Requisition Record RQN File is an active tile containing records for outstanding and completed requisitions originated by or for the ship Completed requisitions may be removed from the RQN File by using the Requisition History File Process RHISP utility RHISP will strip completed requisitions from the current requisition file and add them to the Requisition History File RI IF Each requisition record consists of the card images of all status follow up and receipt transactions processed under the particular document number Change notice actions which apply to the MRF also apply to the RQN File and become subrecords where applicable A requisition record is initially established at the time a requisition document identifier DI e g AOA is processed in an update The computer rejects any attempt to establish duplicate document numbers The computer program allows a maximum of 32 subrecords for each requisition A printout of a RQN record and related information may be obtained by input o
15. GSA Supply Catalogs GSA Supply Catalog Series consists of a guide and four commodity catalogs identified as follows The guide section contains consolidated alphabetical and NSN indexes for the items listed in the four commodity catalogs It directs the user to the catalog that contains the listing of the item sought There is also detailed information about the Federal Supply System FSS Stock program and requisitioning procedures The tools catalog contains listings of common and special use tools It includes many of the tools listed in earlier GSA catalogs and has alphabetical and numerical indexes and a price list The office products catalog lists a wide variety of items for office use including paper supplies forms and equipment It too has alphabetical and numerical indexes and a price list The industrial products catalog lists a broad range of items They include hardware paints adhesives chemicals machinery building materials and cleaning equipment and supplies It has alphabetical and numerical indexes and a price list The furniture catalog is a single source of information for all furniture items presently stocked by FSS It should be used as sole guide for selecting furniture and related items GSA supply publications are prepared for civilian agencies Before processing requisitions for GSA items fleet units should refer to the ILs or ML N for supply management data 4 15 Commercial and Governme
16. IF THE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER IS KNOWN Refer directly to Part I for turn in instructions USING PART I Look over the entire line item entry noting such elements as Security Classification and Notes If the item has not been processed through art intermediate maintenance activity note the repair maintenance code RMC If RMC is O for Organizational or F G H for Intermediate 4 12 take action to attempt local or intermediate repair as appropriate NOTE Make sure that replacement requisitions are not submitted until local or intermediate repair efforts have been exhausted If the Shipping Code column shows a six character shipping code refer to Part II for shipping document marking instructions If the Shipping Code column shows one of the special two digit codes take action as indicated HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION SYSTEM The HMIS DOD 6050 5L and LR provides information to assist users who handle hazardous materials in the performance of their jobs to minimize the risk There is a wide range of data in the HMIS related to safety health packaging labeling transportation and disposal of hazardous materials HMIS also provides labeling and packing requirments shipment storage and handling safety precautions as well as other characteristics of the items listed The listing is separated into three sections as follows Trade Name Product Identity Cress Reference e Part Number Cross Ref
17. MOm USS AMERICA CV 66 UIC V03366 1781806 601S _ mese mansrers emi MONTH QUARTER WONG 30 NOV 1983 A TRANSFERS TO OMER SUPPLY Orriceas imrar amwa CHARGES TO ALLOTMENTS POR MATERIAL 15 U 0 PROM ire account STORES BALANCE SHEET CAPTION 1781804 602E 570128 60951 V03366 p o pcd MEN DRE S708 p ncc Ooo iig Figure 10 42 ThE A Summary NAVCOMPT Form 176 The B Summary The B Summary is used to effect statistical accounting adjustments nonchargeable between appropriation accounting classifications including adjustments between unit identification codes Examples of transactions reportable on the B Summary are 10 38 Issues of chargeable type ship s material to ships of the same type command and Five Year Defense Program budget activity Service Designator Code and first position of fund code on requisition and expenditure documents are the same Trasfer of the cost of material used in ROV performed for ships within the same fleet and Five Year Defense Program of the tender repair ship or equivalent command Type commander centrally procured material distributed to individual ships and units AVIATION MATERIAL AND COST TRANSFERS Aviation material and cost transfer summaries are designated as the C and D Summaries Only the C Summary has general shipboard applications The original C Summary is submitted to the servicing DFAS
18. Other Numbers DRAWING NUMBERS Certain technical materials are identified by a drawing or sketch number assigned by the controlling bureau or systems command or by the manufacturer and must appear on all requisitions when a stock number is not assigned JCEC NOMENCLATURE some items of electronic equipment are identified by Joint Communications Electronics Committee JCEC nomenclature AN UYK 5 V or Navy type R 390A URR or model number MK 9 MOD 2 as well as stock and serial number In addition major units of fire control radar equipment are identified by mark and modification numbers MARK AND MODIFICATION NUMBER Ordnance material usually is given a mark and modification number a drawing number and a piece number These serve to identify the part and facilitate reference to ordnance publications Ordnance equipment may also be serially numbered giving individual identify to units that are physically alike This number is stamped on certain ordnance equipment such as a rifle or pistol to facilitate identification of the manufacturer and to place responsibility for custody TOOLS OF IDENTIFICATION So far you have studied the need for classifying material how material is classified how the NSN is constructed how the NSN is used to classify material the types of material used in the Navy and the various markings used in identification The classification of material as to type is important because of the method
19. Purpose of a TCMD The TCMD is a multipurpose document designd to e identify the material in a shipment and provide needed transportation data It takes the place of airbills Navy cargo documents and material routing sheets obtain clearance and provide advance notice to intermediate transshipment points that a shipment is to be expected provide the information needed to trace a shipment Contents of TCMDs Prime Shipment Unit TCMD Data Elements are shown in figure 14 2 MILSTAMP provides an explanation of how to prepare the TCMD Assignment of TCN At this time the shipment s unique identifying number the Transportation Control Number TCN is determined and entered on the TCMD as described in MILSTAMP The TCN is a 17 digit number H I S rpe mmt c mali kereta TERRE Epp DD FORM 1384 1 APR 63 ERPLACES EDITION OF 1 JM 02 WEICH IS caBOLETE B Punchcard format TO UNCIAS MILSIME Tos 1 TXLSLMM NOS109 N2 5 000 048 T 0 0030681935800 LARA vV90300 1 BLMEL AE1 U08 9 201647 179970977 wm WESRAGE TOO PORMAT POLLOVS THE SRQUENT AL CADER OF TEE PUNCH CAAD PONAT KACH UNIT OF DATA 18 SEPRATED OY A SLANT LINT OLAMR 18 TYPED 18 TO UNIT SPACE IF IT I8 MOT APPLICABLE OSNPO13A Figure 14 1 TCMD Punch Card Column 1 3 4 8 DD Form 1384 Block l 2 REFERENCE LIST FOR PRIME SHIPMENT UNIT TCMD DATA ELEMENTS Data Element Document Identifier Code Container or T
20. The COSAL is a supply management document because it tells the supply officer how much and what type of material to stock It also tells the quantity of each item of equipage that must be carried aboard ship During peacetime operations the ship s operating schedule is usually known Supply officers are able to replenish the storerooms for an operation because they know where the ship is going how long it will be gone and what supply support will be available during the trip During wartime or other emergency the duration and destination of the ship may not be known The supply officer must then load to capacity to provide for the ship s requirements for an indefinite period of time For most operating supplies the supply officer has the past records of what has been used From these a balanced load that will provide the maximum days of support can be calculated But what about repair parts No one can predict when a bearing on the freshwater pump will wear out or a vital part in the radar will fail This is where the COSAL takes over Computers have analyzed the failure frequency of parts used aboard ships and based on the equipment aboard your ship have developed an allowance of repair parts that you should stock The key word in COSAL is COORDINATED Computers assemble a list of the allowed parts from the hundreds of APL AELs into lists of repair parts to be stocked by the ship These lists are prepared by the activities and cov
21. in the requisition stock points occasionally may furnish a substitute item in lieu of the requested item Refer to data block T of DD Form 1348 1 for an example of a stock number of an item originally requested Distinction between a substitute NSN and a new or superseding NSN is determined by the status code BH or BG respectively indicated in the supply status card When a substitute item is received and a stock record already exists for the same NSN as that of the 7 13 LL ddl a papes os Tee Ca ne rhea ee ea eal GN MGE 5960 00 mE PE rare MAR I D Figure 7 10 Example of a stock number of an item originally requested on DD Form 1348 1 substitute item the receipt data as well as the notation ITEM IS SUBSTITUTE FOR NSN _ will be entered in the existing stock record If a stock record does not exist a new stock record will be prepared to record the receipt of the substitute item as shown in an example of a posting action for a substitute item The stock record for the primary item and the stock record for the substitute item will be reviewed at the same time when computing total demand quantity and or frequency demand and in determining replenishment requirements When replenishment is required the primary item if preferred will be requisitioned When the unit of issue in the receipt document differs from that in the stock record the unit of issue in the stock record will be changed to
22. l 003451033 PoE 10 8 CrrT END OF OPTAR LISTING Figure 10 37 Aged Unfilled Order Listing preceding the listing s Processed date For the purposes of this publication assume the Processed date of the listing illustrated i is 23 January 1984 The OPTAR recordskeeper then checks the Date Matl Recd column of the corresponding OPTAR Log entries At this point the recordskeeper can divide the unfilled orders into three categories l those with corresponding requisitions that have not been completed those with corresponding requisitions that have been completed 60 days or less before the listing s Processed date and those with corresponding requisitions that have been completed more than 60 days before the listing s Processed date 10 34 PROCESSED DATE THIS REPORT WILL BE PROCESSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PAR 4 08 3 OF NAVSO P3013 RPT SY S284 04 08A Fy ay EL 0eC 068 S DOCUMENT NO FC DOC TL PRI COG UIC Jb 3N ID NO EDR 6H ROSSO UI STOCK NUMBER FSC NIIN 207 b250 RO5S04 4294002 KE 204 O0e ROSSON 41990029 KR ZOA DO ROSSOW eD 0053 KC 204 003 b810 Ro5SO 42050054 KE 204 003 ROSSOW 42050055 kc 20t 003 ROSSO 4208004 KC 204 O03 ROSSON 2O DDeL KD 204 003 AGED UNFILLED ORDER LISTING FOR DECEMBER 1584 0034340 PAGE 1 PROCESSED 07 23 84 OPTAR HOLDER REMARKS Pot Ssm aTY DATE 2 4 25 4 3 2 cmm 01 23 84 PROCESSED DATE OF LISTING 60
23. of the service The letters R V and N have been established to identify naval requisitioning activities All UICs currently assigned are listed in NAVCOMPT Manual Volume 2 You should become familiar with this reference because you will have many occasions to use it Assume for example you are transferring stores to another ship You must know the unit identification code in order to show it on the expenditure document so that the receiving ship will be charged Remember it is the responsibility of the ship or activity preparing the accounting papers to make sure that the UIC is correct COST CODE The cost code consists of 12 characters and may be alphabetic numeric or both This code provides information to further classify transactions or in some cases aid in identifying a specific transaction In most cases the information to be used for this data element is determined locally by the administrator of the funds in conjunction with the accounting activity NAVCOMPT Manual Volume 2 provides information on the structure of cost codes based on the purpose for which used The cost code in figure 9 7 is the most common code structure used by afloat units in requisitions for material and services The cost code consists of two zeros followed by the four digit Julian date the four character serial number and the two character fund code As you will be using fund codes almost daily a further explanation is provided PURPOSE TO
24. 10 REQUIBITIONER Clear uxt name and address USS JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 FPO SAN FRANCISCO CA 96691 ADDL EQUIP DATA APL 621200087 MFR DW MX 253801 EQUIP PATTERN 12 ADDL ITEM DATA NICN 4418 LL CAO 8061 155 66 17818084 782D 53824 8 060957 2D R52192 00803332 4NR Eaton of Apr 77 may ba DOD SINGLE LINE ITEM REQUISITION SYSTEM DD Form 1348 6 Feb 65 used unl exhausted SN 0102 LF 013 2279 R S SEARS LT SC USN DOCUMENT MANUAL LONG FORM 86NPO149 NOTE DD FORM 1348 6 is a 6 part snap out form with multicolored interleaved copies It is perforated at fold line to permit fiding to size of a requisition Figure 5 2 Example of a Non NSN Requisiton DD Form 1348 6 will be prepared in accordance with the NAVSUP P 485 An example is shown in figure 5 5 PREPARATION OF REQUISITION AND INVOICE SHIPPING DOCUMENT DD FORM 1149 A DD Form 1149 will be prepared only for the procurement of material that is excluded from MILSTRIP It may also be prepared for excluded material for which a procurement document is not specified It may be used to requisition repairs or rentals of laborsaving devices repairs of equipage items drycleaning or renovation services etc when required by the supply source or repair facility When the DD Form 1149 is used for the procurement of specified materials other than bulk petroleum and services it sould be prepared using the mau o i r Load ae CR wear mula cac
25. 2 NSNs in NIIN sequence and 3 engine models in alphanumeric sequence Sed figure 4 7 Part II Shipping Addresses Contains addresses of designated overhaul points DOPs including contractors and other indicated destination for all items listed in Part 1 Addressees are listed in shipping code sequence Sed figure 4 8 How to Use the MRIL IF THE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER IS NOT KNOWN Look up the part number reference number In the MCRL If part number appears more than once refer to CAGE using Cataloging Handbook H4 2 to determine the manufacturer Once the right part number has been found the NIIN can be determined Using the NIIN refer to Part I for shipping instructions PART I LISTING OF ITEMS 1325 LL HDZ 9925 1560 00076 4591 1630 00 085 2625 6610 00 086 1632 865 00 100 7298 865 00 1174136 1010 00 381 0658 4935 00 412 5854 S SRR RA m ozxzxmermrum Sansa 1440 00 421 4388 o oOg p5 c ccceccccc Figure 4 7 Master Repairable Item List MRIL Part I PART II SHIPPING ADDRESSES SHIPPING CODE SHIPPING SHIPPING CODE SHIP TO SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS UNIT IDENTIFICATION CODE FEDERAL SUP PLY CODE FOR MANUFACT UIC FSCM Q81412 CDR DCASR NEW YORK C O TREADWELL CORPORATION RAILROAD STREET THOMASTON CONN 06787 SPECIAL MARKINGS FOR OVERHAUL AND REPAIR ON CONTRACT N00104 71A 0174 Figure 4 8 Master Repairable Item List MRIL Part II
26. HAVE EXAMINED THE FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FINANCIAL LIABILITY OFFICER AND Xone Suomi the aracned statement of objection X X 2 Do not intend to make such a statement b HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF MY RIGHT TO LEGAL ADVICE MY SIGNATURE IS NOT AN ADMISSION OF LIABILITY c ORGANIZATIONAL ADORESS Unk Designation d TYPED NAME Last First Middle initial amp SOCIAL SECURITY Office Symbol Base State Countiy Zip Code NUMBER mm ipie NORTH ISLAND CA 92010 SIGNATURE h DATE SIGNED gl Ath As pod s 17 ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER 17 ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER UL ORGANIZATIONAL ADDRESS Unit Designation 3 d d AUTOVON DSN NUMBER Office Symbol Base State County Zip Code p o gifios P 427 7877 NAVAL AIR STATION SIG E ad amp DATE SIGNED NORTH ISLAND CA 92010 2 Seanad P alia DO Form 200 Back FEB 91 Attachment 1 to Enolosure 4 Figure 8 amp 14 Example of a completed Report of Survey DD Form 200 back 8 13 INITIAL REQUESTS The DD Form 200 will be initiated by either the accountable or responsible person When circumstances warrant such as when there is an indication of criminal action or gross negligence the commanding officer or the CO s designee may appoint a surveying officer or survey board Refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for Survey Board procedures Exceptions Research action is not required when it is the opinion of the commanding officer or a designated rep
27. L UeC S761 OH ROSSO4 PROCESSED DATE pace 1 DOCUMENT NC FC DOC TL NO PRI BILL SUP AD UI COG STOCK NUMBER A Pot Sun QTY AMOUNT LIC JD SN ID ISS ACT ID VO NO FSC NIIN DATE REMARKS R655Du u1 9 DO21 KE ZOA Do 20 14 2090 0C343 00 POSSO4 1940021 KE 202 00b38 0315 l4 2090 805504 YLINOGCL KE ZOA ooe eU id 2090 003436001 100 00CR CORRECTION 200 00CR CORRECTION 100 00 LOO B0CR DIFFERENCE eee 2805508 YLIGUC3C KR 204 Doe 20 l4 e090 00343bb0 R0S30 YLI9003G DR ZJ 00638 C320 LH 2090 T 730 1 236 00 SOb 00 DIFFERENCE ROSSDu u2090058 DC ZOA 003 o 7125 O0be439L0 e 110 0 ROSSO 42050058 KC 202 00638 1270 sa 7125 l b7 70 POE 2 8 1l 0 00 PART ORD ESTAB 55 DIFFERENCE ROSSON 42430074 KC 20E DOe 20 PO5504 42430074 KC ZJ 003 0299 2 5535 1e0 bd 00 bO GOCR DIFFERENCE w ROSSOU uebLOOAZ KR 20A 008 18 96 b250 ODeeuuic 05504 Y2bLO08e KR Zu 00b38 0340 6 beso 115 20 70 15 80 R DIFFERENCE ROSSDu u2 00090 KC 20E DO lu RoSSO we O00 C Kx 2J 00638 032 6 58 b47 32 b0 00 DIFFERENCE ROSSOW 42750098 KC 20E 010 1l eu ROSSOY 42750098 KC 2J 00638 0343 3 78 00 4 00 DIFFERENCE we RO5SO8 42770103 KC 20E C13 8540 0053037704 lb 1CD SuCR AD CANC 1CO 5 DIFFERENCE Figure 10 30 Summary Filled Order Expenditure Listing THIS REPORT MILL BE PROCESSED IN ACCORDANCE MITH PAR LOS
28. RDDs In addition to the three TPs just mentioned TP4 is used in MAC airlift for deferred airfreight on the basis as authorized by MILSTAMP MILSTAMP AIR SHIPMENT Air shipment within DTS is normally limited to transportation priorities 1 and 2 PD 01 08 shipments However transportation priority 3 PD 09 15 shipments with advanced RDDs may qualify Naturally air shipment would be used if it were more economical or if surface transportation were not available The three major military airlift systems used by the Navy are the Military Airlift Command MAC QUICKTRANS and Fleet Logistics Airlift System PACKAGING REPAIRABLE The objectives of the mandatory turn in repairable program are to expedite the immediate return of repairable and to provide adequate packaging that will Table 14 L Relationship Between UMMIPS Issue Priority Designators PD and MILSTAMP Transportation Priorities TP 14 16 ensure the safe return of an item Detailed procedures for packaging of repairables are contained in Supply Afloat Packaging Procedures NAVSUP P 484 CARGO On ships that are primarily cargo ships a cargo officer who may or may not be in the supply department is assigned the responsibility of receipt custody stowage and delivery of cargo CLASSES OF CARGO Military cargo may be divided into the following general classification GENERAL Miscellaneous material packed in boxes bales crates packages bundles or on p
29. Requisitions citing nonchargeable fund codes are recorded in the log for the purpose of maintaining requisition number control although they will not have an effect on the OPTAR balance Some nonchargeable requisitions may have to be completed as chargeable at a later date Various types of transactions are listed below to help you distinguish between chargeable and nonchargeable Chargeable Transactions The following transactions are classified as chargeable and therefore reduce the OPTAR balance e Requisitions placed with supply activities ashore for stock account material Defense Logistics Agency Army Air Force Navy Stock Account NSA and General Services Administration material Requisitions for the type of material listed in item 1 above placed with a fleet issue ship tender or repair ship operating under Navy Stock Account Class 207 or Class 224 procedures Requests for reimbursable work or services placed with an ashore field activity Purchases by the use of the DD Form 1155 series of purchase orders the Purchase Order Invoice Voucher Standard Form 44 or the imprest fund Requisitions for items to be purchased by an ashore activity chargeable to end use e g to the ships OPTAR Transfers of material between ships under different type commands different Five Year Defense Program Budget Activity and transfers from other appropriations requiring reimbursements Requisitio
30. SCAC ABCD INXXOO206 A2DC TRUCK COWTAIMER HARK CAPACITY DATE B amp L ISSUED OO mo 50116 9 406 408 Bi SED tale Nx ta py of earlead er tructlced shipmeat asiy io 6 IF EXTRA SERVICES ARE ORDERED SEE ADMIMISTRATIYE DIRECTIONS MO 2 pred BXNVERZE T7 Midwest Army Depot IL EUM Transportation Officer 1 Depot IL 60074 T FOR Security Group Augsburg Germany Shipplag poiat 9 u CHARGES TO as sito To Chief Transportation Division DMFAKTREMT OK AGENCY uo xiwabdia State or couatry BSIP code 162 12345 7 OR CANCELED BILLS OF LANDING TO APPROPRIATION CHARGEABLE 57X44060 OR USE OF DEST IMATION CARRIER ONLY dpt TR pos mare IPS Iam ARIFF OR SPECIAL RATE AUTHORITIES CL TL or Vol oniy TOR USE OF ISSUING OFFICER eee u m e Ren F4 1954al T O B POINT 2 DAT DLIII Mame of delivering carrier DELIVERED THIS CONSIGNMENT COMPLETE AMD IN APPARENT GOOD ORDEN EXCEPT AS MAY BE INDICATED HEREAFTER D CARRIER OSSD MEPORT ATTACHED CARRIER PURHISMED o DELIVERY 0 TRAP CAR SERVICE AT DESTINATION STAMDARD FORM 1183 Jaawery 1974 Sigeatere ot carrier s authorized ogoat nei RED SHIPMENTS VIA AIR TRUCK GR WATER CARRIER IN CASES WHERE REQUI 86NPO183 Figure 14 4 Sample of a Standard Form 1103 14 6 Bill of Lading Shipments made by commercial carrier to a military transshipment point may be documented on both a government bill of lading GBL a
31. SMA when directed by the commanding officer or when circumstances indicate that it is needed to maintain effective inventory control Specific Commodity Inventory The specific commodity inventory is a physical count of all items under the same cognizance symbol Federal supply class or which support the same operational function such as boat spares electron tubes boiler tubes or fire brick This type of inventory is performed under the same conditions as a bulkhead to bulkhead inventory However prior knowledge of specific stock numbers and item locations is required to perform a specific commodity inventory Special Material Inventory A special material inventory requires the physical count of all items that are specifically selected for separate identification and inventory control These items may be selected because of their physical characteristics costs mission essentiality criticality or other masons Special material inventories include but are not limited to stocked items designated as classified or hazardous Special material inventories also include controlled equipage and presentation silver Physical inventory of such material is required on a scheduled basis as precribed by the NAVSUP P 485 Spot Inventory A spot inventory is an unscheduled type of physical inventory performed to verify the existence of a specific stock item The inventory is performed as the result of a total not in stock NIS indicati
32. VEGETABLE PREPARATION AREA MS IN CHARGE OF VEGETA BLE PREPARATION AREA SERVICE ACTIVITIES MASTER KEY DUPLICATE SHIP S STORE OFFICER BARBER SHOP SHIP S STORE SH IN CHARGE OF STORE SH IN CHARGE OF BARBER SHOP REFRIGERATED SPACES MS IN CHARGE OF REFRIG SH IN CHARGE OF COBBLER ERATED SPACES SHOP VEGETABLE LOCKER TAILOR SHOP RETAIL CLOTHING STORE MS IN CHARGE OF VEGE SH IN CHARGE OF TAILOR SH IN CHARGE OF RETAIL TABLE LOCKER SHOP CLOTHING STORE SHIP S STORE BULK STOREROOM SH IN CHARGE OF STORE ROOM PHOTO SHOP RETAIL CLOTHING BULK STOREROOM SH IN CHARGE OF PHOTO SHOP GROUPS amp AND N DUPLICATES RETAINED IN THE DUPLICATE KEY LOCKER IN THE SUPPLY OFFICE SPECIAL DUPLICATE KEY LOCKER OR IN THE SUPPLY OFFICER S SAFE SH IN CHARGE OF STORE ROOM EACH GROUP B COMBINATION WALL BE KEPT IN A SEALED AND SIGNED ENVELOPE IN AT DISCRETION OF SUPPLY OFFICER GROUP lI SPACE WHEN CASH SALES OR OTHER CASH TRANSACTIONS OR MATERIAL INTENDED FOR ULTIMATE CASH IS STORED THEREIN Figure 6 4 Supply space groups and custody chart 6 15 CHAPTER 7 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT The information contained in this chapter has general application to all ships Except for reactor or plant support material in nuclear powered ships shipboard material inventories are divided into five areas for management purposes as follows e OPERATING SPACE ITEMS OSIs Operating space items are in the custody and
33. equipment commonly used at naval activities Storage and Materials Handling DOD 4145 19 R 1 Naval Ships Technical Manual chapter 572 Storage and Materials Handling NAVSUP P 284 and the Navy Supplement NAVSUP P 284 1 give detailed information about materials handling equipment TYPES OF MATERIALS HANDLING EQUIPMENT Descriptions and uses of handling equipment normally found in supply operations are contained in the paragraphs that follow FORKLIFT TRUCK The forklift truck is the most widely used powerdriven piece of handling equipment used by the supply department It is designed to pickup carry and stack palletized unit loads of supplies and equipment Standard forklift trucks are available with lifting capacities of 2 000 to 15 000 pounds and lifting heights of 100 to 210 inches Forklift trucks are equipped with telescopic masts that permit loads to be lifted beyond the height of the collapsed mast Most trucks have free lift which is the height to which the forks can be raised before the inner slides move upward from the mast and increase the overall height Gasoline powered forklift trucks may be equipped with solid rubber or semisolid tires for use in warehouses or with pneumatic tires for use in outdoor storage areas Electric powered forklift trucks are equipped with solid rubber or semisolid tires for indoor Operations only Forklift trucks are generally used in the handling of palletized unit load They
34. four different ways For example the NAVSUP Operating Procedures Manual for MILSTRIP MIL STRAP may be referred to in various publications and directives one of the following ways 1 NAVSUP Publication 437 2 NAVSUP Pub 437 3 NAVSUP P 437 or 4 NAVSUP 437 When referencing NAVSUP publications in correspondence messages etc they should be written as NAVSUP Publication 485 STORAGE AND MATERIALS HANDLING NAVSUP P 284 The Storage and Materials Handling Manual NAVSUP P 284 This manual consolidates the detailed technical information available to the military services on storage and materials handling operations It includes information on the receipt storage issue and care of supplies except for preservation packaging and packing The Navy Supplement NAVSUP P 284 1 expands on some of the above subjects It contains specific policy and procedures that do not affect the other services These manuals are designed for the three ring binder MILSTRIP MILSTRAP DESK GUIDE NAVSUP P 409 The MILSTRIP MILSTRAP Desk Guide NAVSUP P 409 is a handy reference for personnel who originate and process MILSTRIP MIL STRAP documents This booklet contains common definitions coding structures and abbreviated code definitions used on a daily basis Blank space is provided for entering commonly used routing identifier fund project and locally assigned codes OPERATING PROCEDURES MANUAL FOR MILSTRIP MILSTRAP
35. identifier is left blank If the requested material is not available for issue the requisition is returned to the requisitioner since ships do not hold requisitions on backorder for later issue EQUIPAGE Equipage is a term applied to items that are not consumed in use and usually are of greater value and have a longer useful life than supplies There are two categories of equipage controlled equipage and other equipage Equipage allowances are established in the COSAL Stock Number Sequence List Operating Space Items SNSL OSD COSAL parts I and II and instructions and publications issued by commands and offices The COSAL allowances were discussed i and are the most frequently referred to The heads of departments are responsible for submitting requests for equipage requirements to the supply officer who then requisitions the needed items 5 15 Equipage that is not controlled is procured in the same manner as other operating space items The allowance is intended as a guide and the quantity on board is determined by need and OPTAR availability When a request is received from a department head the supply officer submits the requisition direct to the supply activity Selected items are designated controlled equipage and require increased management afloat due to anyone or a combination of the following 1 Essential for the protection of life or 2 relatively valuable and easily converted to personnel use NAVSUP P
36. include procurement material receipt custody and Paragraph 53 127 7d 4 a Chapter Paragraph Subparagraph eux Figure 3 5 Paragraph scheme for NAVSUP P 485 3 6 stowage material expenditure stock records and inventory control AUTOMATED SNAP SUPPLY PRO CEDURES ASSP NAVSUP P 567 Volumes I and I1 This publication provides fictional supply and accounting procedures and policies for ships and activities using the Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing System Red Time SUADPS RT Release 3 and beyond It consists of two volumes Volume I Logistics and Inventory Managenent and Volume II Financial Management They provide supply personnel with the necessary information to accomplish the mission of the department operating in an automated SNAP I environment The two volumes together provide the policies concepts and procedures necessary to understand what is required what is expected and how to perform specific supply and accounting functions in conjunction with instructions provided in the SUADPS RT Support Procedures published by the Navy Management Systems Support Office NAVMASSO SUADPS RT SUPPORT PROCEDURES The Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing System Real Time SUADPS RT is supported by a three volume reference manual called the SUADPS RT Support Procedures These Support Procedures are written by the afloat Central Design Agency CDA Navy Management System Support Off
37. information job control number equipment identification number etc is obtained from the supply documents for reporting into the 3 M Systems This information is obtained from the following maintenance related documents 1 Issue documents 2 DTO requisitions 3 Receipts 4 Departmental turn ins 5 AB AS and AE supply cancellation status The only tape file in the system is the Maintenance Data Collection MDC File The Maintenance Related Transaction MRT in the MDCS is the same as the Transaction Tape TRN in the supply system The MDC File contains data collected by the system and subsequently output as TDA91 tape MANUAL FILES Manual files provide control over transactions which have not been completed They are also a point of assembly for transitions which are to be processed and they provide various system users with history or reference files on completed transactions These files are explained below Keypunch Assembly File The Keypunch Assembly File consists of source documents which are to be sent to Data Processing for keypunching This file is maintained in the Stock Control Division The documents are assembled in document identifier batches and logged in a Control Log before being sent to keypunch Stock Control History File The Stock Control History File contains all source documents which have been used as a basis for keypunching cards to update files Included in this file are all transact
38. operating supplies and retail items and preparing related correspondence reports and returns Storage Storage functions include the receipt storage and issue of retail items and operating supplies the maintenance of related records and the cleanliness and upkeep of assigned storage spaces Sales Sales functions include the operation of the retail sales outlets such as the ship s store clothing store soda fountain and vending machines maintaining related records and the cleanliness and upkeep of assigned spaces Service Activities Service activities functions include the operation of the ship s store service activities such as laundry barber tailor and drycleaning shops maintaining related records and the cleanliness and upkeep of assigned storage spaces Disbursing S 4 Division General The disbursing component collects and disburses all public funds aboard ship and performs all afloat pay and allowance functions Pay Records Pay record functions include the maintenance of military pay records and preparing money lists Public Vouchers Public voucher functions include the preparation and verification of public vouchers as required Financial Returns Financial returns functions include payments and collections of all public funds and preparation of reports and financial returns Wardroom Mess S 5 Division General The wardroom mess component procures receives stores issues and accounts fo
39. pneumatic and hydraulic military equipment They are explained as follows e Part one or more pieces joined together Normally disassembly prevents them from being used as designed e g outer front wheel bearing of a truck an electron tube a composition resistor e Subassembly is two or more parts which form a portion of an assembly or a unit that can be replaced as a whole It may have a part or parts that can be individual y replaced e g gun mount stand window sash recoil mechanism floating piston telephone dial terminal bead with mounted parts e Assembly a number of parts subassemblies or any combination joined together to perform a specific function e g power shovel front fan assembly audiofrequency amplifier The distinction between an assembly and a subassembly is not always exact An assembly in one instance maybe a subassembly in another i e when it forms a portion of an assembly Unit an assembly or any combination of parts subassemblies and assemblies mounted together normally capable of independent operation in a variety of situations e g hydraulic jack electric motor electronic power supply internal combustion engine electric generator radio receiver The size of an item is a consideration in some cases n electric motor for a clock may be considered as a unit because it is not normally disassembled Group a collection of units assemblies or subassemblies whic
40. procedures that must be followed in receiving stores stowing the material and processing the receipt documents The actual steps to accomplish this vary greatly from ship to ship depending upon the size and volume of stores Whether one Storekeeper does many jobs or there are individuals assigned to specific jobs the end result must meet the requirements set forth in NAVSUP P 485 MATERIAL RECEIPT As in every operation responsibility for actions to be taken are assigned to key personnel In receipt of government owned material for your ship responsibility takes on added importance because of the many types of material receipts and the required accountability The SK3 and SK2 should be aware of the receipt responsibilities of the following personnel in order to assist in the receipt of material and to prepare themselves for added responsibilities as they advance in their career SUPPLY OFFICER Is responsible for the receipt identification inspection and distribution of all incoming stores This does not include medical supplies except on special accounting classes 207 and 224 ships Marine Corps stores bulk petroleum products and ammunition The supply officer is also responsible for the processing of receipt documentation The supply officer will 6 1 delegate the responsibility for the physical receipt of incoming stores to the leading storeroom Storekeeper LEADING STOREROOM STOREKEEPER Makes sure that incoming ma
41. sustain current operations It includes the sum of stocks represented by the operating level and the safety level SUPPLIES AND EQUIPAGE FUNDS The term referring to funds granted to type commanders to support the normal operating expenses of the fleet SUPPLY AVAILABILITY The period of time assigned for the accomplishment of a supply overhaul SUPPLY OPERATIONS ASSISTANCE PROGRAM INTEGRATED LOGISTICS OVERHAUL SOAP ILO The concerted efforts of assigned shipboard personnel under the supervision of ashore based SOAP ILO team members to refine shipboard inventories of repair parts to update related stock records consistent with prescribed allowances or other stowage objective criteria and to identify material deficiencies and or excesses A SOAP ILO is designed to improve the supply readiness of the ship entails the offload identification and inventory of shipboard stocks of repair parts disposition of excesses requisitioning of deficiencies and the reload and restorage of allowed items in authorized quantities SOAP ILOs are performed usually during a shipyard overhaul in ships designated and scheduled by the type commander SUPPLY OVERHAUL The physical effort involved in purifying and adjusting onboard stocks and records to bring them into agreement with the prescribed allowances thereby improving the supply readiness of the ship SUPPLY SOURCE CODE Identifies the basis or means of material availability a
42. under the management of the department heads Certain operating space items which require special inventory control are designated as controlled equipage REPAIR PARTS Repair parts are in the custody of the supply officer when supply department stowage space permits They are always under his management e CONSUMABLES Consumables are in the custody of the supply officer when supply department stowage space permits Stocked consumables i e consumable items carried as supply department stock are managed by the supply officer This is the case if the items are stored in supply or other department spaces Nonstocked consumables i e consumable items not carried as supply department stock are in the custody and under the management of other department heads e MAINTENANCE ASSISTANCE MODULES MAMs Maintenance assistance modules are in the custody of the supply officer They are located in the appropriate operating and maintenance spaces under the subcustody of operating or maintienance personnel e READY SERVICE SPARES RSSs Ready service spares are repair parts in the custody of the supply officer They are located in the appropriate operating and maintenance spaces under the subcustody of operating maintenance personnel INVENTORY MANAGEMENT AFLOAT TERMS Throughout this chapter you probably will encounter new terms referring to inventory control 7 1 When you encounter a new term refer to the glossary f
43. 000 00 D SFOEDL PROCESSED AuG 84 BT O NPOOB2 Figure 10 29 Message OPTAR Report paragraph 2 letters of the month of the report the UIC of the reporting ship the subhead the operating budget number including the OB suffix if applicable and the fiscal year When the first prior year s OPTAR is reported upon in paragraph 2 i e for report months of October through March only the following data will be reported A OBLIGATION DATA B TRANSMITTAL DATA C GRANTS FYTD D SFOEDL PROCESSED The data for these subparagraphs will be prepared in the same manner as described and illustrated for the current fiscal year s OPTAR in the preceding pages If there was no transmittal of unfilled orders nor cancellations on a Transmittal Letter NAVCOMPT Form 2156 in the month subparagraph B should show B TRANSMITTAL DATA NONE Figure 10 29 shows a typical paragraph 2 of the Budget OPTAR Report message reporting on the last prior year s OPTAR Message OPTAR Report verification When the OPTAR recordskeeper finishes drafting the message it is given to the supply officer The OPTAR recordskeeper should keep a copy of the draft When 10 27 the ship s communications center sends a copy of the actual message to the supply office the OPTAR recordskeeper should compare it with the draft item for item to make sure that the message was transmitted exactly as drafted If there is any mistake the OPTAR recordsk
44. 11 24 83 60TH DAY BEFORE PROCESSED DATE 4328 JULIAN FORM Figure 10 38 Processing an itemized Aged Unfilled Order Figure 10 39 shows the requisition completion status of the unfilled orders itemized on the listing illustrated in figure 10 37 Unfilled orders that have been completed more than 60 days before the listing s Processed date that is unfilled orders in the third category described on the preceding page are discussed in NAVSO P 3073 Preparation of an unfilled order adjustment document When the OPTAR recordskeeper prepares an unfilled order adjustment document the green copy of a 1348 must be annotated with 1 the unit identification code UIC and name of the DAO in block A the ship s UIC and name in block B AC1 in block 1 the stock number in blocks 4 and 5 the unit of issue in block 7 the quantity in block 8 the document number in blocks 9 10 11 and 12 the fund code in block 17 go 9 the cognizance symbol in block 18 10 the Issue Priority Designator IPD in block 20 11 the unit price in block T 12 the total price that is the amount being canceled in block U and 13 ADMINISTRATIVE CANCELLATION ABOVE THRESHOLD in the section Remarks The unfilled order adjustment document when completed is placed in the Holding File 2 for the corresponding fiscal year Confirmed cancellations If the OPTAR recordskeeper decides to record
45. 5 part II for shore stations and part III for ships contains the retention standard for naval records Record materials are listed by broad subject and the retention period is furnished Nonrecord material may be destroyed locally as soon as it has served its purpose Records material may be destroyed upon completion of the retention period Unclassified records or nonrecords materials authorized for destruction may be placed in wastebaskets and disposed of in the normal manner for trash Classified matter authorized for destruction should be destroyed by burning in the presence of two designated witnesses All persons witnessing the destruction of classified material must have security clearances at least as high as the category of material being destroyed Classified matter may also be destroyed by pulping provided destruction of the classified material is complete and reconstruction impossible TRANSFER TO FEDERAL RECORDS CENTERS Federal Records Centers have been established by the General Services Administration in various locations throughout the United States Activities are authorized to transfer records to Federal Records Centers under certain conditions including the following 1 When the records are specifically designated in SECNAVINST 5215 5 for periodic transfer 2 When the records are designated in SECNAVINST 5212 5 for permanent or indefinite retention and they have served the activitys immediate reference need
46. AND REGULATIONS OF THE U S NAVY Standard Organization and Regulations of the U S Navy OPNAVINST 3120 32 series promulgates regulations and guidance governing the conduct of all members of the U S Navy NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND PUBLICATIONS This section describes some of the manuals and publications that are published by NAVSUP Naval Supply Systems Command Manual The Naval Supply Systems Command M anual is issued for the information and guidance of all persons in the Department of the Navy It is designed to standardized supply procedures The procedures in the NAVSUP Manual are mandatory unless otherwise stated The paragraph numbering system of the 3 4 NAVSUP Manual shown in figure 3 3 consists of a five digit paragraph number and its subparagraph designators The following is a breakdown of such a number Explanation In the paragraph number cited in the example the first digit designates the volume which in this case is volume 1 the second digit indicates the chapter of that volume which in this case is chapter 1 the third fourth and fifth digits indicate the paragraph of chapter 1 of volume 1 which in this case is paragraph 063 The next four digits are subparagraphs of the basic paragraph There are four volumes of the NAVSUP Manual They are discussed in the following paragraphs SUPPLY ASHORE VOLUME II This volume contains basic supply principles and procedures for supply activities ashore Thes
47. APA Migration Items shifted from chargeable to nonchargeable have the opposite effect on the OPTAR balance That is when the necessary entries are made the OPTAR balance increases by the amount of the requisition involved Entries in the log generally follow the APA to NSA migration except the amount of the adjustment entry on the next available line in the log is circled or written in red ink credit and NSA to APA ADJ is entered in the Remarks block The amount of the adjustment is recorded on the list of confirmed cancellations in Holding File 2 Sed figure 10 8 Price Adjustments Price adjustments as described below WILL NOT BE MADE unless the fiscal year cited on the requisition is the current fiscal year OR the current ocugxr NUMBER SUANTETY ET TCS 1 ADJUSTMENT ENTRY Tats LST oF CONFIRMED CANCELIATESS ALUE CANCELED 35 v gno 5 FILe 2 20 August 1984 HOLDING a Ending for Per month is one of the months of October through March AND the fiscal year cited is the last fiscal year i e the first prior fiscal year The unit prices that are assigned to each item available through the Navy supply system are changed from time to time In preparing a chargeable requisition a ship may use an old and consequently incorrect price in its OPTAR Log entry and on its DD Form 1348 green copy In processing the same requisition a supplying activity will always charge the correc
48. Budget OPTAR Report the OPTAR recordskeeper can 10 21 INCREASE OR i OBL I GAT I ONS FY TO DATE oct E R pevar I I ROTO x Ba E OO 77 L nmm CUMUL ATIVE DIFFERENCES OBLIGATIONS GROSS ADJ O NP0074 Figure 10 21 Part 2 Budget OPTAR Report make a comparison between the number control log and the Part 2 total If the OPTAR recordskeeper does not maintain a cumulative total column in the number control log the recordskeeper can achieve the same comparison by adding together the total net values of the retained copies of the OPTAR Document Transmittal Reports for the same fiscal year Transmittal Letter Part 3 provides a recap of transmittal letters to the DAO for the month The total shown Part 3 is the net total obligations for the month and must equal the difference between Part 2 block 22 for the current month and that reported for the previous month This figure can be obtained from the Net Value column of the number control log as illustrated in figure 10 22 Remarks In filling out the Budget OPTAR Report on type commander funds the OPTAR recordskeeper prepares the bottom portion of the report as shown m figure MESSAGE OPTAR REPORT Except when a ship or unit is in the immediate vicinity of the DAO or during periods of message 10 22 Tet S is N MER A bee L PART ifi TRANSMITTAL e wo oor 1
49. CAREER DEVELOPMENT Career development is a process that provides the technical administrative and leadership skills needed for a career in the supply field To help you plan your career development the Navy provides a specialist called a Career Counselor an Advancement Handbook for the Storekeeper rating and nonresident training materials found in Publication NAVEDTRA 12061 Catalog of Nonresident Training Courses Any serious considerations for planning a career in supply requires that you investigate these sources As a first step in your investigation see the person responsible for the administration of the supply department s training programs The primary source for enlisted career development has been the Navy s formal school programs While the importance of this type of training cannot be overemphasized it should not be viewed as a cure all approach to your career development To effectively meet the real world responsibilities of your rating the development of high quality performance requires that your career development be designed to provide a timely mixture of formal training and practical experience These topics and others you will want to discuss in detail with those involved with assisting you in planning your career objectives Career development is not purely automatic it requires your personal attention and participation TRAINING MANUALS Training Manuals TRAMANSs such as this one are prepared for mo
50. DESIGNATED CUSTODIAN FUNCTIONS 1 Stow material 2 Conduct inventory in accordance with paragraph 6062 6 of the NAVSUP P 485 Issue material Collect issue and receipt documents Prepare issue documents for losses by inventory nsw Figure 6 3 Stock material in custody subcustody of other department beads the stowage and breakout of material or in emergencies e g fire battle damage etc or as follows INSPECTION Personnel will be allowed access to stowage spaces for purposes of inspection as directed by the commanding officer Such personnel will not be given the keys to the spaces but will be escorted by responsible personnel as directed by the supply officer ACCESS FOR DAMAGE CONTROL PURPOSES Access to stowage spaces will be authorized to damage control personnel when performing their duties Stowage spaces will not be secured in such a manner that access using ordinary damage control equipment is impeded in an emergency PERMISSION FOR ENTRY Permission for entry of persons not ordinarily authorized access to stowage spaces will be granted by the supply officer or in the supply officer s absence the commanding officer executive officer or command duty officer Private Use of Stores Public supplies may not be used by any individual except for emergency issues to persons in distress as authorized by NAVSUP P 485 Issues of material must be made only on authorized issue or transfer docume
51. Deliveries of material from other ships or supply activities are complete when material is turned over to the ship s representative and signed receipts obtained During underway replenishment delivery is complete when the material clears the side of the issuing ship CUSTODY The term custody is used to mean the responsibility for proper care stowage use and records of Navy material SUPPLY OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY The supply officer is responsible for all supplies carried in stock except ammunition fuel Marine Corps supplies and medical material When the supplies are stowed in supply storerooms the supply officer is said to have actual custody physical possession of the material and has full responsibility for the material i e procurement receipt stowage expenditure and stock records The responsibility of custody may be divided Sometimes it is impossible or impractical to stow material in supply storerooms because of limited storeroom space or inadequate storeroom space for large items big quantities or for highly technical or sensitive material Under these circumstance the material may be stowed in spaces under the control of other departments The material is in the custody of the other departments since they have physical possession but it is still in the technical custody of the supply officer The head of the department having actual custody is responsible for proper stowage inventory and use of th
52. Each microfiche is arranged as shown below Blanks indicate that a specific code is not applicable to the NSN Cog The cognizance code assigned to the NSN MCC The material control code assigned to the NSN FSC The Federal supply class assigned to the item NIIN The national item identification number SMIC The special material identification code REP tThe repairable material code SCC The security classification code SL The shelf life code SLA The shelf life action code HZD The hazardous material identification classification code In addition the following categories of items requiring special handling are contained in the LIRSH e Repairable Items Refer to NAVSUP P 4107 Master Repairable Item List MRIL for turn in instructions Shelf Life Items determined by the inventory manager to be deteriorative in nature Physical Security Code Item refer to OPNAVINST 5510 1C for special handling instructions other than unclassified SCC U items Hazardous Items Refer to DOD 6050 5L and LR HMIS for labeling and storage requirements The codes and definitions for data printed in the LIRSH are listed in the NAVSUP P 4000 MASTER REPAIRABLE ITEM LIST MRIL The MRIL is a catalog of Navy managed repairable items The primary purpose of the MRIL is to provide fleet activities the data required for disposition of NRFI Not Ready for Issue repairables including repair level
53. Figure 5 13C Example of a DD Form 1155r 1 Order for Supplies or Services Request for Quotations Foreign be obtained Simultaneous requirements of more Restrictions on Use than 150 or 300 under emergency conditions may not be split into multiple purchase transactions to circumvent the prescribed Imprest funds may not be used for any of the following purposes monetary limitation for imprest funds 1 Cashing checks or other negotiable instruments The supplies or services are available immediately and cash payment will be made 2 Payment of transportation charges to common upon pickup or delivery Carriers 5 25 3 Purchase of money orders 4 Purchase of supplies or services that with detailed specifications or require detailed technical inspection upon pickup or delivery Purchase of supplies or services that would not be authorized for purchase under general purchasing regulations Disbursements Purchases from the imprest fund must be based on an authorized purchase request document NAVSUP Form 1250 1 or DD Form 1348 These documents must be approved by the supply officer or his authorized representative Normally the purchase request document must be marked imprest fund and include the following information 1 Item name 2 Estimated unit price and total price 3 Vendor s name and address if known The cashier may advance funds to the person authorized to make the purchase and obtain a re
54. Figure 5 17 Example of an Order Under Indefinite Delivery Contract DD Form 1155 sources of supply 10 make small purchases of items of the same general category Such an arrangement eliminates the need to issue several purchase orders for small requirements by providing for purchases to be made by placing calls either orally or by informal memoranda against the blanket purchase agreement 5 30 OBTAINING BPA When a BPA is desired and the conditions in the NAVSUP P 485 exist the supply officer or commanding officer of a ship without a Supply Corps officer attached may request that the supporting shore supply activity establish a BPA A copy of this letter must be forwarded to the type commander and it must contain the following information e Type of supplies or services required e Suggested sources of supply Period of time during which the supplies or services will be required Name or names of individuals within the supply department authorized to place orders against the BPA When determined by the supply activity that the request is justifiable it will negotiate and prepare the BPA Copies of the BPA are then provided to the ship the vendor and the activity designated to make payment Material is obtained by the authorized person designated in the BPA by placing calls to the vendor Consult NAVSUP P 485 for additional information on call procedures billing screening and the review required und
55. NAVSUP Form 1250 1 money value only MVO required for such procurements See figure 5 8 and 5 9 for examples of documents used to procure items from Servmart Mandatory Requirements The use of the SERVMART Shopping List SSL NAVSUP Form 1314 is mandatory in all procurement actions from SERVMART NAVSUP Form 1314 in conjunction with DD Form 1348 MVO or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 MVO are the only procurement forms authorized Refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for detailed guidance in the use of these forms for SERVMART procurement Documentation by Material Category One SSL in triplicate and one supporting DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 MVO are required to be pepared for each category of material that is to be procured from a SERVMART Procurement of Material in Bulk Quantities Since larger ships often require quantities of material which would exceed amounts reasonably expected to be stocked on the shelf many SERVMARTs provide a bulk issue service This service is designed to provide the quantities necessary to fill smaller customer needs However SERVMARTs 5 13 He ture EIER EL c eere at ce EIET Is FROM RB2192 USS JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 eS aene ERE e E a Sa ewe p ois han n Fi Ti Talis i3134115 In 17608119129 21 22 PA MAE AM Ki 4 mem uds ATA Lo BPN NAT EFE ae DATE TETA TUR BMTGIBMIGGI qdai fimoG in GIEN 3 AVA LS BN 40 MOLIGI Figure 5 8 Example of a DD Form 1348 SERVMART
56. OPTAR balance rather than reduce it the OPTAR recordskeeper circles this amount or writes it in red ink when entering it in the OPTAR Log Figure 10 31 shows how the difference totals are posted to the OPTAR Log Normally the OPTAR recordskeeper is not concerned with the other totals shown at the end of the listing An explanation of these totals can be found in NAVSOP 3013 Investigating an itemized transaction see figure 10 32 If the monetary difference between a filled order an unfilled order that matched an expenditure document and its expenditure document counterpart is over 100 the transaction is itemized on the SFOEDL Expenditure documents over the threshold for which the DAO has not been able to find a corresponding unfilled order in two monthly attempts are also shown on this listing with a difference equal to the entire expenditure amount The purpose is to provide the ship an opportunity to examine these transactions in light of information held aboard ship but not at the DAO If shipboard investigation proves the differences to be correct the OPTAR recordskeeper need not take further action If the differences are incorrect the recordskeeper annotations the listing as described in the NAVSOP 3073 The transitions itemized onthis listing fall into the following categories 1 DIFFERENCES a pricing difference 10 28 62 0T LLED ORDER CXPENDITURE DIFFERENCE LISTING FOR DECEMBER 1543 y 64
57. Outer Containers and Selected Documents The code uses various arrangements of 5 bars and 4 spaces hence the 9 of which 3 are wide the 3 to represent any of 43 different characters The digits 0 9 the letters A Z 6 special characters and a blank space can be encoded by the 3 of 9 In addition to the barcode MIL STD 1189 requires OCR A characters to appear above or below the bar codes An example is shown in figure 11 3 This code is read by electronic devices called scanners These scanners have a hand held wand or light pen that is passed over the 3 of 9 bar code either left to right or right to left There are both stationary and portable scanners available These scanners are very sensitive to the variations in the light and dark areas The bar code data element can be as long as 32 characters with a start stop mark an asterisk and a clear or blank space at both ends The 3 of 9 bar code is self checking it must contain an exact number of 12 EDGE 0123456789 912 PUNCH LITIIITTI 21329599 080 OUAPSWUREUPRAZD ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOFQRSTUVWXYZ LELTLLTTT oof VottttoegttotttgecastttodgcHte iege 0tO 002 DONTEDIEOBENE LES trarririgpr i rg gar 1 0g 0 010 111 10 91 tEQa 3 123111111111g19 1112011110 1 LETT EI wit 2222212 22222222 22 222232 2222229222 2222282222227 2222222222222222222212222221211 13313113 221222122 22222303222223 222222228 12322222 22222221221223221 2 2
58. RECEIVING Stores will be received by direct delivery freight or mail Direct delivery consists of material delivered to the ship by a supply support activity a commercial vendor or material picked up by the ship s representative Freight is material shipped via the Department of Defense transportation or commercial freight system usually is accompanied by a government or commercial bill of lading Mail consists of all material forwarded by the U S Postal Service RECEIPT DOCUMENTATION Material received aboard ship maybe accompanied with a variety of receipt documents depending on how the material was requested the issuing activity and the modes of transportation used in delivery Before actual receipt other documents are received showing notice of 62 material procurement inspection movement and billing Particular circumstances will dictate what documents will be received with a given commodity There are however certain certifications and or annotations common to all receipt documents The end use receiver must 1 date the document upon receipt 2 circle the quantity accepted and 3 sign the document to indicate receipt Receipts from supply activities are invoiced on DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt Document DD Form 1348 1 Figure 6 1 shows a DD Form 1348 1 You can see how the codes placed on the requisitions have been used on the DD Form 1348 1 If you were checking in this material you would know that
59. Records in Agreement Upon receipt of inventory count documents from the inventory personnel the stock records Storekeeper must make sure that e Items are documented in the correct sequence Multiple cards or entries applicable to the same item are grouped and totaled by NIIN All manual entries are legible All annotated remarks are clearly understood Any obvious omissions or inconsistencies are reconciled immediately by the responsible inventory personnel When the count documents are accurate and complete they must be compared item by item with the applicable stock records to determine if a difference exists If no differences exist the matched count cards or matched items in the inventory listing must be posted to applicable stock records The Julian date of the inventory and the notation INV must be entered in the DATE DOCUMENT No column of the NAVSUP Form 1114 and the inventory quantity which should be the same as the existing stock record balance must be entered in the ON HAND column Seel figure If differences exist in on hand quantities locations or other stock record data such differences Figure 7 2 Example of an inventory posted to a stock record must be reconciled in accordance with procedures outlined in the NAVSUP P 485 CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE Controlled equipage consists of shipboard items selected or approved by fleet commanders in chief for special inventory control Accu
60. Supply Systems Command It consists of inventory managers and stock points which function to provide material to the Operating Forces of the Navy The functions of inventory managers including ICPs were described earlier in this chapter The operation of stock points FISCs INASs and NSYs is described in the NAVSUP P 485 in detail Inventory Control Points ICPs Each ICP manages one or more types of material which are held in a distribution system composed of stock points The ICPs provide the material required by the stock points based on transaction reports submitted by the stock point The ICPs stock management responsibilities to the supply system are summarized as follows e position material at various stock points e retain inventory control of material through an extensive stock reporting system e provide technical assistance and cataloging services to the supply system and to its customers Navy Stock Points The primary contact points of the operating force for material support are the FISCs Other stock points such as INASs and NSYs are not usually associated with direct fleet support but may be used when necessary The material support functions of Navy stock points are summarized as follows e procure receive store and issue material e invoice customers for material used e report issues of material to the cognizant ICP Operation of the Navy Supply System The following illustration depicts the opera
61. This includes the material in your storeroom and the material requirements of maintenance personnel There is much more information contained in the COSAL that you may use depending upon the type of job you are assigned to do If you are assigned to the supply support center or repair parts storeroom you must be able to use the COSAL How well you are able to use it will depend on how well you understand the purpose and content of each part Refer to the COSAL Use and Maintenance Manual SPCCINST 4441 170A series for detailed instructions in its use STOCK LISTS AND CATALOGS The use of stock lists and catalogs is fully explained in chapter 4 As a Storekeeper you will be expected to have a working knowledge of the stock lists and catalogs on your ship The following is a brief description of the types and purposes of regularly used references Complete and accurate management data must be available for requisitioning purposes and for effective financial and inventory control of material The ML N provides the basic management data The related publications were developed to supplement the ML N by providing additional management data and by consolidating certain information for reference purposes The ML N and related publications all have the NSN as a common data element Detailed descriptions and information on the ML N and the related publications listed below are discussed in e Navy Master Repairable Item List MRIL e Hazar
62. Transportation officers releasing Navy sponsored shipments for movements from or within CONUS must obtain clearance from the clearance authority shown in the MILSTAMP For shipments originating at overseas activities the transportation officer obtains routing and clearance from either the Navy Air Routing Activity NAVSUP Manual Volume V or Navy Sea Cargo Coordinator NAVSEACARCOR NAVSUP Manual Volume V REQUISITION R 21388 1220431 R EQUISITION 2521388 1226431 REQUISITION R521388 1240448 R EOUISITION R521388 1240442 SHIPPING CONTAIN ER SHIPPING CONTAIN ER TCN 5223081 116256200 BOX 10F 4 TCN amp R521308111425620X BOX OF 4 For fleet units this function is provided by the transhipment activity TCMD Distribution The TCMD is distributed by the shipping activity as prescribed by the MILSTAMP TCMD Update At a transshipment point the TCMD is updated by adding the following data e Date the shipment is received e Date the shipment is forwarded e Mode of transportation to the next point A New DD Form 1384 is Prepared When a transshipment activity consolidates several shipments The new DD Form 1384 becomes the TCMD for the consolidated shipment The TCN SHIP PING CONTAINER TCN 83213881 226431 XXX BOX 10F 1 SHIPPING CONTAINER TCN R522 30011 18256 0K SHIPPING CONTAINER TCN R521208111825420X BOX 4 OF 4 Figure 14 3 Consolidation of shipments assigne
63. WOORODSA KC 2J1 QO amp 38 1270 s PART ORO PART ORD FSTAR EST DIFFERENCE Ro55U 42770103 KC 200 THIS REPORT WILL BE PROCESSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PAR 108 amp OF NAVSO P 3013 RPT Syn X284 03 D8A SUMMARY FILLED ORDER CXPCNDITURE DIFFERENCE LISTING FOR JANUARY 3184 FY amp u CL 702C oa 57017 OH ROSSON PROCESSED DATE DOCUMENT NO FC DOC TL NO PRI BILL SUP Ad UT COG STOCK NUMBER A POE SUM TY AMOUNT UIC JD SN 1 TSS act 159 VO WO FSC NIIN C DATE ROSSON 343O1u5 KR 2J1 Uh38 0 3 SS 00CR NO UNF ORDCK SS Q0CR_ DIFFERENCE Figure 10 32 Investigation of an itemized transaction THIS REPORT WILL BE PROCESSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PAR 4108 4 OF NAVSO P 3013 RPT Syn 289 03 084 SLIIMARY FILLED ORDER EXPENDITURE DIFFERENCE LISTING FOR DECEMBER 1583 FY BY tL 702C 08 S7037 OH ROSSOW PROCESSED DATE DOCUMENT NO FC DOC TL NO FRI BILL SUP AD UI COG STOCK NUMBER A POE SUN QTY AMOUNT LIC Jb SN Ip ISS ACT IP WONG FSC NIIN C DATE REMARKS ROSSCH 3220188 KC IM CODE A fo550 3120188 KC ZUL 100638 GGTY b ROSSON SLURS KC ZJi DIFFERENCE 955 00 03 Figure 10 33 Annotation of an itemized transaction An example of a special code A annotation The the recordskeeper then writes Code A in the OPTAR recordskeeper s investigation indicates that the Remarks column alongside the invalid transaction transition illustrated in figure 10 33 is invalid because Code A is the shorthand version of this descript
64. a few paragraphs about them you must use them Navy Supply Corps Newsletter The Newsletter is published monthly by the Naval Supply Systems Command It is distributed to Supply Corps officers and Master and Senior chief petty officers in supply ratings While it is not an official publication it contains much information that will be useful to you One featured column is directed toward enlisted personnel in supply ratings The Newsletter contains articles on new procedures and supply operations in the Navy It also lists the latest changes to NAVSUP and NAVCOMPT publications CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS Regardless of how well you can use supply publications if they aren t up to date you are wasting your time Changes should be entered when received This prevents loss and ensures that the latest information is being used There are different types of changes and the methods of entering them are different 3 10 Always read the accompanying instructions before making the change Pen and ink Changes These changes are usually distributed as a message letter or notice and require you to change words and or sentences in a publication Changes to the NAVSUP and NAVCOMPT Manuals and other publications requiring extensive changes are made by page changes This involves removing an old page and inserting a new one in its place Most of these changes will also include a list of Effective Pages or Sheets in Force which should be
65. advance in your career you accept responsibilities in military matters as well as the occupational requirements of the Storekeeper rating Your responsibilities for military leadership are about the same as those of petty officers in other ratings since every petty officer is a military member as well as a technical specialist Your responsibilities for technical leadership are special to your rating and directly related to your work as an SK The operation and maintenance of a ship s supply department requires teamwork It requires a special kind of leadership ability that can be developed only by personnel who have a high degree of technical competence and a deep sense of personal responsibility Strive to improve your leadership ability and technical knowledge through study observation and practical application STOREKEEPER RATING The Storekeeper rating is GENERAL RATING there are no service ratings Storekeepers order receive inspect stow preserve package ship and issue materials They also account for Navy owned material equipage repair parts consumables and subsistence items prepare forms correspondence and reports maintain records and files and operate office equipment To qualify for Storekeeper 3rd class you must have acquired a broad general knowledge of the supply department functions as a whole and a detailed knowledge of those functions that you will be required to perform You will be expecte
66. amp Of MAVSO P 3033 RPT SYM S2an 03 05A SUPPURY FILLED ORIECR LXPENBITURE DIFFERENCE LISTING FOR MCCEMEER 1 3 FY 64 EL 702C 08 5707 OM ROSSOM PROCESSED COATED PAGE 1 DOCUPENT NO FC DOC TL NO PRI BILL SUP AB UT COG STOCK NUMBER A Po Sun atY APIOUNT UIC 49 S ID ISS ACT I P VO NO PSC MID C DAT SLETURY FILLED ORDER EXPENDITURE DIFFERENCE LISTING FOR DECEMBER 3178 ey 7 EL 70x 08 SA OM ROSSIN PROCESSED DATE POCUPENT NO FC BOC TL NO PRI BILLY SUP AD UI COG STOCK MUIBER A POE SUM CTY AMOUNT uC JB SN Ip ISS AKT ID VO NO FSC MIN C ME REMARKS RPT SYM 264 03 08a d ROSSO 3100180 KR ZOA 013 d 710 0D POSON Z1 2 24 00 ROSSOY 310100 KR FX 605 3270 240 P 75 00 3 0 00 AB CANC S DIFFERENCE d Rossau wiyeqiea KC ZOE a4 a 2 58 00 ROSSOW YILA KC FX 805 1270 R208 2 210 00 55 00 DIFFERENCE UNFILLED ORDERS FILLED ORDERS PART ORD ESTAB lATOED EXPEND UNMATCHED EXPEND d FC KE DIF Q FC KR DIF OTHER DIF q OW VALUE 3 4 2 25 5 OH RECORDS 35 e 2 813 87 b wevc mP aa fie 1f OM EXE QtQuistionsorraa LOOG Figure 10 31 Posting difference to the OPTAR Log 2 PART ORD ESTAB a difference that equal to the expenditure amount during the coincides with establishment of a partial order DAOs second unsuccessful monthly attempt to 3 AD CANC a difference the results from a find a corresponding unfilled order DAO administrative cancellati
67. and the responsible inventory control point COMBINED ACCOUNTABILITY Refers to the operating procedures to be followed when the ship s store retail outlet and bulk storerooms are operated by the same person COMMON CARRIER Under U S law this is a person or a comany engaged in the business of transporting passengers or property for compensation CONSIGNEE The activity or person designated to receive the shipment of material CONSIGNOR The activity or person shipping the material The consignor enters into the bill of lading contract with the carrier CONSUMABLES Items not specifically designated as equipage or repair parts Examples are administrative and housekeeping items common tools paints cognizance symbol 11 forms When material is to be used for accomplishing maintenance actions it is considered consumable for procurement transactions CONSUMPTION DOCUMENT A form used to record and or report shipboard issue of material Consumption occurs at the time material is issued regardless of when it is used The NAVSUP Form 1250 1 is the consumption document used by most nonautomated ships The DD Form 1348 is the consumption document used by most automated ships CONTRACT CARRIER Under U S law a person or company other than a common carrier who under special and individual contracts or agreements transports passengers or property for compensation CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE Selected items of equipage th
68. and FED STD 1836 contain information on how and where these markings must appear on various metal products Compressed Gas Cylinders A common color code for compressed gas cylinders is published in MIL STD 101 and NAVSUP P 485 to provide a visual warning to supplement the identification or title lettered on the cylinders facilitate the segregation of these cylinders at depots and promote greater safety Cylinders are color coded as a visual aid in identifying the gas contained therein However complete dependence for identification should not be placed upon the color coding Positive identification of each gas depends upon the stenciled name and color code of the cylinder and the indented name on the valve body Sed figure 4 4 NUMERICAL MARKINGS To facilitate identification certain technical material may bear numerical markings assigned either by direction of the responsible command or by the manufacturer These numbers are used in maintaining records on the material and appear on all vouchers records custody cards and survey reports Manufacturers Serial Numbers Manufacturers serial numbers may be etched on the material or in case of portable and installed equipment may be attached to the equipment by nameplates Information usually included on nameplates includes the manufacturer s name make or model number serial number size and voltage COLOR IDENTIFICATION TYPE OF GAS Acetylene Air Oil pumped
69. and other Holding File 1 documents that have been transmitted by the ships to the DAO Such untilled orders are held in the DAOs files pending their cancellation by the ship or their subsequent matching to an expenditure document After 120 days on file these unfilled orders are itemized on the AUOL This listing is sent by the DAO to each ship on a quarterly basis Introduction to the AUOL Over the entire year the OPTAR recordskeeper maintains the Requisition OPTAR Log NAVCOMPT Form 2155 to use in posting material receipts and processing supply system cancellations on the current fiscal year s OPTAR the last fiscal year s OPTAR and the fiscal year before last s OPTAR However from April through September the OPTAR recordskeeper will actively maintain only one OPTAR Log and will receive OPTAR holder listings e g SFOEDL AUOL on only that one OPTAR the current fiscal year s OPTAR From October through March the OPTAR recordskeeper actively maintains two Requisition OPTAR Logs and receives OPTAR holder listings on two separate OPTARs one being the current fiscal years OPTAR and the other the last fiscal year s OPTAR The chart illustrated i shows how many and which AUOLs the OPTAR recodskeeper will receive for each of the quarters As shown in figure 10 37 the OPTAR to which an AUOL pertains is indicated by the fiscal year entry The Expense Limitation and Operating Budget numbers identify the OPTA
70. and shipment of material 14 1 packing for shipment 14 15 safety 14 21 shipping forms 14 1 terms 14 1 Procurement 5 1 Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures MILSTRIP 5 5 purchase 5 4 requisition file maintenance requisitioning 5 4 responsibility for procurement 5 1 special requisitioning information 5 15 source of supplyl 5 3 overseas 5 8 purchasej 5 4 within the United States 5 3 Fleet Intensified Repairable Management FIRM items 5 17 forms and publications 5 18 fuel installed equipment 5 16 miscellaneous material and services 5 18 ship s store or subsistent stock 5 18 transfer from other ships 5 15 Uniform Material Movement and Issue Priority System UMMIPS 5 13 Procurement responsibility for 5 1 Property Accounting Activity PAA 9 8 Publications changes toJ 3 10 Pulleys dollies and hoists 13 11 Punched card 11 1 Purchase _5 4 5 21 Purchase order 5 22 R Random sampling inventory 7 2 Receipt custody and stowage 6 1 custody 6 6 material receipt 6 1 stowage 6 8 Receipt documentation 6 2 Receipt packaging discrepancies and reports required 6 6 Receipts of stock material posting 7 11 Receipts types of 6 1 Receiving procedures 6 5 Reconciliation of count documents and stock records 7 5 Repair parts storerooms 6 10 Repairable packaging 14 16 Requisition cancellation 5 21 Requisition
71. as we sent with pride confident in the respect of our country our shipmates and our families Our responsibilities sober us our adversities strengthen us Service to God and Country is our special privilege We serve with honor THE FUTURE OF THE NAVY The Navy will always employ new weapons new techniques and greater power to protect and defend the United States on the sea and in the air Now and in the future control of the sea gives the United States her greatest advantage for the maintenance of peace and for vcitory in war Mobility Surprise dispersal and offensive power are the keynotes of the new Navy The roots of the Navy lie in a strong belief in the future in continued dedication to our tasks and in reflection on our heritage from the past Never have our opptunities and our responsibilities been greater CONTENTS Chapter Page The Navy Storekeeper ocolos ss E 1 1 2 Supply Organization 000 8 2 1 Administration csl ssl ssl 3 1 4 Material Identification 2 6 4 1 Procurement 0 6904 4G6 px bb 3 kk oe cee wd 5 1 6 Receipt Custody and Stowage 6 1 7 Iaventor Management llle nLl 7 1 amp Material Expenditures lees n nnn L 8 1 9 Accounting classifications occ L 9 1 10 Afloat Accounting and Reporting 10 1 Automated Supply 0 2 ccc eee tence nena 11 1 12 Ma
72. be reported in subparagraph G TYCOM INFO of paragraph 1 only Although the report months of October through March data on the first prior year s OPTAR are reported in paragraph 2 of the message subparagraph G TYCOM INFO does not apply to the prior year s OPTAR paragraph The OPTAR recordskeeper should find out from from the supply officer and the applicable type commander directive what is required to be reported in this subparagraph and write the captions below for use as a handy reference Paragraph 2 For the report months of October through March the Budget OPTAR Report message will report on the first prior year s OPTAR in paragraph 2 of the message The first line of the second paragraph of the message identifies the prior year s funds being reported upon This identification consists of the first three 10 26 F CONSUMPTION DATA FC KE KR AMT 395 60 CHARGE ADL E MATER OOF ICH NY CUMA ATI VE CHARGE MB E MATER CONSUMED E MATERIAL DEFICIENT 4 585 00 1 985 45 TOTAL 3 416 61 OTHER 1 035 56 Figure 10 28 Message OPTAR Report subparagraphs E and F 2 SEP RO5504 702C 57017 FY 84 A OBLIGATION DATA 21 22 23 24 200 00 2 201 43 350 00 49 639 19 40 00CR 470 50 100 00 26 721 72 610 00 79 732 84 KE 2 001 43 KR 49 989 19 K7 510 50 OTHER 26 621 72 TOTAL 79 122 84 B TRANSMITTAL DATA TL NO 040 4 AMT 198 00CR C GRANTS FYTD 80
73. been posted If the item was issued from more than one location the inventory figures in data block 29 will be compared with the quantity figures in the Location field of the Stock record After such figures have been reduced by om 9 wa i5 Figure 8 3 Example of the posting of an issue to the stock record card 8 3 the issued quantities If the quantities differ refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for the action to be taken COMPLETION AND DISTRIBUTION OF NAVSUP FORM 1250 1 FOR ISSUES AND INVENTORY LOSSES OF STOCK MATERIAL After posting an issue or inventory loss to the stock record the stock records Storekeeper will complete the data entries on the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 as required by the NAVSUP P 485 After an issue or an inventory loss has been posted to the stock record and data entries have been completed the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will be distributed as required by the NAVSUP P 485 PREPARATION OF NAVSUP FORM 1250 1 FOR NOT IN STOCK OR NOT CARRIED NIS PARTIAL NC MATERIAL When the total quantity of a requested item is not available and a partial quantity is issued the storeroom Storekeeper will line through the quantity requested on the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 and enter the quantity actually issued sed figure 8 4 The remaining data entries in the issue request then will be completed in the same manner as that for a routine issue from stock If the unfilled balance of the requested quantity will
74. bushing 5 8 in Mg shaft Mil Type Ohm RVALAYSA 00 683 5996 10K 103E INDUSTRIAL TYPE A tapes Fully inclosed body with 1 4 in diameter siotted shaft and mounted by a 3 8 32 thread bushing Single section 2 1 4 Watt at 70 deg C body dimension 11 16 in ig x 1 5 32 in diameter 1 7 16 in ig shaft panel sealed bushing 3 solder lug terminals 00482 4992 350 OHMS 10 toi 3 Sections 2 Watt at 70 deg C body dimension 1 39 32 in Ig x 1 5 32 in diameter 5 8 in ig shaft 9 solder lug terminals 00264 7818 2 5 meg 2 5 meg 20 25K 10 Figure 4 9 Page from the Afloat Shopping Guide ASG NICN NIIN cae ae eee a Figure 4 10 Navy Item Control Number to National Item Identification Number NICN to NIIN 4 14 OTHER AIDS IN IDENTIFICATION In addition to the ML N and related publications other aids and sources are available to assist you in identifying a requirement These are discussed below Department of Defense Sections of the Federal Supply Catalog DOD sections of the Federal Supply Catalog are published by defense supply centers for use by the military services Each DOD section contains items in the FSC groups and classes assigned to a particular Defense Supply Center Also contained is identification price and management data for each item DOD sections of the Federal Supply Catalog are listed in the Navy Stock List of Publications and Forms Cognizance Symbol I Section 1
75. by all services therefore many NSNs will be listed in the MCRL which are not listed in the ML N Part I of the MCRL is printed in reference number sequence Reference numbers are sequenced alphanumerical You should remember that when looking up a reference number several methods of representing the number may be used Different arrangements of the reference number should be tried before deciding that an item it is no longer listed For example 137 BCA 123 B 137 BCA 123 B 137 BCA 123 B 187 BCA 123B 137BCA123B a wow NAVY c L ITEM NAME PHRASE STATEMENT ELL Fee eec Figure 4 5 Management List Navy ML N MCRL PART I REF NO FSCM 55599 56 356 012 001 556 1137 556 1182 556 2332 556 35 1246FW160P 62983 24161 16665 46859 46859 46859 01351 46859 46859 2 556 3541 556 3541 1 NSN 4320 00 057 0782 3030 00 269 9669 5950 00 237 7237 584 1 00 323 0747 365 00 323 0749 5305 00 4 33 9273 3020 00 967 4607 5365 00 514 0363 5365 00 200 5226 MCRL PART II NSN REF 4320 00 05 0782 365 00 200 5226 5950 00 237 7237 3030 00 269 9669 84 1 00 323 0747 584 1 00 323 0749 5305 00 433 9273 5365 00 514 0363 3020 00 967 4607 55599 556 3541 556 012 0 556 556 1137 556 1182 556 2332 556 3541 2 NO 1 01 556 35 1246FW160P N NNN NAN z a Figure 4 6 Master Cross Reference List MCRL Parts I and II Reference numbers having too many characters to permi
76. can be divided into two types procedural and technical Operations are governed by law Procedural manuals have been developed to assist Navy personnel in performing their jobs Efficient procedures have been developed that save time and limit mistakes They also make communications between commands clearer and easier to understand When you transfer from one ship to another this uniformity makes it easier to transition into the new assignment Technical publications are necessary because of the wide range of material required to keep the Navy operating You will use technical publications primarily to identify material The publications needed by ships and stations vary but those described below are used by most supply departments afloat NAVY REGULATIONS Navy Regulations defines the duties responsibilities authority and relationships of the 181 REFERENCE NUMBER ON THE FICHE EFFECTIVE DATE 15th MICROIMAGE SUBINDEX Figure 3 2 Representation of fiche data fields various bureaus commands offices and individual officer billets The bureaus commands and offices issue publications which spell out the details of compliance with Navy Regulations These publications may expand and supplement Navy Regulations There can be no confiict between Navy Regulations and any other publication issued in the Navy since any conflicting wording or regulation in the latter is automatically cancelled STANDARD ORGANIZATION
77. continue to be required the storeroom Storekeeper will prepare a new NAVSUP Form 1250 1 for the deficient quantity duplicating all information from the basic document except the quantity The yellow copy of the new document will be detached and given to the requester The remaining data entries in the new document then will be completed by the stock records Storekeeper sed figure 8 5 Total Quantity NIS If a requested item is NIS and no acceptable substitute is available and if the quantity requested is still required the stock records Storekeeper will verify the requester s data and then complete the remaining data entries for requisitioning Not Carried NC Material Including SIM DTO If a quested item is not carried in stock and an acceptable substitute is not available and if the requested item will continue to be required the stock records Storekeeper will verify the requester s data and 8 4 then will complete the remaining data entries for requisitioning The ML N COSAL MCRL or other pertinent publication listed the NAVSUP P 485 will be used to determine or verify data entries in a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 for NC material Sed figures 8 5 8 6 and 8 7 for examples of these entries Management Data Entries After verifying the data furnished by the requester and before initiating a requisition for NIS NC material including SIM DTO items the stock records Storekeeper will complete the required issue data block
78. damage during the move e material is correctly stowed in the new location e new locations are promptly and accurately recorded in the materials stock records and inventory locator records if maintained TYPES AND QUANTITIES OF MATERIAL In allocating available space consideration must be given to the categories of material that must be stowed separately e g ship s stem stock food clothing bulk consumables repair parts and the volume of stowage space needed for the required quantities in each category MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS In allocating stowage space consideration must be given to the physical characteristics of the material to be stowed i e weight and size fragility perishability flammability susceptibility to theft damage from heat or moisture and other properties that may affect the safety of the ship or the crew STOREROOM CHARACTERISTICS The number locations shapes and sizes of supply department storerooms vary significantly in each type of ship Therefore each supply officer must carefully study the configuration and capacity of available stowage spaces when determining the type and quantity of material to be stowed in each The location of storeroom doors hatches stanchions ventilation ducts overhead fixtures and other structures must be considered in planning the stowage layout Architectural obstructions are altered when possible and as necessary to create additional space SP
79. document identifier code is evident The DD Form 1348m has many uses and in order to accurately interpret the information show the purpose of the card must be 5 18 AUTOMATIC SUPPLY STATUS TO REQUISITIONER B AOOOO0IR821920142EB89 Y NEMO A 7L 9 CEKS EXSIEISDIES UO ME HG Pee i OO Wai a ee 86NPO158 Figure 5 11 Example of a supply status card with upper and lower line interpretation known The three document identifiers you will most frequently use on the DD Form 1348s you prepare are 1 A0 Requisitions 2 AC1 Cancdlation request 3 AF1 Followup You will receive supply status with several different document identified of which the following are the most common 1 AE1 Automatic supply status 2 AB1 Direct delivery supply status 3 AS1 Automatic shipment status The automatic supply and shipment status is furnished as requested by the M amp S code on the requisition When status cards are received they should be reviewed as soon as possible to detect requisitions that have been canceled The status codes inform you of the action being taken and are found in the NAVSUP P 485 Cancellations should be called to the attention of the supply officer so that if the material is still required new procurement action may be taken The other status cards representing passing action backorders shipping staus and so forth should be attached to and filed with the hardback copies of the related re
80. elements and repair parts which are classified and designated crypto and handled through crypto channels Use of the DD Form 1149 is not appropriate for items for which other procurement methods are prescribed in the Registered Publication Systems Manual 4 RPS4 e Nuclear ordnance items designated by the Defense Atomic Support Agency for item serial number control Presentation silver DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED IN MILSTRIP You should know the terms used in MILSTRIP Refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for definition and explanation for the terms associated with MILSTRIP PREPARATION OF A MILSTRIP REQUISITION MILSTRIP relies upon coded data for processing Requisitions with automatic data processing equipment Whether a DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 is the prescribed requisitioning document seel figure 5 1 E Cii amus i md sat a for example care must be taken in selecting and entering coded data elements When preparing a DD Form 1348 or in a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 requisition material the following general rules apply to nonautomated ships without card facilities e Enter data by ballpoint pen or typewriter e It is recommended that data in a DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 be entered within the tic marks in the form However it is mandatory that entries be included within the data fields to which they pertain e To eliminate confusion between the number zero and the letter O use a slashed zero peta f
81. follows 1 At naval activities having supply organizations the senior supply officer will be the transportation officer Or this officer may designate an assistant to act as the transportation officer At large naval activities an officer other than the one designated may be the household goods transportation officer At naval activities having no supply officer the commanding officer may designate an officer to perform the duties of the transportation officer The following representatives of the Naval Material Command and their official assistants are designated as transportation officers with respect to material procured or transported through contracts under their administration a Naval plant representatives b Naval plant technical representatives c Supervisors of shipbuilding United States Navy Naval Facilities Engineering Command officer in charge of construction Coast Guard inspectors of construction when the Coast Guard is operating as part of the Naval Establishment Industrial managers assistant industrial managers and resident industrial managers of the Naval Ship Systems Command are designated as transportation officers with respect to material procured or transported through contracts under their administration MILSTAMP MILSTAMP provides a means to control the performance of the transportation system from the shipper to the users It also provides for the efficient use of the Defense T
82. four chapters as follows e Supply Sources and Requisitioning Instructions Ship s Stem Afloat Requisitioning Load List and Shopping Guide Subsistence Requisitioning Tables Fleet Issue Load List FILL for Equipment Related and Consumable Material Carried by the AFS Combat Stem Ship The Tender and Repair Ship Load List TARSLL is a load list that has the items carried by tenders and repair ships TARSLLs include the following categories of items e Equipment related items required by an industrial ship to repair or alter equipments components installed in the supported ships Industrial related items required for the direct support of shops and industrial services provided by tender or repair ship In addition the Submarine Tender AS TARSLL includes items of resupply required to support submarines Other ships may be able to satisfy emergency requirements when no other source of supply is available PURCHASE The supply officer has the authority to purchase items and services that are not available in or carried by the supply system These purchases maybe made in the United States or foreign countries 54 In the United States most purchases are made through supply departments or supply support activities ashore In foreign ports local commands may issue guidelines and restrictions pertaining to procurement by local purchase For an indepth study of purchasing procedures followed by afloat activities r
83. from the action addressee of the ROD Receipt Overages of 100 or Less When a receipt overage does not exceed 100 or involve controlled material the total quantity received will be stored and posted to the stock record However if retention of the excess quantity is not desired and the ship is in the vicinity of the issuing activity the excess material will be returned in accordance the NAVSUP P 485 Only the retained quantity will be posted to stock records as a receipt If retention of a receipt overage is not desired when the ship is not in the vicinity of the issuing activity the total quantity received will be posted to the stock record Then the excess quantity will be transferred to an ashore supply activity in accordance with the NAVSUP P 485 Receipt Shortages in Excess of 100 A receipt shortage exists if the receipt quantity is less than that invoiced When a receipt shortage exceeds 100 per line item or it involves controlled material the actual receipt quantity will be posted to the stock record in accordance with the above subparagraph on partial Quantity Received Balance Due The deficient quantity will be reported as a receipt discrepancy in accordance with the NAVSUP P 485 A copy of the Report of Discrepancy ROD and the applicable receipt document then will be held in the material outstanding file until replacement material or a credit 7 16 invoice is received If the reply to the ROD is negative r
84. has responsibilities Included with the operation of a vehicle are certain inspections Required before starting the equipment The driver s inspection should include checking lights horn tire pressure if pneumatic oil gasoline battery hydraulic fluid level They should also ensure that the required tools and safety equipment are present on the vehicle An authorized mechanic or electrician should be called to repair the equipment before further damage or an accident results if any defects are noted SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Safety precautions must be observed in any cargo handling operation to keep accidents to a minimum However cargo handling aboard ship requires more rigid safety precautions Warehouses and storage areas ashore are designed and arranged to provide maximum use of materials handling equipment This is not usually the case aboard ship Working space is much more confined the use of materials handling equipment is limited The ease speed and convenience of cargo handling was not the entire consideration when designing the ship Safety precautions are published separately for activities ashore and for forces afloat Those for activities ashore are published under the title of Department of the Navy Safety Precautions for Shore Activities Safety precautions for forces afloat are issued by systems commands bureaus and offices of the Department of the Navy in the form of publications pamphlets periodicals and
85. in repair parts allowances STOREROOM STOREKEEPER By knowing your storeroom and stock particularly in bulky or fast moving items you maybe able to restow stock to provide space for additional material You also will be able to tell which items are not moving and may be excess and spot obvious errors in issue and receipt quantities STOCK RECORDS STOREKEEPER By being able to interpret the data reflected in stock record cards you can advise the supply officer of items requiring a review of the high and low limits because of increased or decreased usage ORDERING STOREKEEPER Be alert for errors in the data elements of a request for either stock replenishment or DTO orders FACTORS IN DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS Before you can determine types and quantities of items to be carried you must establish a desired endurance level for general categories of material Endurance is defined as the period of time required for a ship to use a definite quantity of supplies The first consideration in establishing endurance is the availability of storeroom space and its allocation among the different types of stem Then convert the space to the number of days that the ship can be maintained by capacity loading The supply officer will normally try to equalize the endurance of the various types of stores NAVSUP P 485 provides up to date endurance charts for specified periods of time The following paragraphs discuss other factors Availab
86. in the Navy Stock Account NSA When this material is issued it must be paid for by the requisitioner 9 Material purchased by the Defense Stock Fund and held in NSA When this material is issued it must be paid for by the requisitioner 2 4 6 8 Material held in the Appropriations Purchases Account or nonstores account This material is issued without charge to the requisitioner The second part of the cognizance symbol is a single letter code that designates the inventory manager or inventory control point ICP that has cognizance or control of the material These inventory managers may be Navy or Defense activities Material Control Code The material control code MCC is a single letter code assigned by the inventory manager to indicate the rate of usage or to designate those items having special reporting and or control requirements The MCC is discussed further in the latter part of this chapter National Codification Bureau NCB Code An NCB code is a two digit code which is included as the fifth and sixth digits of an NSN or a NATO stock 4 2 5330 00 010 4960 X3 H Stores TEE Cognizance Symbol Material Control Code Federal Supply Group Federal Supply Classification Group Federal Supply Classification Class National Codification Bureau Code National Item Identification Number National Stock Number Special Material Identification Code O NPOO12 Figure 4 2 National stock
87. in which it ends Thus Fiscal Year 1996 began on 1 October 1995 and ended on 30 September 1996 TYPES OF APPROPRIATIONS Three types of appropriations maybe used in the Navy depending upon the purpose for which they are issued Most appropriations are for 1 fiscal year and are used to finance the normal operating costs of the Navy Other types may be granted without a time limitation or for a specific period of time which is more than 1 year Annual Appropriations Annual appropriations generally cover the current operating and maintenance expenses of the Navy They become available at the beginning of the fiscal year stated in the appropriation act From that time on throughout the fiscal year they maybe either directly expended or obligated An obligation occurs when an order is placed by an afloat unit or material is issued to an ashore activity or similar transactions during a given period that requires future payments After the end of the fiscal year the Navy must return any unobligated balance to the Treasury Obligated funds remain available for an additional 2 years At the end of the additional 2 year period the balance remaining in the account They are transferred to the successor M account These funds represent unliquidated obligations less reimbursement to be collected The successor M account is available for disbursement of appropriated funds Continuing Appropriations An appropriation is available for incurr
88. it includes repair parts consumables equipage alterations overhaul of ships fleet training and fuel Ashore expenses generally are for the cost of supporting fleet activities SUBHEAD SYMBOL An appropriation or fund subhead is a subdivision of an appropriation or fund Subheads identify the budget activity major program and are designed by a four digit numeric or numeric alpha number They are suffixed to an appropriation or fund symbol The four digit subhead symbol for the operation and maintenance appropriation identifies the major claimant and major program of the Five Year Defense Program FYDP The first two digits are the last two 17 5 1804 Navy Department 1 Fiscal Year 1995 Purpose of the appropriation Operation and Maintenance Navy Figure 9 L Example of a navy appropriation symbol digits of the major claimant s unit identification code The third digit is the major program of the FYDP or budget activity The fourth digit is a zero at the major claimant fleet level Figure 9 2 is an example of a subhead Fleet commanders subdivide the fund authorization to subordinate commands in the form of expense limitations The expense limitation holder is identified by an alphabetic or numeric character in the fourth position of the subhead Figure 9 3 is an example of how a fleet commander subdivided a fund authorization FUNDS Funds fill a very important need in financing the day to amp y operatio
89. labor material purchases travel of personnel transportation of material cost of purchased utilities and equipment and property rental The fund is reimbursed through the sales of materials and for services performed for the Navy and other government agencies Naval Working Fund The Naval Working Fund provides a single permanent revolving fund for financing all work not chargeable to a current naval appropriation It is used to receive advance deposits for work or services furnished This type of work is performed by the Navy for other government departments foreign governments and private parties For example assume that the U S Navy had sailors from an allied 9 6 government embarked aboard U S Navy ships for training The foreign government might deposit funds with the Navy to cover pay and allowances for their personnel The money deposited would go into the Naval Working Fund and be assigned a deposit allotment number Disbursing officers aboard the ships concerned would receive authorization to pay these foreign sailors and would be furnished the deposit allotment number to charge when making the payments Navy Management Fund This fund is used for the economical and efficient completion of Navy operations which are financed by two or more appropriations When the costs of such an operation cannot be distributed changed immediately to an appropriation n example of a charge financed by the Navy Management Fund is the
90. magnetic tape thus greatly reducing manual filing Input is introduced to the system via the media of punched cards or magnetic tapes and now input from scanners may become possible The computer system updates the appropriate magnetic tape files through a series of computer runs to reflect quantitative and monetary changes occasioned by the transactions processed The computer produces outputs reflecting inventory balances replenishment position financial and accounting data historical data and exception data requiring supply personnel attention EQUIPMENT Shipboard ADP equipment that comprises the SUADPS is identified by both a military designation and a civilian designation The complete computer system consists of the components listed below and carries the military designation AN UYK 5 V It is also commonly known by its civilian designation U 1500 When referring to the entire system or individual components m military communications it is correct to use the military designation The following equipments comprise the AN UYK 5 V computer system 114 CPU The central processing point of a computer system Electronically gathers the input data and produces output MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT A high speed input and output device for the CPU INPUT OUTPUT TELETYPEWRITER A low speed input output device for operator communication with the computer CARD READER PUNCH INTERPRETER CPRI Provides the required capability to
91. material delivery every effort should be made to cross part numbered items to NSN items so that the material can be requisitioned by DD Form 1348 1348 m See the NAVSUP P 485 for required entries and codes Figure 5 2 is an example of a Non NSN Requisition DD Form 134845 NORS REQUISITIONS A Not Operationally Ready Supply NORS requisition is any requisition submitted for a casualty report CASREPT requirement or an anticipated CASREPT requirement ANORS as authorized in OPNAVINST 4614 1 Sed figure 5 3 A NORS requisition will be prepared in the sane format as that described for a MILSTRIP requisition Specific data entries required in a NORS requisition are described in NAVSUP P 485 MESSAGE REQUISITIONS In certain situation material requirements dictate the need for procurement by message instead of standard requisition documents MILSTRIP is designed to permit transmission and receipt of requisitions by electrical communications mail telephone and courier To assure responsive and expeditious processing the media of communication used must be consistent with and subject to the limitations for use of media and status codes found in 5 7 the NAVSUP P 485 The media to be used and the norm al order of preference of use of each media is also found in the NAVSUP P 485 When a message requisition is prepared a DD Form 1348 NAVSUP Form 1250 1 or DD Form 1348 6 is prepared for each item requested in the message Th
92. number for an Item of supply number It identifies the country that assigned the stock number or it indicates that the stock number is used by two or more countries The NCB codes currently assigned are listed in the NAVSUP P485 National Item Identification Number The national item identification number NIIN is a nine digit number which identifies each item of supply used by the DOD The NIIN indexes or relates to identification data information which makes it different from every other item The amount and type of identification data depends on the item and its intended use Although the NIIN is part of the NSN it is used to independently identify an item Except for identification lists most Federal supply catalogs are arranged in NIIN order Stock records are also maintained in NIIN order as are load lists and consolidated allowance lists Navy Item Control Numbers Items of material that are not included in the Federal Catalog System but stocked or monitored by the Navy Supply System are identified by Navy item control numbers NICNs NICNs are 13 character item identification numbers They are assigned by ICPs or other Navy item managers for permanent or temporary control of selected non NSN items under their cognizance The NAVSUP P485 covers NICNs in detail Local Item Control Number Local item control numbers LICN may be assigned to shipboard stocked consumable items which are not identified by an NSN a NATO
93. of issue of items obtained Group and check out the items obtained by material category i e a separate group of items for each DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 As each group of items is checked out give the original DD Forms 1348 MVO or NAVSUP Forms 1250 1 MVO to the SERVMART clerk and obtain from the clerk a separate adding machine tape for each DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 presented Prior to leaving the SERVMART reconciled any differences between the prices listed in each adding machine tape or Electronic Point of Sale EPOS tape and those indicated in the applicable SSLs If requested items were not available at the SERVMART and the unavailable items are still required MILSTRIP requisitions for the required item will be pepared and submitted through normal supply channels SPECIAL REQUISITIONING INFORMATION Thus far you have learned how requisitions are prepared and submitted for routine requirements determined by the supply officer or head of other departments Not all requisitions however are routine For some special handling or additional information is required TRANSFER FROM OTHER SHIPS Emergency requirements may be obtained from ships other than supply ships and tenders if the material is available and can be spared The request may be made on a DD Form 1348 NAVSUP 1250 1 or by message and should contain the same incarnation as a requisition to a supply activity except that the routing
94. omara oosa prereviaqe wah bt sont qi changed w TERMINATION FOR BEP AULT The Cossarung Offi by omnes asme mos urmasr fae casrert wheels OF 9 pan Iw abere Gi the Come arwer te getters ony of che provam hort ia und ewan tn Comana hal ts bette ber damage enchuding tet VET ou uf vperermg wane waphuy ar urn prerod shes V jq amp amp nermengd ber sop soomaa thet Pt anten tar om Fat en drteuh ar tn the Camna fadum tp prira Sahaa im and bee cebcemrarter s eundi faut os asghgrtus sha tenmenenas dal be downed w te o maaan for remem ends paragat I A oud m in guomuam the ven teboamesrtdh and whoa acta mamas suc oara oF omy ber LJ T MaMATON POR CONVENENTE The Cenrerteg Other by cmm wet Que momma us quartus m che o a uri when 4 nm dui Deu erem of te Cenan B in sran a fur wegen and v0 rsunmed Fu Comrartar Sal tr comprame m anerdatot ost Janaa VIN of the Ac mad Sareum Proseempns Reputation a Plon on vies centre s dass Vo su come Ouf Koo aeren Nas cereum amd e vb ramet da Caroren chef te batty ccy im papam ot awr nnnt cub du porno pannan of tius ventas te eran rende pus eo the soot duo of aara MR ASSIGNMENT OF CLAMG Ciam or mann dur ar io tn ome fut unin Has cane di be egret anh porras 1o sie Acqgumam vf Cura A of FUD m amended e USC NL 84 1 Homeue payma to an amagnet of mom sedr ha coma shall aui to che etui prasad e ead Ac 06 amendud bt vebpun ie rere qv un oft Ser Com iP
95. one of the compressed gas definitions CORROSIVE LIQUIDS Acids alkaline and other liquids that when brought into contact with living tissue will cause severe damage by chemical action In case of leakage these substances will materially damage the aircraft structure in case of air shipment or will destroy other freight or cause fire when in contact with organic matter or with certain chemicals Corrosive liquids include nitric acid sulfuric acid battery fluid etc POISONOUS MATERIAL S materials are divided into three classes as follows Poisonous 1 Class A Extremely dangerous 2 Class B Less dangerous 3 Class C Imitating or dangerous to health The label for poisonous materials is the same size and shape as the other labels HAZARDOUS RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS are identified by labels shown in figure 14 7 HAZARDOUS MAGNETIC MATERIALS are identified by labels shown in figure 14 7 INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS MATERIALS are identified by MIL STD Symbol 1341 The MIL STD symbol is a square label within which is centered a large diamond symbol segmented into four parts The top three parts reflect the type of hazard with respect to health flammability and reactivity and the lower fourth part reflects the specific hazard of the material when not specifically describable by any or all of the other three parts In addition the categories of health flammability and reactivity show numerical degrees of hazard varyi
96. only Although the report months of October through March data on the first prior years OPTAR are reported in paragraph 2 of the message subparagraph E MATERIAL DEFICIENT does not apply to prior year s OPTAR shows how the amount in block 16 of the Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 is shown in subparagraph E of the message Subparagraph F of the message CONSUMPTION DATA will only be used in paragraph 1 that is for the current fiscal year s OPTAR only Although the report months of October through March data on the first prior Figure 10 25 Message OPTAR Report subparagraph A 10 25 B TRANSMITTAL DATA TL NO AMT 007 5 397 24 Figure 10 26 Message OPTAR Report subparagraph B LAST DIFFERENCE LISTING PROCESSED Fae RETI ET ETT mc D auc 84 C GRANTS FYTN 10 000 D SPOEDL PROCESSED AUG 84 O9NPOOBO Figure 10 27 Message OPTAR Report subparagraphs C and D years OPTAR are reported in paragraph 2 of the message subparagraph F CONSUMPTION DATA does not apply to prior year s OPTARS Figure 10 29 shows how the amount in blocks 17 18 19 and 20 of the Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 is shown in subparagraph F of the message Subparagraph G The type commander may direct that certain information be included in the Budget OPTAR Report message in addition to the standard required data If the type commander does this information will
97. other activities This general principle does not preclude fleet commanders from using mobile support units particularly oilers and tenders for supporting other ships when feasible The location and general mission of the shore activities in the United States supporting fleet units is prescribed by the Secretary of the Navy and promulgated in the Basic Naval Establishment Plan The detailed mission of these activities is prescribed by the management bureau office or systems command and is usually promulgated as a numbered instruction Standards of support are determined by the Navy Department and are promulgated in the Navy Department Program Objectives Naval Supply Systems Command Program Objectives and other planning documents OPERATION OF THE INTEGRATED NAVY SUPPLY SYSTEM The Navy Supply System is integrated with the Defense Logistics Agency DLA Supply System Following sections describe the operation of the Navy Supply System the operation of the DLA Supply System and the operation of the integrated Navy Supply System in providing material required by the Operating Forces It should be realized that the Navy and DLA Supply Systems are much more complicated than the following descriptions indicate The brief overview of the systems will assist you to understand the relationships of the various elements THE NAVY SUPPLY SYSTEM The term Navy Supply System describes that system under the direction of the Commander Naval
98. other departments when they are within the ship s allowance When procuring technical materials supply officers consult with other department heads to ensure that the materials meet desired specifications Many materials equipments and supplies used aboard ship are not stocked in supply storerooms but are ordered to meet a specific requirement of one of the ship s departments This material is ordered for direct turnover DTO to the requestor when received The procurement of medical stores ammunition and Marine Corps stems is the responsibility of other departments Some material will be received aboard ship without any procurement action by the supply department These materials are usually new items of 5 1 equipment or equipage that are automatically furnished to ships as replacements for obsolete items While procurement is the responsibility of the supply officer the actual job of preparing documents will normally be assigned to SKs You maybe assigned to perform one or more specific tasks relating to procurement The supply officer will rely on you to perform your job properly DETERMINATION OF REQUIREMENTS The supply officer is responsible for maintaining Stocks to meet probable demands within the limits established by operation plans This includes general stores subsistence items ship s stem and clothing stocks The supply officer with other supply personnel must be able to accurately determine the requiremen
99. perform ante By sorting MDS data by APL AEL number the maintenance cost and material usage can be determined for specific items of equipment 124 This data can be used by inventory control points ICPs to adjust the Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL The allowances of repair parts to be carried in your storerooms By sorting material usage by NSN the ICPs can analyze past usage and more accurately predict future usage thereby providing better COSAL support This information may also be used by supply activities to plan future stock requirements Previously this information could only be obtained from ships as they went through a supply overhaul It is now available as current information from all ships reporting under MDS Source Codes A source code is entered to assist in the evaluation of supply storeroom support The source code is normally entered by the stock records Storekeeper as he processes the issue documents The following source codes are used on NAVSUP Form 1250 1 and DD Form 1348 Refer to NAVSUP P 485 for detailed information about these codes The data obtained from issue documents also provides management information to the ship The Afloat Consumption and Cost Effectiveness Surveillance System ACCESS Ship s Edit and Audit System SEAS program collects and processes usage data Then reports are prepared that enable the commanding officer and supply officer to review and evaluate the effectiv
100. procurement document ja ee HUBER BRT a r ec 1 REQ DATE 2 DEPT NO 3 URGY 4 ROD 5 LOCA Sn Began hd 8 NOUN NAME OR REF SYM Esai E 8 DUE eee C mm Cm of amaata eet nc lanes wy A CON E Ps oean fon beat E STOUK Q E TOTAL COST LIMITATION ere M A JIMENEZ ENS 8C AUTHORIZED SHOFEER AM XABKALIS ES USN UNE ITEM CONSUMPTION REQUISITION DOCUMENT MANUAL NAVSUP FORM 1250 1 7 FT REV 12 70 S N 0108 LF 501 2508 Figure 5 9 Example of a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 SERVMART procurement document E SS3td i taco Tv ar penam t Nad LNIOd TIVE UO U3LIHA3dAL 360 are not designed to be the source of supply for long term requirements or predeployment loadouts The use of SERVMARTS to fill such needs is not authorized For detailed information on the separation of these documents and DTO material requests refer to NAVSUP P 485 PICKUP OF MATERIAL The Storekeeper or other person designated to pick up material at a SERVMART is responsible for the following actions e Ifthe total quantity requested is obtained circle the quantity indicated on the SSL If only a 5 14 partial quantity is available line out the requested quantity and enter and circle the quantity obtained If the item is not available in any quantity line out the requested quantity and enter NIS in the Qty column Correct the SSLs when necessary to reflect current prices stock numbers and units
101. purpose of identifying them on MILSTRIP documents SAFETY LEVEL The quantity of material in addition to the operating level required for continuous operations in the event of interruption of normal replenishment or unpredictable fluctuations in issue demand SELECTED ITEM MANAGEMENT SIM An inventory control principle which in nonautomated ships focuses management attention on the small percentage of items that experience the majority of onboard demands for material Inventory management techniques that apply to repair parts and consumables designated as SIM items in nonautomated ships are found in the NAVSUP P 485 SERVICES Nonmaterial requirements such as equipment rental commercial telephone ferry tickets or similar services authorized by proper authority For accounting purposes documents for services will indicate the appropriate fund code as shown in NAVSO P 3013 SIGNAL CODE A single letter code on a MILSTRIP requisition that designates who is to receive the material and who is to pay for it SIM Selected Item Maintenance An inventory control system by which maximum attention is given to those items experiencing a high rate of usage SIM DTO ITEM Any consumable item that meets the frequency of demand criteria for a SIM item but is not stocked by the supply department usually because of space limitations Materials received are issued immediately to the using department SIM ITEM An item that ha
102. reach materials on high shelves safely HAND PALLET TRUCK The hand pallet truck is available in the hand hydraulic model and the electric model The truck is equipped with two load carrying forks that can be raised about 4 inches to carry Palletized loads It is used to move pallet loads that do not have to be tiered and where only short hauls are required It may be used for the movement of pallet loads in boxcars or into trucks They may also be used for in process movements during tipping and receiving operations They work well in conjunction with forklift trucks and can be operated where a forklift cannot because of space limitations The manual hydraulic model is used whenever the operating conditions do not require a handtruck with the special characteristics of the powered model It may be used to advantage in the loading of boxcars trucks and aircraft The electric model is used when the distance the load is to be moved the size of the load the presence of grades or inclines along the route or other considerations require the use of powered equipment TIERING TRUCK The tiering trutk figure 3 8 is an electric powered forklift truck of the straddle arm design The forks on the tiering truck are located between two outriggers or straddle arms The tiering truck is more maneuverable than the standard forklift truck and can generally operate in 6 foot aisles The standard tiering truck for the military services is the
103. received and turned over to custodial departments the receipt documents and related issue requests will be posted simultaneously to the stock record cards maintained for SIM DTO material The procedure for posting receipt documents and updating management data in stock record cards for SIM DTO items is much the same as that for stock records applicable to stock material As prescribed previously in the paragraph on Posting Receipts of Stock Material The following are exceptions to that procedure Asthe total quantity of SIM DTO material is issued immediately upon receipt and since receipts and issues are posted to the stock record simultaneously the on hand balance in stock records for SIM DTO items always will be zero When a SIM DTO item is received under a superseding NSN a separate stock record card need not be prepared as the superseded NSN in the existing stock record card may be lined through and the superseding number entered above it As an Allowance Parts List APL number storage location allowance quantity and AT code are not required entries in a stock record for SIM DTO material Such data will not be entered in a new stock record prepared for SIM DTO material received under a substitute NSN However the entry of GUCL or GEN USE is required in the APL data block NAVSUP Forms 1250 1 prepared to report receipt shortages as consumption under ACCESS will be distributed in accordance with the NAVSUP
104. representative of the medical department Toxic Substances A toxic poisonous substance may cause discomfort asphyxiation and or death if ingested or inhaled or if absorbed through the skin Therefore adequate precautions must be taken to prevent such dangers when stowing or issuing toxic material Toxic substances will be stowed in a cool well ventilated area separate from acids It will be protected from fire hazards or impacts which may break seals or damage containers Each case carton and individual container of toxic material must be labeled with a warning such as the following POISON IF TAKEN INTERNALLY WILL CAUSE SERIOUS ILLNESS AND POSSIBLE DEATH It is particularly important to make sure that containers of poisonous liquids such as industrial alcohol are clearly identified and labeled ie to prevent human consumption which can be fatal Stowage and handling of miscellaneous nonhazardous material is covered in the NAVSUP P 485 SHELF LIFE MATERIAL Shelf life material is material that is subject to deterioration These items are assigned a SHELF LIFE CODE which is listed in the ML N and in the List of Items Requiring Special Handling LIRSH The code denotes the shelf life span of material from date of manufacture to the date when it should be either disposed of or tested in accordance with the inventory manager s instructions in order to extend the shelf life Type I codes alpha apply to ite
105. shipment of household goods When the amount of money in the Navy Management Fund is not enough to finance a program some Navy organization or when appropriate other government departments advance additional funds The fund is credited with these advances and it is charged with all expenditures required by the program All unobligated balances of funds advanced are repaid later from the Navy Management Fund as specified in contracts for programs financed by the fund TRUST FUNDS A trust fund is a fund held in trust by the Navy for use as specified in a special agreement or Act of Congress Private parties or sources may provide money for a special trust for the Navy For example public contributions received for the purpose of constructing and maintaining the USS Arizona Memorial at Pearl Harbor The Ship s Store Profits Navy is a trust fund for providing recreation and entertainment for enlisted personnel Items sold in the ship s store are purchased by the DBOF and held in the NSA When sold the DBOF is reimbursed for their cost with the profits going into the Ship s Store Profits Navy fund FUND SYMBOLS The symbols for the various funds we have discussed are shown below i Symbol Title Abbreviation 17X4911 Defense Business Operating Fund DBOF 17X4912 Navy Industrial Fund NIF 17X4888 Naval Working Fund NWF 17X6875 Navy Management Fund NMF 17X8723 Ship s Store Profits Navy OONPOOS1 SSPN Figure 9 6 Examples of va
106. the DD Form 1348 1 and attached DDForm 1348 pink copy are returned to the requisition Storekeeper Assuming that the DD Form 1348 1 total price is less than the log entry money value the next step is to enter PART CANC and the Julian date in the Remarks block of the Requisition OPTAR Log Figure 10 13 shows the above entries On the next available line in the Requisition OPTAR Log the following entries are made 10 15 The current Julian date in the Date block PART CANC in the Description block The difference between the money value of the DD Form 1348 1 and that of the original log entry in the same Estimated Cost Chargeable column as was used in the original entry the canceled amount circled or written in red ink The new OPTAR balance that is the OPTAR balance of the preceding entry plus the canceled amount in the Balance column PART CANC Julian date and document number of the original log entry in the Remarks block nbl L3 a gi 612 NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER C ESTON 5 C 11QUIHNON OPTAB LOO R 55A4 USS DUARTE DD9f1 HARLESTON S mas Leer EE CA ee TOTAL PRICE Xu Figure 10 13 Processing a partial receipt balance canceled shows all of these entries The next step is to record the cancellation on the List of Confirmed Cancellations that is kept in Holding File 2 Sed figure 10 15 With the exception of th
107. the OPTAR holder in the reconciliation process are itemized on an addendum to the SFOEDL See figure 10 344 the differences shown for each of these expenditures are included in the total of differences at the end of the SFOEDL The threshold charges addendum portion of the SFOEDL is provided for information only It is not required to be RPT SYM S2 amp 4 03 08A FY 84 EL 70C oB 57017 OH fo550 DOCUMENT NO FC DOC TL NO PRI BILL SUP AD UI COG STOCK NUMBER A POC SUM GTY FSC NIIN UIC JL SN ID ISSACT ID VOND RO5SO4 w1 ADDeb KR ZU D0445 Uees EA IH R0550 420b004 KE ZJL OO44S Gea PR IN ROSSOW 4235005 KR ZJ 00445 0250 EA ROSSO4Y u2630085 KC ZJL 0277 HD Processed or reviewed by the OPTAR recordskeeper These threshold charged expenditures will not be subject to challenge A recapitulation of SFOEDL When processing an SFOEDL keep the following items in mind 1 The difference totals must be posted to the OPTAR Log in the exact same amounts shown on the listing 2 The money value of an expenditure document is more likely to be correct than that of its filled order counterpart especially if there is a difference of 500 or more 3 Nonreceipt of requisitioned material is not a valid reason for rejecting an itemized transition 4 Most of the actions of an itemized transaction will require additional entries and or documentation use the chart illustrated in figure 10 35 as a handy reference to check y
108. the fleet supply officer a professional in supply and transportation matters The fleet supply officers are the principal logistic agents for the fleet commanders They assist the operational and type commanders in developing logistic doctrine and procedures TYPE COMMANDERS Ships of a fleet are grouped by ship types and are assigned to type commanders TYCOMS for purposes of administration Their supply corps officers advise them of supply requirements and requirements in Navy Department and fleet supply directives They make recommendations to the type commanders on matters regarding supply policies procedures and conditions of readiness affecting ships of the type command These supply officers supervise the replenishment of supplies from mobile supply units under the operational control of the type commander They also review and take action on requisitions submitted by fleet units that require approval of higher authority They also conduct inspections of supply functions throughout the command as required or needed AFLOAT SUPPLY ORGANIZATION The head of the supply department is the supply Officer The supply officer is either a Supply Corps officer assigned to that duty or a line officer designated as such by the commanding officer The supply officer is responsible to the commanding officer for the proper performance and administration of all supply department functions See OPNAVINST 3120 32 Standard Organization and
109. tibiis MEN REQUISITION I FROM R52192 USS JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 B QuvH SS3ud N3d 1NtOd TIVE HO H3UM3dAL ISN roc per NEL D uw TETRYUE aad ee DERI BUS T E ai o ETAT ALSNOG WIN AFEN 38 AVR 9 80V 30 NOLI O amp fE L96 4 2010 NIS E Figure 5 3 Example of a NORS Requisition EARLIER EDITIONS OF THIS FORM CONTAIN INCORRECT LMF AND CIC DATA VERIFY BEFORE SUBMISSION TO COMMUNICATIONS MILSTRIP MESSAGE TRANSMITTAL WORKSHEET H 2000 NAVSUP 1353 REV 1 79 SECURITY CLASSIFICATION NOTE FOR USE ON ELITE TYPEWRITERS 12 PITCH UNCLAS RELEASED BY I L GARNER LT 8C USN ML HAU DREN SKC8 USN aoB a JUL 1983 PAGE ORAFTER OR PRECEDENCE Uw aas oc 7 FOR MESSAGE CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CENTER ONLY l PELEASER TME cr meo SATE Te MONTH 3 L3 TT dmm p 2 oe ee LL ee 1 From USS JOHN PAUL JONES TO DAAS DAYTON GM DO NOT INFO ROUTING CARD COLUMNS NOT REQUIRED IDENTIFIER ACTIVITY MUST BE LEFT BLANK CEN B Hum USE THIS SPACE FOR kd ary BLA mms S4 ja a es E AARAA AANIIARAP PERRA EREE RAN Hdrdtsu nd Pie PUNE EEE CRO EHR ABE EH Ent dt ATT Won dae jn RA Uu a on ATT aad bid P1 i pE E aad PNE Jill ad TD ifii Eee ah Lees HH LN TI PAL INO gage S addd PEEL Sar RY Ce LANE OOS TTS Figure 5 4 E xample of a message requisition prepared for transmittal via DAAS 5 9 SECURITY CLASSIFICATION UNLAS EFTO ecl Lelee n keee ee 1 L JOINT MESSAG
110. time between the submission of a requisition and the receipt of the material requisitioned equivalent to procurement lead time OUTSTANDING REQUISITION A requisition for which not all requested material has been received PACK A container bale bundle pallet or other similar medium that is of sufficient strength to be stored or shipped safely without additional protection usually the exterior shipping container PACKAGING The application of wrappings cushioning and interior containers to an item depending on the type of load and level of protection required This does not include the exterior shipping container Packaging is used to prevent loss or damage from physical hazards Afloat items should be packaged individually limiting the weight to 20 pounds when possible PACKING The placement of unit and intermediate containers into an exterior shipping container or onto a pallet Included is the necessary interior blocking bracing and cushioning to prevent physical damage or loss to the item and its packaging PALLET A low wooden or steel wire platform on which unit loads can be loaded and moved by fork trucks cargo nets or other materials handling equipment PALLETIZING The placement of banding when necessary on units or shipping containers of material on pallets Al 7 PARTIAL SHIPMENT CODE A code applied by shipping activities that indicates the transportation action which resulted in the rel
111. to NC items can be readily provided by the type commander s ADP facility Reporting Usage of Nonissued Material When material used for a maintenance action or other purpose was obtained from other than ty amp NOUN NAME OR REF SYM 0 FPR 10 APLIAELUCID 1 CRISI NOU Hoe mw z n N DOCUMENT MANUAL P FORM 12501 7 PT REV 770 S N 0108 LF 501 2505 a i t4 N 9 Lo v BK WU es BENE E Uu E N 8 8 Lu 8 0o b d A UNE ITEM HH A A A riter arcte tio eR ae Figure amp 4 Example of the posting of partial Issues to stock record from NAVSUP Form 1250 1 amp supply sources e g salvage cannibalization local reported as changeable material The NAVSUP Form manufacture a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 is needed The 1250 1 will be prepared to include data entries form is prepared by the work center representative to normally required of maintenance personnel in issue document and report the usage It will be submitted to requests the supply office for input Nonissued items that are If the item is identified by an NSN and stock record usually requisitioned as chargeable material will be exists the Julian date department number or work 8 5 Sk s i NAVSUP FORM 1250 1 7 PT REV 7 778 S N O108 LF 501 2505 1 REQ DATE 2 06PT wo s unay 6 96 6972 Z 4 MUN Mit UH Heb Ur LOCK OOOUMENT MANUA
112. to get work done Too much emphasis on appearance may interfere with the flow of work Within reasonable limits the best arrangement is one that facilitates work LABORSAVING DEVICES Laborsaving devices office machines play an important part in the efficient operation of the supply office They save time and provide accuracy however they must be properly used and maintained You will be required to use many types of office machines You should know how to care for any machine you operate You may also be required to make minor adjustments You should already be acquainted with the Planned Maintenance Subsystem of the Navy Maintenance and Material Management 3 M Systems since it is thoroughly discussed in Military Requirements for Petty Officer Third Class and Military Requirements for Petty Officer Second Class So we will not go into detail about the mechanics of the system Briefly review that portion of the military requirements book to refresh your memory on the 3 M Systems One source of information for the care operation and routine maintenance of office machines is the manufacturer s instruction book received with the equipment The instruction books for all equipment in your office should be kept in one place to be sure they are available when needed The office machines most commonly used in supply work are discussed in the following paragraphs TYPEWRITERS Speed and accuracy are essential in typing They alone d
113. today depend on us to manually input data into a device that converts information into a machine acceptable form punched cads magnetic tapes or electric signals from a terminal As we have all experienced manual input is prone to error and speed is limited to a person s manual dexterity Bar code data can be scanned and converted accurately into computer usable form without manual keying BAR CODE APPLICATIONS From the moment material first enters the supply system until it is issued these bar codes can be scanned to provide key data for a variety of applications such as Location Survey Presently the Uniform Automatic Data Processing System Stock Point system UADPS SP produces a tape with the location to be surveyed and each stock number that is supposed to be in that location his tape is converted to cards The warehouseman uses these cads to go to the location check material in the bin and handwrite corrections on the cards The cads are returned for keypunching The punched cards are then converted to tape which is used to update the Master Stock Item Record MSIR 11 3 With the locations labeled with their number in bar code and a portable scanner cards are eliminated The scanner would be loaded with images from the UADPS SP tape The warehouseman is prompted by the scanner to go to a particular location The warehouseman confirms he is at the right place by scanning the location bar code label The scanner then disp
114. transfers The original summary with substantiating documents is submitted to the servicing DFAS The A Summary The A Summary is used to effect funded chargeable adjustments between appropriations subheads and operating budgets Or between operating budgets within an appropriation and subhead The A Summary credits are applied to the type commander by the DAO Examples of transactions reportable on the A Summary are e Issues of chargeable type ship s material to ships of other fleets Service Designator Code differs type commander first position of fund code differs or other Five Year Defense Program third position of subheasd differs e Issues of chargeable type ship s material to an operating budget funding other requirements such as aviation operations and maintenance e Transfer of the material cost of repairs of other vessels ROV from a tender repair ship or equivalent command to a ship which is assigned to a different fleet and or a different Five Year Defense Program e Transfer of the material cost of ROV performed for CNO area coordinators sea frontier commands and other activities e Material services or repair to ships funded under the Military Assistance Program Transfer of ship s end use material to a reimbursable work order 10 37 SUMMARY OF MATERIAL RECEIPTS EXPENDITURES MAVCOMPT FORM 176 fe 3 37 TO _ FLEET ACCOUNTING AND DISBURSING CENTER ATLANTIC 0104 L F 700 2400
115. transfers reporting 10 35 Materials handling equipment 13 1 materials handling aboard ship 13 13 operation and maintenance of materials handling equipment 13 14 safety precautions 13 14 types of materials handling equipment 13 1 Message OPTAR Report 10 22 Message requisitions 5 7 Microfiche 3 3 Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures MILSTRIP 5 5 MILSTAMP National stock number 4 1 Naval Supply Systems Command 2 1 Naval supply systems command publications 3 4 Naval Working Fund 9 6 NAVCOMPT publications 3 6 Navy Industrial Fund 9 6 Navy Item Control Number to National Item Identification Number NICN to NIIN 4 13 Navy Management Fund 9 6 Navy Regulations 3 3 Navy Storekeeper 1 1 Training Manuals TRAMANS sources of information 1 3 Storekeeper rating 1 1 Storekeeper jobs 1 1 Storekeeper s career development 1 2 Navy Supply System 2 7 NORS requisitions 5 7 Oo Object clam 9 7 Obligation document 5 22 OPTAR accounting 10 2 OPTAR Document Transmittal Report 10 17 OPTAR document transmittals OPTAR Log balancing the 10 19 Output files P Packing for shipment 14 15 Pallet sling 13 4 Pallets 13 5 Personal effects shipment of 14 22 Planned Maintenance System 12 1 Posting receipts of stock material 7 11 Pre expended bin material 12 4 Pre expended bin PEB material issue of 8 3 INDEX 3 Preparation
116. well as all chargeable services will be recorded on a NAVSUP Form or 1250 1 When you prepare the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 follow the procedures in the NAVSUP P 485 DISTRIBUTION Distribution of the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 is determined by the type of transaction or circumstance to which it applies For example the use of procurement action tickler file requires an alteration in distribution In the case of NAVSUP Form 1250 1 distribution depends on whether or not it is used as a requisition The different purposes for which NAVSUP Form 1250 1 is used and the distribution in each situation are prescribed in the NAVSUP P 485 ISSUE Assuming that the action needed for issue as specified in the NAVSUP P 485 have been performed and recorded accurately the issue is simple The storeroom Storekeeper goes to the location shown on the request removes the material turns it over to the department representative in exchange for the representative s signature on the original of the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 ISSUE OF PRE EXPENDED BIN PEB MATERIAL Replenishment of PEB material in organizational maintenance level ships is the responsibility of the department head controlling the space in which the PEB is located In intermediate maintenance level ships replenishment of PEB material is the responsibility of the supply support center The supply officer must make sure that adequate backup stocks of PEB material are maintained Replenishment of PEB mat
117. you become well acquainted with it TYPES OF DIRECTIVES The directives system provides for two types of directives Instructions Directives containing authoritative or information having continuing reference value or requiring continuing action An instruction remains in effect until superseded or otherwise canceled by the originator or higher authority 3 11 Notices Directives of a one time or brief nature with self canceling provision They have the same force and effect as an instruction Usually notices remain in effect for less than 6 months They may not remain in effect for longer than 1 year CORRESPONDENCE Official correspondence in the Navy includes all recorded communications sent or received by a person in the Navy in the execution of the duties of his office Supply departments both ashore and afloat originate and receive a large quantity of correspondence Some of the more common types are directives outlining supply policies and procedures naval letters requesting and furnishing procedural information and authority and letters and memorandums assigning duties and individual responsibilities Outgoing correspondence is normally drafted by senior petty officers or officers of the supply department The SK3 or SK2 is primarily concerned with typing and format Some correspondence originated by the supply department is of a recurring nature and relatively standard in content This may include such correspo
118. 00 118 0231 7540 00 118 0237 STOCK NO 7540 00 116 0156 SF 404 SF 405 FORM NO SF 403 NOMENCLATURE FLAMMABLE SOLID OXIDIZER STOCK NO 7540 00 118 0872 7540 00 1 18 0340 FORM NO SF 406 SF 407 ORGANIC PEROXIDE 7540 00 118 0343 SF 408 71NPO0022 Figure 14 7 Authorized hazardous material labels 14 10 ds POISON GAS Se POISON 6 IRRITANT NOMENCLATURE POISON GAS POISON STOCK NO 7540 00 118 0367 7540 00 118 0535 7540 00118 0005 FORM NO SF 409 SF 410 SF 4 bb IRRITANT RADIOACTIVE VE II NOMENCLATURE IRRITANT RADIOACTIVE RADIOACTI Skull amp Bones 7540 00 1 18 0583 7440 00 1 18 0609 STOCK NO 7540 00 1 18 0575 SF 413 SF 414 FORM NO SF 412 NOMENCLATURE RADIOACTIVE IIt STOCK NO 7540 00 118 0610 FORM NO SF 415 CORROSIVE CORROSIVE MATERIAL 7540 00 1 18 061 1 SF 416 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE 7540 00 118 0614 SF 418 71NP0023 Figure 14 7 Authorized hazardous material labels Continued e A listing of all heavy lifts by location and destination and a notation to show whether they can be handled by the ship s equipment e A listing of mail by location and destination 14 11 Total cargo aboard for each service and each port of discharge Government owned dunnage lashing and securing gear MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT CAUTION IF abe NOMENCLATURE MAGNETIC 15 FOOT 5 X 5 STOCK NO 7540 00 139 4757 FOR
119. 15K 153A 00 539 1559 25K 253A 00 539 4900 50K 503A 00 644 6693 100K 104A 00 552 5476 250K 254A 00 893 9499 500K 504A 00 501 7307 1 SMEG 155A 00655 3312 2MEC 205A With SPST switch MIL Spec type RV4NBYSD1024 Standard bushing 1 1 4 in ty shaft Mil Type Ohms RV4NAYSG 00811 1750 2 5K 252A Standard bushing 2 1 2 in lg shaft Mil Type Ohms RV4NAYSK 00 5394999 100 101A 00539 2568 250 251A 00557 4637 00 01A 00 500 7588 IK 102A 00 42 8724 2 5K 252A 00 666 1036 SK 02A 00 665 5095 10X 103A 00 581 2846 10X 00 500 7879 25K 253A 00542 8744 SOK 503A 00 339 4576 100K 104A 00539 4578 250K 2544 00 539 4998 SO0K 304A 00552 2254 1MEG 105A With SPST switch MIL Spec type RV4NBYSK103A C TAPER 1 4 WATT Standard bushing 7 8 in ig shaft Mi Type Ohms RVSNAYSD 008027951 SK 02C Mil Type Ohms RV6NAYSD 00 851 5648 SK 02C 00 954 4038 10K 103C 1 WATT Locking bushing 7 8 in 1g shaft Mil Type Ohms RV4LAYSA 00 578 9051 IMEG 105C Standard bushing 7 8 in ig shaft Mil Type Ohms RV4NAYSD 006816172 500 01C 00 552 3480 10K 103C Standard bushing 7 8 in ig Shaft and panel sealed Mil Type Ohms RV4SAYSD 00 542 9406 00 501C Standard bushing 2 1 2 in 1g shaft Mil Type Ohms RV4NAYSK 00 553 9970 2 5K 252C 009 578 4134 50K 503C F TAPER U4 WATT Locking bushing 5 8 in ig shaft Mil Type Ohmy RV6LAYSA 00 752 3377 50K 03E 1 WATT Locking
120. 222222212232 4444444 4434444444 A444 4444444 40ULL000444RUGGLAL4BUULLULULULLGOG 00409 BE 6 n 404 DIGIT PUNCHES 55555585555555555505555 5 35553 35335555 855 5555 535554155555 5555555555555553 COCCECCRCC ESS SSCRCCCMC ECC CES CCCSRESRECCCCSCCUCCCCCOCERSCRECCECCESCSSESCESECESESES T 11 ECT 0E 010122111711 212 2 27891 2222221 2223 3 7222322221212 2222221 DELTEET PSUR E Seasoned EEEETETTT HEETTTTI TEE 11190111 TTT TT 395133 9599 391929393 9912 1311 PASARSTELESUICT ALES a S85 Nas tno 331313333333335333533139 riis 6 SE SURUDONENNEBNADUDADSADAMENPDDMMASNNSNAGQUAMATUAMNUDENSEUNSNUNGIHENCNORARINDEI EAM THE ALPHABET Figure 11 2 Example of a standard 80 column punched card 11 2 Wau ONIHONNd 9A 245 WIR 01234567849 O9NPOO97 Figure 11 3 Example of a 3 of 9 bar code arrangements NOPQRSTUVXYZ MATTER spaces when a given number of bars are read and vice versa If the scanner reads an incorrect number of bars for the number of spaces read or vice versa or if the read data element is not begun and ended with a start stop mark then a no read condition exists With a good quality marking the first read rate is near 100 and the character substitution misread rate is less than 1 error per 6 000 000 characters read However less than desired printing quality or label condition will degrade the first read rate while the character substitution rate will be affected only slightly Our computers
121. 3 23 Crane gantry to install a crane The crane bridge is mounted on trestles having legs which are generally constructed with wheel trucks for operating on tracks Such cranes are referred to as portable gantry cranes If the trestles rest directly on the ground or footings the term fixed gantry crane is applied This type of crane is built especially for particular locations It has been constructed with a span of 200 or more feet The gantry may have a trolley running on the bridge carrying a hoist This is the most common form and is what is meant by gantry crane However the gantry may have a stiff legged derrick a rotating pillar a job crane ora hammerhead crane mounted on its bridge as auxiliary equipment Because this type of crane spans the area over which it operates it has been particularly useful in shipbuilding in storage yards and at docks for handling bulk material A wharf crane is located on and generally is a part of the wharf or pier structure It is particularly adapted to the transfer of Cargo between the wharf or pier and a vessel HOISTS PULLEYS AND DOLLIES Various types of hoists pulleys and dollies are available aboard air stations and ships for moving equipment and supplies The SK should be acquainted Figure 13 24 Crane wharf with this equipment and its purpose so that as various situations arise the SK will be able to select and use the necessary piece of equipment Hoists
122. 4 must be submitted consult the NAVSUP P 485 The completed survey form is used to determine responsibility for lost damaged or destroyed property and to fix the actual cost to the government See figures 8 13 and 8 14 To make a true determination the facts surrounding the loss or damage must be thoroughly researched in a timely manner The research should not be limited to verifying statements of interested parties It should be broad enough to make sure that the interests of the government as well as the rights of the individual s or Navy activities concerned are fully protected Review of the survey information facts is required in order to prove or repute the statements of interested persons and to place the responsibility for the lost or damaged properly where it belongs uuo at patents pat eel Sepa ranee DOLLARS M NEIN v SORS ELDER i SEMEN LL iil cnm 86GNPO177 Figure 8 L2 Example of a DD Form 1348 1 prepared for turn in of MTR Items to store ashore 8 11 FINANCIAL LIABILITY INVESTIGATION OF PROPERTY LOSS C MLSR REPORT 1996 01 PRIVACY ACT STATEMENT 10 USC 136 10 USC 2775 DoD Instruction 720010 EO 9397 To officially report the facts end circumstances DISCLOSURE Voluntary however refusal to explain the supporting the assessment of financial charges circumetances under which the property was lost for the loas damage or deatruction of DoD damaged or destroyed may be considered with controlle
123. 485 contains a list of items designated as controlled equipage The type and quantity of controlled equipage on the ship s allowance list are mandatory allowances Ships should carry a full allowance of these items at all times Since each ship has a definite allowance deficiencies or shortages can be determined and are budgeted separately in the ship s OPTAR When an item of controlled equipage is lost damaged or otherwise unfit for use it should be replaced promptly provided funds are available Such replacement of missing or unserviceable controlled equipage must be substantiated by a survey and accompanied by a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 Requests for deficiencies are submitted to the supply officer on NAVSUP Form 1250 1 by the head of department having custody of the controlled equipage Upon receipt of the above issue requests procurement documents are prepared by supply on either DD Form 1348 or DD Form 1348 6 in accordance with NAVSUP P 485 These requisitions are then submitted directly to the supply activity without approval of higher authority When controlled equipage is required in excess of allowance for a particular operation or short period of time an in excess requisition maybe submitted to the TYCOM type commander for approval The requisition is submitted with a letter of transmittal which should state the circumstances of the need If additional controlled equipage is needed on a permanent basis an Allowance Change Req
124. 52 Figure 9 7 Format of accounting data AUTHORIZATION ACCOUNTING ACTIVITY The Authorization Accounting Activity AAA is the UIC of the activity which performs the accounting for an operating budget fund In connection with operating form OPTAR accounting the AAA is the UIC of the DFAS TRANSACTION TYPE CODES Transaction type codes are identified by a two character code This permits easy identification in data processing systems of stores accounting travel advances and other special interest category transactions The codes and an explanation of their use are contained in NAVCOMPT Manual Volume 2 PROPERTY ACCOUNTING ACTIVITY PAA For the Operating Forces material or service requisitions the service designator code and unit identification code UIC of the requisitioner will be shown In these cases the PAA is used as an extension of the cost code In some cases the UIC of an activity assigned to perform formal stores or property accounting is cited as the PAA Unit identification codes UICs are assigned by the Comptroller of the Navy to ships aircraft units shore activities divisions of shore activities bureaus and offices contractors plants and in some instances to functions or other specialized elements for identification UICs are prefixed by a service designator code It is a Single character code that identifies a service or element TYCOM FUND CODE COMNAVSURFPAC NC COMSUBPAC COMNAVAIRPAC
125. 7 14 Example of a report of receipt shortage as consumption Storage Location New Location When the recxeipted copy of the receipt document received from the storeroom Storekeeper indicates that material was stored in a location different from that indicated in the stock record the location shown in the stock record will be lined through and the new location will be entered For an example see figure 7 15 Additional Locations When the receipted copy of the receipt document received from the storeroom Storekeeper indicates that an item is stored in multiple md K Feulda KcS ee Lib T ilm e INSPECTED BY AND DATE a is 1 TE WAREHOUSE LOCATION al DL sks oe Meie I A locations the additional location s will be entered in the stock record Disposition of Posted Receipt Documents After a receipt has been posted to the stock record the OPTAR records Storekeeper will enter the material receipt date in the Requisition OPTAR Log in accordance with NAVSO P 3013 The receipt document then will be forwarded to the requisitioning Storekeeper for attachment to the hardback copy of the related requisition from the material outstanding file T illie um ae an m Figure 7 15 Example of posting location changes to stock records 7 17 Both documents then will be placed in the material completed file Posting Receipts and Issues of SIM DTO Material When SIM DTO material is
126. 9 11 23 10 Navy extus X No fiscal year limitation Type 49 revolving fund Particular Fund 11 2 DBOF Administrator 23 NAVSUP Purpose 10 wholesale inventory 99NPo0 9 Figure 9 4 E xample of a Defense Business Operating Fund symbol or for cash The DBOF is reimbursed for supplies when they are ISSUED or SOLD While these supplies are waiting to be sold they are in the Navy Stock Account NSA NAVY STOCK ACCOUNT The Navy Stock Account NSA is an inventory account and an integral part of the DBOF It serves as the holding account for DBOF procured supplies before to their sale Thus the total value of the DBOF consists of money plus supplies in the NSA The NSA is also used by NAVSUP as the accounting device to account for and control the expenditure of DBOF funds DBOF NSA IN OPERATION Refer t figure 9 5 as you read the following steps covering the operation COMMERCIAL SUPPLIERS DLA ARMY AF GSA of the Defense Business Operating Fund and Navy Stock Account 1 Material is purchased by DBOF from commercial suppliers Defense Logistics Agency Departments of the Army and Air Force and the General Services Administration Suppliers deliver material to designated naval supply activities where it is held in the inventory account Navy Stock Account NSA until needed by a Navy customer A ship has to replace material which has been used in its operations A requisition DD Form
127. ACE LAYOUT FACTORS To the maximum extent that available space permits you must adhere to the following guidelines when stowing general stems 6 9 e Locate heavy bulk materials in areas convenient to hatches and materials handling equipment This minimizes the physical effort required for loading stowage and breakouts Locate light bulky material in storerooms with high overhead clearances for maximum use of available space e Segregate unlike materials e g hazardous vs nonhazardous classified vs unclassified large vs small e Locate frequently requested material such as selected item maintance SIM items as close as possible to the point of issue as possible in a storeroom that is convenient to maintenance personnel Locate shelf life items in a readily accessible area to facilitate periodic screening e Install appropriate stowage aids in spaces where they can be effectively used e Provide for aisles at least 30 inches wide between bins racks and or cabinets e Arrange materials with identification labels facing outward to facilitate issues and inventory Avoid multiple locations for the same item STOWAGE AIDS Storerooms are outfitted with bins racks shelving and other stowage aids best suited for the types and quantities of materials to be stowed When installed stowage aids need to be modified or relocated or when additionally required stowage aids must be manufactured by a repair ship or s
128. ATE MATL REC D BLOCK matches the original entry in the Requisition OPTAR Log Entries are made as follows 1 Enter CANC in the Date Material Received block 2 Enter CANC and the Julian date for the day notification is received in the Remarks block opposite the original requisition being canceled 3 Enter on the next available line in the log the current Julian date in the Date block CANC in the Description block the original money Figure 10 5 Entries on the Requisition OPTAR Log for complete cancellations 10 8 value of the canceled requisition in the Estimated Cost Chargeable column this amount is circled or written in red the new increased OPTAR balance in the Balance block CANC the Julian date and serial number of the original log entry in the Remarks block Record the cancellation on the List of Confirmed Cancellations in Holding File 2 Figure 10 5 illustrates all of the above steps PARTIAL CANCELLATIONS Partial cancellations usually occur when the supplying activity can fill only part of your requisition and cancels the balance The steps in processing a partial cancellation are similar to processing a complete cancellation See figure 10 6 RIOUIITION OPTAR LOS DATE MAT L REC D BLOCK ENTRY REQUMITION OPTAR LOS a 572 1 O9NPOO59 Figure 10 6 Entries on the Requisition OPTAR Log for partial cancellati
129. Arnasan H apnena y egom poart Pan pot offen ax commen carmen vlt 19 the vopghts shall veu m thee Ls enmet vpun Griner ia the fumi e fva meg by de Govern Papreatstdeng any sitet pornn of me Pu fuse ardre the Conramer hal sorts ali crupetnisiuy and ch of ipe hay vepghts ii act sea d dishbatesn ini damaged woran x Um aui Center matey v6 Perchaur qup Fete The l ome tutt igi poine regione epus az vareeri mart appin preecoguby as hae eupenet Bre clef un cu gms be do v aot thes inier n s Comrecung Officer abus amry 909 doy fram he dou iair 19 the wegahan suis im thee po QT 4 Pespuraban of iaoee 11 Upen deirvary of supelar w pew offers sommen carrier qe on snpenpas Pn Ge quat he pain of few raraga by tu Go eramen Hu Conector dall report at mend cb porem tod Cines 3 of bu Comal Prrvensun of Porches Orde rare hut equis ubi bpn pun her reemen shell bt prepared i arcerdanas web the proven of Hp agrerdhemt ja pment Ph nhe eet offa ev semanas sarra the Cosersrter Dall ache A eus on ttn aene che dan of deum cana wed sius of arre DB of ubag member er akp dupara da wnq aye HI at B pa of exh daumen o ha re m endear of degen ia niduun du cmo dull tr porani mated Pau Pus jn eam of drvery by phat Den pou offen oF commen corr s suntptnd cupy of the Covaracus 1 debeery dacara Vul he anatod te be aeque n dom e of deam V he pochas print mied Hn Chu of ipahvparteins rhe Contin ine uted cup the 9rd duppeg vee a thy enqu
130. B SEQUENCE NUMBER block N ENTER THE APPLICABLE FOUR CHARACTER EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION CODE FROM THE EIC MASTER INDEX ENTER FPR IF THE REQUESTED ITEM IS CONSIDERED TO BE A failed PART OTHERWISE LEAVE BLANK ALLOWANCE PARTS LIST ALLOWANCE EQUIPAGE LIST FOR THE EQUIPMENT COMPONENT BEING WORKED ON REFERENCE CIRCUIT SYMBOL FOR ELECTRONICS AND ORDNANCE PARTS NOUN NAME FOR OTHER MATERIALS WHEN REQUESTED MATERIAL IS N C OR NIS URGENCY OF NEEO THESE CODES ARE LISTEO ANO DESCRIBED IN CHAPTER 6 REQUIRED OELIVERY DATE JULIAN DATE ASSIGNED WHEN MATERIAL IS ESSENTIAL TO COMPLETE REPAIRS PRIOR TO SHIP S OPERATIONS AND REGULARLY ASSIGNED PRIORITY WOULD NOT ENSURE DELIVERY BY THE REQUIRED DATE NOTE ENTRIES IN CARO COLUMNS 60 THROUGH 64 MUST SE MADE BY PERSONS DESIGNATED BY THE HEADS OF THE REQUESTING DEPARTMENTS Figure 12 2 MDS entries on DD Form 1348 12 3 g g L4 o a x F z hardware item from the highest to the lowest level That is system to the component subassembly level These codes are designed to provide a description of the functional and physical relationships of the various elements within a given hardware application rather than to design and or manufacturer s differences Allowance Parts List Allowance Equipage List Number The Allowance Parts List Allowance Equipage List APL AEL number identifies a specific item of equipment NOTE Both the EIC and APL AEL numbers are necessary t
131. BEG MO DEM pose prr c mec jic scc sic Pes bem Pol Dem av JULDATE SERIAL NO QUANTITY SSRN DATE BERT WOE EE ee com oe gcarn RECEIPTS ISSUES ONHAND Losissc u lsmRed d wlt RC ARS Donee seh esso 7 2 m aaa ee uml e EE ITEM ISE as ihe PRIMARY ITEM Figure 7 11 An example of a posting action for a substitute item penis tope ppm pop EARS peeraa jede ao QUANTITY Lt pe FUNDIDISTR SELLE arcam ruri ra d ERR RE RR BELL S IDIDunr MEM EDGE a a Yr EN SERALND ouawtTr BATERSER wCC ureter eerie Waa detta uam ft pe tT CE ame TCT ae el rc ci _ E s Sm Figure 7 12 Example of the posting of unit of issue and unit price changes to stock records 7 15 PARTIAL QUAN TTY RECEIVED BALANCE DUE m ap prn Pees m ae pp mm Pe Pod iets as Tare mmm ws Wd ty ha B bd peak peed REQUIBITIONS OUTSTANDING ete ot ae ee ee es a DEA PAE JUtDATE SERALNO QUANTITY DATE amp SER WCC Rrrhisseie iuange Do tt i les s las a f Rake to tit a ENT NABER Doce pepe ra seassa ja quantity DO ERAN ME Sw E Figure 7 13 Example of the posting of partial quantities to stock records Only the requisitioned quantity will be posted to the Stock record as a receipt The excess quantity with a copy of the Report of Discrepancy ROD attached will be set aside pending disposition instructions
132. BY CODE 814020 DCASR CHICAGO O HARE INT L AIRPORT P O BOX 66478 DISCREPANCY REPORTED CHICAGO ILLINOIS d BY STANDARD FORM 364 n SHIPPED TO coe MC MARKED FOR TO CONTRACTING ACTIVITY 102 12 TRANSPORTATION OFFICER NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER OAKLAND CALIFORNIA 99628 5 kad STOCK PART NO DESCRIPTION f dufisato number of shipping saniainen pps of EESIN aumiginer RATAA j MFG P N A 8685 38 TYPE 6 FN 11 BATTERY STORAGB INDICATES 1 RECEIVED IN GOOD CONDITION n ORION O Pon ACCEPTANCE of leid Rome has baan mads Uy ma er utes my supervision umi thoy confarm t senrest ct ua ented herein er e capping deeumasin 18 Apr 98 DATE SEOMATURE OF AUTH GOVT REP DATE TVPED NAME AMD TITLE 78 CONTRACTOR USE ONLY 1 DAMAGED USS JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 By Poa X ACCEPTANCE al aed hers hao been made by me ar under my supardaian and they senierm t sentrest mapi es nated hors ar a supperting dommens COMPLETED BY AUTHORIZED GOVERNMENT REPRESENTATIVE USUALLY A QUALIFIED PERSON IN USING DEPARTMENT Quantities shown in ethane 13 were received in apparent good condi mmepi us rated 18 apres AC au DATE SQOMATURE OF AUTH GOVT PEP B C SMITH SE2 USN AND TITLE RECEIVER S SIGNATURE AND DATE OF ACTUAL RECEIPT ON BOARD DO ceres 250 86NP0167 Figure 6 2 Example of a Material Inspection and Receiving Report DD Form 250 shoul
133. Bar code 3 of 9 11 3 Accounting classifications 9 1 Bills of lading government 14 7 appropriations 9 1 Budget OPTAR Report 10 19 funds 9 3 Bulk petroleum 5 10 Administration 3 1 Bulk storerooms 6 10 classified information 3 10 Bulkhead to bulkhead inventory 7 1 correspondence 3 11 c Directives and Issuance System 3 11 disposition of correspondence and records 3 15 filing 3 12 general office procedures 3 1 laborsaving devices 3 1 office procedures and behavior 3 16 publications _3 3 Afloat Shopping Guide ASG 4 13 Afloat supply organization 2 3 Allowance lists 4 16 APL AEL number 12 4 Appropriation symbols 9 3 Approbations Appropriations status of 9 2 Appropriations types of 9 1 Authorization Accounting Activity 9 8 Automated supply 11 1 cargo 14 17 Cargo documents 14 9 Cargo handling practices safe 13 18 cargo loading 14 17 Cargo net sling 13 8 Cargo stowage 14 17 Chutes rollers and conveyors 13 8 Classified informatio Consolidated shipments 14 5 Contracts ordering under 5 29 Controlled equipage 7 6 Controlled equipage custody record 7 6 to 7 9 Conveyors chutes and rollers 13 8 correspondence 3 11 Correspondence and morals disposition of 3 15 Correspondence filing 3 12 COSAL 3 7 automatic data processing Cost Code 9 8 data processing terms 11 1 crane 13 9 financial records and reports 11 9 Custodia
134. CKOFF LIST A Characteristic true of all administratively cancelled unfilled orders is that their corresponding requisitions were completed 60 days before the listing s Processed date The money value of below threshold administrative cancellations is refunded to the ship on a subsequent Summary Filled Order Expenditure Listing the OPTAR balance is not immediately increased The money value of above threshold administrative cancellations increases the OPTAR balance immediately in contrast to below threshold administrative cancellations The Aged Unfilled Order Listing must be processed within 10 days of its receipt aboard ship Figure 10 41 Aged Unfilled Order processing checkoff list and cost accounting adjustments The Summary of Material Receipts expenditures NAVCOMPT Form 176 or automated format is prepared and submitted by the 5th of each month following the month in which the transfers were made An example of a prepared Summary is shown i A separate report must be made for each type summary explained in the following paragraphs Each summary must be substantiated with the original or legible copy of each invoice DD Form 1348 DD Form 1348 1 DD Form 1149 or detailed automated listing grouped and taped by operating budget unit identification code charged and fund code SHIP S MATERIAL AND COST TRANSFERS The A and B Summaries apply to ship s material and cost
135. D CODE KR ISSUE DOCUMENTS NAVSUP 1250 or 1250 1 FUND CODES OTHER THAN KE 8 KR Sf x CONDIMABLIS AND Figure10 20 Part 1 Badget OPTAR Report itin general terms Refer to NAVSO P 3013 for detailed instructions for completing the report OPTAR Data The amounts reported in Part 2 are taken from the Requisition OPTAR Log just as shown i All differences are entered from the corresponding column of the log Each entry in the Difference column must indicate whether it is a plus or minus difference to prevent error when totaling the column The total should also be marked plus or minus Because of increased budgetary requirements under Zero Based Budgeting concepts type commander and fleet commanders need a full fund code breakout on OPTAR funds use to adequately compile information for budget formulation and execution The Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 submission or message sent in place of the NAVCOMPT Form 2157 must be modified to display all fund codes along with attendant cumulative obligations differences and gross adjusted obligations As are result there will be a full code display on the Ship Staff Status Report The Budget OPTAR Report will be completed in accordance with the NAVSO P 3013 as modified As you study figure 10 21 you can see that the difference is an adjustment to the obligations and affects the OPTAR balance To verify the entries in block 22 of the
136. D Form 1348 DD Form 1348 1 or DD Form 1149 covering the material You as the shipper must maintain a log in the shipping office as your formal record of shipment The shipping date must also be placed on the transfer document and filed The invoice is a very important document This is because it actually transfers accountability from your ship to the receiver It lists the items contained in the shipment and shows the price of each item external markings weight and cubic capacity of the package One copy goes with the shipment and another is sent to the receiving activity The Transportation Control and Movement Document TCMD is used for shipments made by other than parcel post TRANSPORTATION OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES NAVSUP Manual paragraph 52100 authorizes only transportation officers to select the mode of carriage This authority is restricted to Navy properly being transported within the United States Also under this authority the transportation medium to whom a Navy shipment will be tendered for transportation As used herein the term transportation officer applies to any individual performing traffic management functions at military activities whether or not that is the organization title of the individual It is not expected that activities will be reorganized to reflect the term transportation officer The officers assigned as described in subparagraphs 1 through 4 are designated as transportation officers as
137. D Form 1199 see figure 14 20 NAVSUP P 485 contains instructions for preparing it as a shipping document for personal effects 14 22 INVENTORY OF PERSONAL EFFECTS Lost Abandoned Unclained NAVSUP Form 29 REV 5 18 TKE PRIVACY ACT OF 1974 AUTHORITY Title 5 U S C Code 5724 USE CF SSN authorized by S Executive Order 9397 of 22 November 1953 Title b U S C Code 406 PRINCIPAL PURPOSE To Serve as a record of property impounded by the Covernnent incident to a zeeber s death or disappearance ROUTINE USES a Serves as a record of all property impounded by Covern pent vhich has been left behind by menbers vho have disappeared or belonging to deceased meabera or employees b Serves as a source document for preparation of shipping documents used to return property to next of kin or legal owner VOLUNTARY Lack of SSN on this fora will not directly affect the menber When it is furnished hovever it precludes any ssible mistaken identity when names are the same end this fs a frequent occurrence SHIP STATION DATE ACQU USS JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 10 JAN 1979 Wee OF RRCORD M ST S E WASHINGTON D C 20381 NAME amp ADDRESS OF NEXT OF KIN OA er E n MR JOSEPH L JOHNSON FATHER 973 M ST S E WASHINGTON D C 20381 REASON FOR INTERVENTION SELECT ONE ITEM em DECEASED e DECLARED AWOL DESERTER CO MENTALLY PHYSICALLY INCAPACITATED TRNSFRD ON LV TRNSFRD W O DATE MIA OR TEMDU BELONGINGS t AN INVENTORY B
138. DANGER AREAS Many types of accidents can happen when handling cargo Some of the danger areas and causes of accidents are discussed below Defective Equipment Defective equipment such as winches rigging chains nets and bridles should not be used Report their condition to your superior Repairs should be made only by qualified personnel since a poor repair job may constitute a worse hazard than the defective equipment e Thrown Objects Objects such as blocks crowbars and slings should not be thrown from the deck into the hold or onto the pier e Improperly Assembled Drafts Nets and pallets should be so loaded that items will not fall during hoisting e Failure to Stand Clear The warning STAND CLEAR should be given when cargo or hoisting gear is being lowered into a hold or onto the pier e Cargo Improperly Landed Cargo should be guided to a safe landing after being stopped about 1 foot above the intended landing area Loads Stopped Overhead The stopping of loads overhead should be avoided If a hoisted load must be stopped before being lowered into the hold it should be stopped over the weather deck never over the square of the hatch nor over the heads of personnel on the pier Improper Stowage When stowed cargo should be tiered tied in stepped back or floored off to prevent collapse Dunnage should be used as a firm flooring for tiering Never stow cargo even temporarily in a halfway manner
139. EFORM MESSAGE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS MINIMIZE CONSIDERED FROM USS JOHN PAUL JONES vo NSC SAN DIEGO INFO COMNAVSURFPAC UNCLAS EF TO NBNC3S MILSTRIP NON NSN REQN DOCUMENT IDENTIFIER CODE SERVICE DESIGNATOR AND UIC ROUTING IDENTIFIER CODE JULIAN DATE MEDIA AND STATUS CODE SERIAL NUMBER F CM AND PART NUMBER DEMAND CODE UNIT OF ISSUE SUPPLEMENTARY ADORESS N QUANTITY IGHAL CODE 1l ABS NDZ W BLNK EA ZERO ZERO ZERO ZERO ONE RSel UP Lcl0 831u N YNEB13 A NR TBLNK EK 5 B S BLNK 1 5g 88 ye EXTENDED PRICE REQUIRED DELIVERY DATE PRIORITY DESIGNATOR PROJECT CODE DISTRIBUTION CODE FUNO CODE IDENTIFICATION DATA FSCM AND PART NO B5873 N3 L229L PL 4S MFR BABCOCK AND WILCOX CO NAVY TECH MANUAL 351 8844 NAME OF ITEM ELEMENT SOOT BLOWER UNIT A3 END ITEM APPLICATION BOILER STEAM MN 634 PSI 1393TB APL 82L2n0087 MFR DWG NO HX eS38Bl EQUIP PATTERN NO 12 EQUIP SPEC MIL R 1838L SHIPS LAPL B2BBL ADDL ITEM DATA WICN Wu18 LL CAO BBEL DRAFTER TYPED NAME TITLE OFFICE BVMGOL PHONE amp DATE LT I L GARNER SC USN MAME TITLE OFFICE BYMOOL AND PHONE DD nM 173 0 SECURITY CLASSIFICATION Figure 5 5 Example of a naval message draft requisition for non NSN Items guidance found in the NAVSUP P 485 An example is be submitted A DD Form 1149 also is required for shown in figure 5 6 procurement of DLA owned bulk petroleum from a Military Sealift Command MSC tanker The BULK PETROLEUM prescri
140. F The Departmental Budget Report which lists the totals of expenditures and obligations by departments and a grand total of all expenditures and obligations is prepared from this tape The total of all expenditures is posted to the Departmental Budget Report and the balance of the OPTAR is reduced The expenditures and obligations are posted separately to the Divisional Budget Report When DTO material is received the obligation is converted to an expenditure and is listed on the next posting report The machine room again makes use of the FMF to prepare machine listings to support the monthly NSA stores returns This includes preparation of necessary summaries You are in effect summarizing your own ship for all NSA material consumed for the month as well as summarizing transfers to other ships The listings with cards that were discussed earlier are received from Defense Finance Accounting System DFAS They are Unmatched expenditure listing monthly Aged unfilled order listing quarterly e Filled order expenditure difference listing monthly The listings must be reviewed and any corrections annotated thereon and returned to DFAS CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS The Standard Navy Maintenance and Material Management Systems 3 M was developed to meet the need for a more effective means of recording reporting and evaluating the maintenance requirements of the fleet In the past most m
141. FAADCPAC SAN DIEGO CA UNCLAS QUARTERLY OPTAR GRANT 1 1ST QTR FY83 SUBJ GRANT AUTHROIZED 10 82 1 fNOT33Q 000 DOLS 10 000 PLUS OPTAR Figure 10 1 Posting OPTAR grant from TYCOM file are forwarded on the 10th 20th and last day of the month to the appropriate DFAS File 2 Unfilled Order Cancellation Document Lists For Transmittal All confirmed cancellations of requisitions and administrative cancellations of unfilled orders over threshold are held in this file for submission to the DFAS on the 10th 20th and last day of the month They are submitted in listing format showing document number quantity canceled unit of issue fund code canceled value whether it is a partial or total cancellation and if it is an above threshold administrative cancellation File 3 Returned DAO Listings As the DFAS listings are reviewed and annotated the original is placed in this file The contents are returned to the DFAS with the next OPTAR Document Transmittal Report NAVCOMPT Form 2156 POSTING TO THE REQUISITION OPTAR LOG All request documents must be entered on the Requisition OPTAR Log NAVCOMPT Form 2155 10 4 These documents include requisitions on DD Forms 1149 and 1348 purchase or delivery on the DD Form 1155 series purchase on STD Form 44 when authorized and imprest fund reimbursement voucher STD Form 1129 When the DD Form 1155 or STD Form 44 is used or when a
142. H ISLAND CA 92010 980802 13 APPOINTING AUTHORITY a RECOMMENDATION b COMMENTS RATIONALE c peda pert le X one one XK Ape oon NAVAL AIR STATION NORTH ISLAND CA 92010 b COMMENTS RATIONALE LEGAL REVIEW Submit copies to COMPLETED IF REQUIRED C CNO NO98N1 X one NAVSURFWARCENDIV CRANE 3048 axha om Uni TYPED NAME Last First Middie initial 1 AUTOVON DSN NUMBER De a J CDR 476 0001 NAVAL AIR STATION h pus onc NORTH ISLAND CA 92010 B6NPO179 DO Form 200 FEB 91 Figure 8 13 Example of a completed Report of Survey DD Form 200 front 8 12 15 FINANCIAL LIABILITY OFFICER 1 BM1 Smith falled to properly secure television sets during the evening resulting in their theft Failure to properly execute assigned responsibilities resulted in losa to government Remove from property record All personnel must now have their rooms physically inventoried before checkout All televisions have been permanently secured within rooms by anchor pad or bolts b DOLLAR AMOUNT OF LOSS MONTHLY BASIC PAY d RECOMMENDED FINANCIAL LIABILITY 894 00 1 623 00 894 00 ORGANIZATIONAL ADDRESS Unt Designation f TYPED NAME Last First Middie Initial 9 AUTOVON DSN NUMBER ORES SYR Dasa SuKe GUUnY Pp UON Jones John J LT 476 7387 h DATE REPORT SUBMITTED TO APPOINTING L DATE APPOINTED NAVAL Am sro DUM NORTH ISLAND CA 92010 k DATE SIGNED 950801 16 INDIVIDUAL CHARGED v v a
143. ING FORMS MILSTRIP requisitioning is the use of a coded single line item document for each supply transition One of the following documents could be used for MILSTRIP requisitioning e DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document manual DD Form 1348 5 5 e Single Line Item Consumption Requisition Document manual NAVSUP Form 1250 1 e DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document mechanical DD Form 1348m Non NSN Requisition manual DD Form 1348 6 For a detailed description of these forms and their use refer to NAVSUP P 485 MATERIAL EXCLUDED The following types of materials are excluded from MILSTRIP They will be requisitioned by DD Form 1149 unless otherwise indicated e Ship s propulsion fuel and bulk lubricants Cognizance symbol I material not assigned a 13 character Navy item control number NICN This includes standardization documents and departmental letter type directives e Material controlled by the Navy Oceanographic Office e Cognizance symbol OK library materials controlled by the Chief of Naval Education and Training CNET They are requisitioned by letter in accordance with the Naval General Library Manual e Industrial plant equipment is requisitioned using DOD Production Equipment Requisition Nonavailability Certificate DD Form 1419 Communications security equipment communication security aids keying material All items including components individual
144. In discussing appropriations you saw how they may be apportioned The responsibility for administrating the appropriation is shown by subhead However it is not possible for one office to efficiently control all charges to this appropriation It is allocated to subordinate commands to administer For example one of these commands is CINCPACELT It is still impractical for the one office to administer the appropriation to the hundreds of ships under command Portions of the appropriation then are granted to PACFLT TYCOMS e g COMNAVSURF PAC COMNAVAIRPAC etc in the form of operating budgets Operating budgets are identified by an operating budget number which is always the unit identification code UIC of the activity receiving the operating budget grant For example the operating budget number for a grant to COMNAVSURFPAC would be 53824 SUBALLOTMENT OPERATION BUDGET SUFFIX When a budget holder has two or more operating budgets then a suffix is used to identify the different operating budgets For example CINCPACFLT receives two operating budgets One for ship repair the other for fuel Both under operating budget number 00070 and subhead 702A To identify the separate grants CINCPACFLT assigns operating budget suffix code R to identify charges for ship overhaul and operating budget suffix code F to identify charges for ship s propulsion fuel 2D R52192 0041841005NH AUTHORIZATION PROPERTY 6 2 6 12 OONPOD
145. It is far better to require complete data when the request is received than to make an issue on an incomplete document and then try to obtain the missing information The issue documents DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 have previously been discussed as they pertained to material expenditure Sed figure 12 2 Equipment Identification Code The equipment identification code EIC is a seven digit alphanumeric code that identifies a specific 7 880 DATE pe 8 KEON NO PRESE JE ESTE LL TER WTA LUN LRL Figure 12 1 MDS on NAVSUP Form 1250 1 12 2 OO PORN 1348 4 97 1 MAR 74 Fes Er ree cH COND ce cr cn ce e a dc OO 0 0 j wa s PRS eee Sorte Oe Wit CARD COLUMN 8 22 23 29 36 43 L M N 60 61 62 64 E EA a a EE PET TIGGER NUMMSa Pu M auenm REQUISITION 15 FROM CICA bree SEEN lt 11 See d AD d ate Tio ri i23 2 14123 Je tor 1 20 214 22 BI 9981 566846 ee mue SL 7111 DATA orm OCOLA oa oo pas LITAS TELLES ya m DADKUBNANOD AD Bw ade DATA TO BE SHOWN WHEN MATERIAL ISSUED FROM STOCK NSN AND SMIC WHEN APPLICABLE UNIT OF ISSUE AND QUANTITY NOTE ONLY A QUANTITY OF ONE MAY BE ORDERED WHEN A REFERENCE CIRCUIT SYMBOL iS SHOWN IN BLOCK U JULIAN DATE THAT THE REQUEST IS SUBMITTED AND SERIAL NUMBER JOB CONTROL NUMBER THIS CONSISTS OF THE UIC OF THE USING SHIP block L THE WORK CENTER CODE IDENTIFYING THE SHOP PERFORMING THE REPAIR WORK block M AND THE JO
146. L b NAVSUP FORM 1360 1 7 PT REV 7 70 S N 0108 LF 601 2508 a JS s INI p BET NN Re ousimion DATA ENTRIES ARE SHADED Figure 8 6 Example of stock records Storekeeper entries for NC items center code and quantity indicated in the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will be posted to the stock record to record the demand Since the item was not issued from supply department stock the existing stockyard balance will not be reduced Whether or not an applicable stock record is maintained the stock records Storekeeper prior to distribution of the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will complete the data blocks as shown i TRANSFERS As prescribed in OPNAVINST 3120 32 Standard Organization and Regulations of the U S Navy 8 6 material transfer is one of the general duties of the supply officer Unless otherwise directed by the commanding officer the supply officer is responsible for approving transfers of all types of material except medical dental supplies in end use ships and fuel Although such responsibility need not be delegated by letter it should be specified in the Ship s Organization and Regulations Manual SORM Before transfer of material other than unserviceable or excess items to another activity the supply officer makes sure that it is not currently needed by the department s that normally use it In the absence of the supply officer material transfers may be approved by the duty supply officer or REQ DA
147. L LABELMASTER L 19 HARMFUL STOW AWAY FROM FOOOSTUFFS NOMENCLATURE HARMFUL FORM NO MCO 20 CAUTION Ia Do set marow tstirdly ali ofl kiari pee a hus anyad Gong Oo Iesus Great REMOVE DUNG i OPEM AML asp ol cpm feme lights end Omme ony buime Eon Lies ore ani BUNG 7540 00 139 4761 OF 77 71NPOO26 Figure 14 7 Authorized hazardous material labels Continued There may be occasions when you will have to assist in receiving stowing and distributing freight delivered to the ship a careful piece count must As the material and documents are be made The supply officer is required to receipt for all material accepted as freight It is not necessary to verify the contents of containers with quantities shown on invoices but they should be checked for damage and evidence of tempering and or pilferage 14 13 VL vI If the Health Hazard E RED PST E TOME CREEN if the Fire Hazard diamond contains any diamond contains one one of these numerals REATARD FIRE HAZARD of these numerals 1 2 3 or 4 4 DEADLY FLASH POINTS 2 30r 4 do NOT store this relies na eae this item should be item in the same area ie Mn Aus vic call in FLAMMABLE with items having the 0 WILL NOT BURN STORAGE area symbols COR ACID ALK or with Food Clothing or Tobacco If the Fire Hazard X diamond contains this numeral 1 this item should be in the SPRINK LER PROTECTED STORAGE area If the React
148. Log entries are as described in this chapter under the heading Cognizance Symbol changes OPTAR DOCUMENT TRANSMITTALS The DAO serves as a clearing house in the flow of funds and accounting data between ships and supplying activities This is done by matching the supplying activities expenditure documents to the ships chargeable unfilled orders The matching process validates the expenditures that have been made on the ships behalf To enable the DAO to perform this matching process ships are required to send in their chargeable unfilled orders that is their DD Form 1348 green copies that have been filed in Holding File 1 The DAO for Atlantic Fleet ships is located in Norfolk The DAO for Pacific Fleet ships is located in San Diego Price changes partial cancellations and complete cancellations among other things can change a requisition so that it hardly resembles the original unfilled order submitted by the Ship to the DAO The supplying activity informs the ship of such changes through status cards and receipt documents The supplying activity does not however inform the DAO It is the responsibility ot the ship to advise the DAO of these changes by sending the contents of Holding Files 2 and 3 along with the contents of Holding File 1 to the DAO on a routine basis NOTE Holding File 1 and Holding File 3 for the last fiscal year s OPTAR will only be maintained from October through March OPTAR DOCUMENT TRANSMIT
149. M NO OF 75 CAUTION SUITABLE FOR SHIPMENT VIA MILITARY AIRCRAFT MAINTAINED A DISTANCE OF FIFTEEN 15 FEET OR MORE FROM COMPASS SENSING DEVICES MAGNETIC 15 foot 10 x 8 7540 00 139 4758 OF 76 NOT SUITABLE FOR SHIPMENT VIA MILITARY AIRCRAFT MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT 9U NOMENCLATURE MAGNETIC 50 foot 5 x 4 STOCK NO 7540 00 139 4777 FORM NO OF 78 DO NOT STORE OR PARK WITHIN FIFTY FEET OF PARKED AIRCRAFT OR CARGO WHICH MAY BE AFFECTED N U108 505 47CC MAGNETIC 50 foot 10 x 8 7540 00 139 4784 OF 79 71NPO024 Figure 14 7 Authorized hazardous material labels Continued FLEET FREIGHT Freight may be defined as material received aboard naval ships for shipment to a specified consignee at another location The term refers to material carried by other than cargo ships On ships that are not primarily cargo ships the supply officer is responsible for the receipt stowage and delivery of freight The same documents described above are prepared by the shore activity that delivers the material to the ship 14 12 DANGER PELIGRO J es lt NOMENCLATURE DANGER PELIGRO FORM NO L 20 EMPTY NOMENCLATURE EMPT Y STOCK NO 7540 00 118 0613 FORM NO SF 417 NOMENCLATURE ETIOLOGIC AGENTS STOCK NO 7540 00 149 0575 FORM NO SF 240 DANGEROUS zt DANGEROUS WHEN WET 7540 00 1 18 0660 SF 419 MAGNE FTIZED MATE RIAL MAQNETIZED MATERIA
150. MITTAL WORKSHEET 12 PITCH 2000 NAVBUP 1363 REV 1 79 NOTE POR USE ON ELITE TYPEWRITERS 12 PITCH RELEASED BY STOCK NOL USE THIS SPACE FOR A d ALINEMENT Gitte type 12 pitoh MM INT amet EE i NE T EAE REI IRA LR A kel AEHLLTARTILLLLLLTLETTTTPTETULETTILOUT TELLURE PRA SUID ui pu up CARD COLUMNS NOT REQUIRED MUST BE LEFT BLANK NS pim BE A D x ck d e EFIE Miil piii iiil Figure 5 10 Example of a MILSTRIP message for a FIRM MTR item The determination of requirements for bunker fuel is the responsibility of the engineering officer The engineering officer advises the supply officer of the quantity required and the time delivery is desired Determining requirements of cargo fuel aboard an oiler rests with the cargo officer who informs the supply officer of the quantities required and the time delivery is desired Fuel is requisitioned on DD Form 1149 The only standard limitation on the maximum quantity of bunker fuel that a ship may take is the NAVSEA safety factor of 95 of the rated bunker capacity Local limitations may be imposed on ships returning to ports in continental United States by the CNO area coordinator or base commander FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS Forms are requisitioned in the same manner as any other consumable material on DD Form 1348 Publications identified by cognizance symbol 01 are not carried in a stores account and are issued without charge Therefore
151. Master Repairable Item List MRIL NAVSUP Publication 4107 These codes are E G H Q or X Most mandatory turn in repairables are assigned MCC H the other MCCs apply to repairables that require special controls and handling MCC definitions are found in NAVSUP P 4107 Advice Codes Advice codes must be assigned to all requisitions for mandatory turn in repairable items Generally advice code 5G will be cited in replacement requisitions Advice codes are found m NAVSUP P 485 These advice codes have precedence over any other advice code that may apply applicable to the requisition When it is necessary to include additional advice codes in a requisition for a mandatory turn in repairable it is entered in the Remarks field and the appropriate document identifier for indicating exception data AOE or A05 must be entered in CC 13 Requisition Document Numbers Requisitions for replacement of mandatory turn in repairable must contain the same document number as the turn in document of the unserviceable repairable that was shipped to the designated repair facility Requisition Priorities Requisitions for mandatory turn in repairable will be assigned priority 06 unless the urgency of need justifies a higher priority 5 16 FLEET INTENSIFIED REPAIRABLE MANAGEMENT FIRM ITEMS FIRM repairable are those MTR items which the SPCC has designated for intensive management to obtain improved support of selected critical shipboar
152. Material such as lumber or burlap used in stowing material to provide protection to both the material and the ship EIC Equipment Identification Code A seven digit alphanumeric code used to identify an equipment or its components or parts for the Maintenance Data Collection System ENDURANCE The period of time required for a ship to use a definite quantity of supplies END USE Refers to the final accounting for material when it is issued from a stems account with a charge to operating finds EQUIPAGE Items of a durable nature that are not consumed in use and are essential to the ship s mission An allowed quantity is usually determined on an individual ship basis and is contained in an APL AEL or similar list Does not include mechanical electrical ordnance or electronic equipments components or systems Equipage items are identified with end use applications aboard ships to the extent that an allowed quantity of the item can be determined on an individual ship basis Equipage items comprise the greater majority of items listed in the AELs and Part IIIB of the COSAL Chargeable items of equipage are identified in procurement receipt and consumption documents by the letter E in the second position of the applicable fund code See NAVSO P 3013 EQUIPMENT Equipment includes any functional unit of hull mechanical electrical electronic or ordnance type material that is operated by itself or as a component
153. NAVEDTRA 12650 i Naval Education and April 1996 Training Manual Training Command 0502LP 479 5200 TRAMAN Storekeeper 3 amp 2 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A Approved for public release distribution is unlimited The public may request copies of this document by following the purchasing instruction on the inside cover TAA Ii n 0502LP47 Although the words he him and his are used sparingly in this manual to enhance communication they are not intended to be gender driven nor to affront or discriminate against anyone reading this text DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A Approved for public release distribution is unlimited The public may request copies of this document by writing to Superintendent of Documents Government Printing Office Washington DC 204024001 or to the Naval Inventory Control Point NAVICP Cog I Material Attention Cash sales 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia PA 19111 5098 PREFACE This training manual TRAMAN Storekeeper 3 amp 2 NAVEDTRA 12650 along with its separate nonresident training course NRTC 82650 will enable ambitious Storekeepers to help themselves fulfill the requirements of their rating Among those requirements are the abilities to order receive inspect stow ship and issue materials and cargo account for government materials prepare and maintain required forms records correspondence reports and files operate or supervise an operation involving the use of m
154. NAVSUP P 437 NAVSUP Publication 437 contains policy and procedures for MILSTRIP MILSTRAP This publication takes precedence over conflicting provisions contained in other supply system manuals or directives It consists of 10 chapters and several appendixes and exhibits It covers MILSTRIP MIL STRAP procedures relative to supply system management requisitioning ashore inventory control financial matters material movement priorities and evaluation procedures MILSTEP It is a comprehensive ready reference for those involved in the preparation and or processing of MILSTRIP documents NAVSUP Publication 437 is not distributed afloat All Afloat MILSTRIP MILSTRAP procedures are incorporated into the NAVSUP Publication 485 Paragraph numbering in NAVSUP P 437 is similar to that of the NAVSUP Manual Paragraph 06120 3 a is broken down as shown i SUPPLY AFLOAT PACKAGING PRO CEDURES NAVSUP P 484 This publication provides a simple do it yourself guide for naval supply 06 120 3a Chapter Paragraph Subparagraph O9NPODO Figure 3 4 Paragraph numbering In NAVSUP P 437 activities who have limited packaging facilities These basic packaging techniques will protect material being transferred and retrograde shipments of repairable AFLOAT SUPPLY PROCEDURES NAVSUP P 485 This publication establishes policies for the operation and management of afloat supply departments and activities operating under afloat procedu
155. NCED RETAINED BY IMPREST FUND CASHIER SUBVOUCHER PORTION GIVEN TO INDIVIDUAL FOR USE AS DEALER S BILL STEP 2 INDIVIDUAL MAKES PURCHASE ANO OBTAINS EITHER A SIGNED OEALER S BILL OR THE SIGNATURE OF THE SUPPLIER OR HIS AGENT ON THE SUBVOUCHER STEP 3 PERSON WHO MAKES PURCHASE RETURNS SIGNED RECEIPT OR DEALER S BILL WITH UNUSED AMOUNT OF THE CASH ADVANCED TO IMPREST FUND CASHIER STEP 4 IMPREST FUND CASHIER VERIFIES DEALER S BILL OR COMPLETED SUBYOUCHER AND RETURNS INTERIM RECEIPT MARKED VOID TO INDIVIDUAL Figure 5 14 Example of a Receipt for Cash Subvoucher STD Form 1165 MIPREST FUND CASHIER WILL reat REIMBURSEMENT VOUCHER Vou Nu NUMBER EACH VENDOR S ik RECEIPT AS A SUBVOUCHER orrege beormestes pear es Re QU Rc CE AND ATTACH RECEIPTS US Treatment of tae arr UM J PAVI SOR IN ddiincls 2 quisip nrcd Puis wt retis Payee s name AAECCS8 3 5 53488 ene ne ee eee eee Z TH TOTAL AMOUNT FOR THIS VOUCHER Mailing address WSS JOH PAUL JONES DDG 92 8 Ve P 0 San Preneiseo Calit 96601 ____ a TEIGEN THE SUM TOTAL THE AMOUNT OF ANY Fur pameran made on annat of offici been ae per arched vsubouchen mmen 25 18 AMOUNT OF THE REIMBURSEMENT VOUCHER NI wt M techie foe the perd 2 2 dia 09725 o Roa o 8s om ov SUBVOUCHERS PREVIOUSLY PREPARED pe aclama sube vs huc member gg BUT NOT PAIO BY DISBURSING OFFICER TO DATE STATUS OF NDS Thh Vruchet 2L LLL LLL ecce clos Unpad Reweb
156. Navy Uniform Regulations money negotiable and nonnegotiable instruments and miscellaneous articles of intrinsic sentimental and utility value You may be called upon from time to time to effect disposition of personal effects that were lost abandoned or unclaimed They may have belonged to personnel missing deceased desired absentees or deserters When the owner of personal effects cannot be located every effort must be made to locate the next of kin the heir or the legal representative of the owner It is the responsibility of commanding officers afloat and ashore to initiate inquiries for this purpose As a member of the supply department you may share some of these responsibilities Upon receipt of personal effects the supply department is responsible for their custody storage security shipment disposition and for the maintenance of adequate records of them Detailed instructions for conducting the inventory of personal effects and preparing NAVSUP Form 29 are found in NAVSUP P 485 A sample NAVSUP Form 29 both front and reverse sides is shown in figures 14 18 And 14 19 A Storekeeper afloat is seldom concerned with the shipment of household goods At a shore station however an SK may be assigned to a billet requiring knowledge about shipments Before you can advance in rate therefore you must meet the qualifications covering the shipment of household goods Shipment of personal effects is accomplished using D
157. OARD APPOINTED DATE OF APPOINTMENT APPOINTED 3Y T Dp NA Op Ao 99lic SENIOR LT W B MCDONALD SIGNATURE CORR by M E SN 1 ya eco OTHER FT K MORRIS REC D FR INVENTORY BOARD OF iA SHIP STA IF OTHER THAN AB DATE SC USN 10 JAN 1979 PERSONAL EFFECTS BEING SHIPPED TO NEXT OF KIN C LEGAL OWNER CO PEDC CHEATHAM ANNEX x PEDC OAKLAND CA REMARKS OVERSEAS TYPED NAME OF CUSTOM INSPECTOR IF APPLICABLE CUSTOM INSPECTOR SK2 DARYL NMN WILSON TRANSFERRED ON EXPENDITURE INVOICE R52192 9010 7012 TO COMMANDING OFFICER NAVAL SUPPLY DEPOT YOKOSUKA JAPAN FOR FURTHER SHIPMENT TO PERSONAL EFFECTS DISTRIBUTION CENTER NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER OAKLAND CALIF CLASS 3 MONEY TREASURY CHECK 47 943 298 ISSUED IN THE AMOUNT OF 31 57 PAYABLE TO COMMANDINC OFFICER PEDC NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER OAKLAND CALIF FORWARDED REGISTERED MAIL REGISTRY 421 OSNPO144 Figure 14 18 Example of a NAVSUP Form 29 front 14 23 NAME LAST FIRST MIDDLE JOHNSON LARRY BROWN SIGNED TO DATE AS DIVISION 10 JAN 1979 LIST OF PERSONAL EFFECTS CLASS III MONEY n ac CLASS I BEDDING BAG DUFFEL a t BLOUS HIR P B B KHAKI CORT UTILITY WINTER RAIN UNIFORM WINTER SUMMER NDBAG OMBINATIO OVER WH BLK KHAKI HAVELOCK HOOD H e Nn om cree SUBTOTA FOREIGN CURRENCY 3 CLASS IV NECOTIABLE amp NON NFCOTIABL INSTRUMENTS lt gt m VE SI EW SHIRT WH BLK KIIAKT SHIRT UTILIT
158. OD and civil agencies of the U S Government are named described classified and numbered FISCAL YEAR A 12 month period selected for accounting purposes The government fiscal year begins 1 October and ends 30 September of the following calendar year FOLLOWUP An inquiry to the last known holder of a requisition made by the requisitioner as to the action taken on that requisition FOLLOWUP REPLY The current status of a requisition Furnished by the supply activity in response to a followup FORCE ACTIVITY DESIGNATOR A Roman numeral designator that relates to the military mission of the force or activity FREQUENCY OF DEMAND The number of times that an item has been issued FSC Federal Supply Classification The first four digits of the NSN that indicates the group and class of an item Use of the FSC permits placing all material in categories by use and characteristics FSCM Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers A five digit code assigned to manufacturers and Al 4 suppliers for proposes of identification in various supply publications FUND A segregated sum of money or other resource to be expended or used for specified purposes FUND CODE A two character code used to cite the appropriate accounting data on requisitions GROSS WEIGHT The combined weight of a container and its contents including packing material HAZARDS Conditions of risk known or anticipated to be encountered during shi
159. OLEI Figure 11 4 The DD Form 1348 for use as an internal issue document request document and direct the customer to the appropriate storeroom On occasion verbal requests are received and SSC personnel must prepare the DD Form 1348 The required data elements are described in NAVSUP Publications 519 and 522 The NAVSUP P 519 contains procedures for SUADPS AV 207 The NAVSUP P 522 contains procedures for SUADPS 207 Document numbers are assigned differently than on the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 The first two characters of the serial number are assigned to each shipboard organizational segment that is authorized to initiate requests In Card Columns 40 41 of figure 11 4 35 has been assigned to the OE division of the operations department and the two characters in Card Columns 42 43 represent the number of requests from the originator on a certain Julian date in this case 01 meaning the first request for Julian date 3033 Each originator may issue no more than 99 requests on a single day otherwise there would be duplicate document numbers Stock replenishment requisitions are assigned serial numbers in the 0001 1999 series Blocks of serial numbers beginning at 2000 maybe assigned to various shipboard departments and or to specific commodities of material The 9700 9999 series are reserved for ship s store use Serial numbers in requisitions for food items must include 9 in Card Column 40 and the applicable alphanumeric subsisten
160. OMMANDING OFFICER CODE FOPA FLEET ACCOUNTING AND DISBURSING CENTER NORPOLK VIRGINIA 23511 nv information requested on this report applies to BOTH SHIP FORCES and to t i UNIT IDENTIFICATION COOE R05504 ONLY AVIATION FORCES FILL IN BLOCKS amp 7 9 i YEA NOTE Information requested on this resort applies to BOTH SHIP FORCES and to ON FOR reported See figure 10 19 for an example of a Budget OPTAR Report NAVSO P 3013 contains the details of preparing the report Deficiency and Consumption Data This section of the report is used by the type commander TYCOM to determine the material readiness of ships and commands This section is filled out only for current year funds It is left blank for prior year funds Figure 10 20 shows this part of the report and the source of the required information Depending upon the organization of the ship s supply department the OPTAR recordskeeper may or may not be responsible for obtaining the information needed to till out this section Whether or not responsible the recordskeeper should know how to do wAvCOMPT 7303 1 MONTH D EXCEPT where indicated 30 SEPT 1984 Y Di 1 MBN Sd CONTR CODE 1f epplicsble Date WAYCOMPT 7303 1 EXCEPT where indicated MONTM ENDTM 30 SEPT 1984 3 UNIT IDENTIFICATION COOE Vo 4e pum ONLY AVIATION FORCES FILL IN BLOCKS 6 8 7 CONTROL CODE if eppliceble NOTE The filled in blocks of the
161. P 485 Since the submarine forces do not submit ACCESS consumption documents for consumables preparation of NAVSUP Forms 1250 1 for reporting receipt shortages of SIM DTO items is not required In either case if the deficient quantity is to be reordered the responsible department must submit another NAVSUP Form 1250 1 to initiate the requisition After stock records for SIM DTO items have been posted the receipt and issue documents will be processed as prescribed in the NAVSUP P 485 7 18 INVENTORY CONTROL PROCEDURE OBJ ECTIVES The basic objectives of inventory control procedures used afloat are to focus attention on the relatively few items that will satisfy the majority of onboard demands for material provide for the accumulation of accurate consumption data required for ACCESS and the 3 M program and for maintaining adequate supply levels establish a historical demand file for accumulating usage data for not carried NC material prescribe that each request for an NC repair part be used to make sure that the parent equipment is supported in the Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL reduce physical inventory requirements and to prescribe standard physical inventory procedures provide for effective management of controlled equipage presentation silver and mandatory turn in repairable reduce the number of stock record management data changes required to be made by nonautomated ships pr
162. PROCURE NSA TYPE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL THIS INCLUDES ADMINI STRATIVE AND HOUSEKEEPING ITEMS COGNIZANCE SYMBOL 1l MATERIAL FORMS ROUTINE MAINTENANCE TOOLS NOT SPECIFICALLY RELATED TO BUT WHICH MAY BE USED IN THE REPAIR OF EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPAGE GENERAL PURPOSE HARDWARE OR ANY OTHER ITEM HAVING A LIMITED LIFE AND NOT SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN ANOTHER EXPENSE ELEMENT SAME AS ABOVE SAME AS ABOVE Figure 9 8 Fund codes assigned to units of the Pafic Fleet Fund Codes Figure 9 8 shows examples of fired codes assigned to As stated above dum codes consist of two units of the Pacific Fleet Consult NAVSO P3013 for a characters The first character identifies the FYDP and complete listing of all fund codes and the the operating budget holder The second character cross reference guide that crosses fund codes to identifies the type of material or service procured appropriations 9 9 CHAPTER 10 AFLOAT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING We have previously discussed the accounting classifications used in appropriation and cost accounting in the Navy You will assign those classifications to various documents The accounting is actually performed by the Defense Finance and Accounting System DFAS These centers are located at Norfolk Virginia for Atlantic Fleet ships and commands and San Diego California for Pacific Fleet ships and commands Located within each DFAS is an office that has primary responsibility for fleet OPTAR a
163. R USS DUARTE DD 941 TRANSMITTAL NUMBER 8 Ala DATE Free 818 4 4111 CAPTION QOLICATION ICHARCEAGLE DOCUMENTS FILE QOMCiMMED CANCELLATIONS FILE 2 TOTAL T VALUE OF I mimes 2 4128 D RETURNED NAFC ACTION OY DOCUMENTS FILE 3 MEA RETURNED DOCUMENTS l SUMMARY FILLED ORDER EXPENDITURE DIFFERENCE LISTING 3 84 2 AGED UNPILLED ORDER LISTING OR CARDS 3 84 Figure l0 17 OPTAR Document Transmittal Report NAVCOMPT Form 2156 BALANCING THE OPTAR LOG OPTAR DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL NUMBER CONTROL LOC Before the OPTAR Document Transmittal Report FISCAL YEAR 1984 is submitted to the supply officer for signature the Requisition OPTAR Log must be balanced The first step is to draw a double line underneath the last entry in the log Then refer to NAVSO P 3073 for detailed instructions on the process of balancing the OPTAR Log BUDGET OPTAR REPORT The Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 is designed to provide status on the ship s funds to the DAO and the ship s type commander It is prepared each month for the current fiscal year s OPTAR and the first prior year s OPTAR for report months October through March The Budget OPTAR Report will normally be used to prepare and support the Figure 10 18 OPTAR document transmittal number control log columns is demonstrated in NAVSO P 3073 Budget OPTAR Report A separate number control log should be maintained for the funds of each fisca
164. R grantor Interpretation of these numbers can be found in the Financial Management of Resources Operating Forces Handbook The OPTAR holder number is simply the ship s service designator code and unit identification code In the illustration below the OPTAR holder is USS Duarte a Pacific Fleet destroyer For a description of the AUOL column by column refer to NAVSO P 3073 Processing an itemized AUOL The OPTAR recordskeeper s first step is to determine the completion status of the requisitions related to the unfilled orders on the AUOL In making this determination the recordskeeper should first compute the date of 60th day 10 33 AGED UNFILLED ORDER LISTINGS TO BE RECEIVED BY OPTAR RECORDSKEEPER Current Fiscal Year s OPTAR Last Fiscal Yeur s OPTAR Fiscal Year Before Last s OPTAR Total Received For the Quarter CED UNFILLED ORDER LISTING FOR DCCLU ECR 1383 fy ay EL 70ec 08 S70 uic J SN iD ROSSO 4340022 KE 204 002 20 3H Mi 6 20 ib 4250 820 ROSSO4 43990024 KR 204 002 R0550 QU QUSJ KC 204 003 13 Ro350 42050054 KE Z0A 003 Ro55Q 2050055 KC 20 003 R0550 2OBODEN KC ZOA 003 ROSSOY 42000bbl KP Z0A 003 ROSS04 4200068 KR 204 003 ROSSO 4233001 KC ZOE 003 DOCUMENT NO FC DOC TL PRI COG UI STOCK NUMBER NO ER FSC NIIN FOR THE QUARTERS ENDING DECEMBER MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER YES YFS YES NO PAGE 1 PROCESSED DATE OPTAR HOLDER REMARKS POE SUN aty DATE
165. RCHASE Purchase actions are normally taken by a shorn activity as a result of ships requisitions However ships supply officers and commanding officers of ships without Supply Corps officers may obtain requirements for supplies or services by purchase on the open market when all of the following conditions exist 1 There is an immediate and urgent requirement for authorized supplies or services The supplies or services are not available at the local supply support activity Time is of the essence and scheduled operations will not permit procurement through Navy shore based purchasing activities Other purchase restrictions may be imposed by the senior officer present afloat SOPA particularly when in foreign ports When authorized by the type commander the supply officer may make routine purchases of supplies and services when the value does not exceed 25 000 and all of the following conditions exist 1 The supplies or services are not available at the local supply support activity Supply deptartment complement is sufficient to handle the additional workload involved without detrimental effects 3 The supply officer is reasonably familiar with the local market area in the vicinity where the ship is located 4 All transactions are made by an approved small purchase method providing for immediate delivery of material purchased RESTRICTIONS Activities afloat either in the United States or foreign ports m
166. RCU mr EMEN S TH N50214 NSC SAN DIEGO SERVMART o erent 552 BELT VAI H SIstersrtreturst T mrs ESTIMATED COST CHARGEABLE COLUMN R TO BE USED ue ja van ti TELS TINITUS MM uc BED m wevit 4 REQUISITION i mE WM vO IN NI Z R65504 USS DUARTE DD 961 a L140 T EPI EE A a e oielcaerdese HERE NE NN eMunnnnHAMnA AMOUNT CHARGED REQUISITION OPTAR LOG Figure 10 3 SERVMART entry in OPTAR Log UNREP Entries To obtain stores from stores issue ships underway ships submit their requirements on DD Form 1348s or in a shopping list format by message or letter They also advise the stores ship of the Julian date for the UNREP Your only action at this time is to make sure that this Julian date is not used for any other entries 10 6 During UNREP two types of documents are received from the stores issue ship One is the obligations listing showing the total money charged to each fund code The second is the DD Form 1348m obligation cards There is one card for every item of chargeable material being delivered There are two methods of posting the obligation data to the Requisition OPTAR Log Under one method which the supply officer may elect to use each individual obligation card is Posted Under the other recommended method the entire UNREP is batch posted using the information from the obligation listing which s
167. RRESPONDENCE Official correspondence received by the supply department may become a permanent record of the department The routing required between the receipt and the filing of correspondence depends on the type of information furnished and or the action required Local procedures usually prescribe a standard routing for all incoming correspondence This is in addition to the routing to those individuals or organizational components primarily concerned with the communication A route sheet similar to figure 3 6 maybe used to ensure the proper routing of correspondence requiring action This should be prepared in duplicate with the original attached to the correspondence being routed and the copy being retained by the correspondence SK As the correspondence progresses through the routing indicated action is taken and the routing sheet is initialed by the responsible individuals When the routing is complete the correspondence with the original route sheet is returned to the correspondence SK for filing Figure 3 6 Route sheet The routing scheme may be placed on the correspondent itself if it is in the nature of information This may be accomplished by the use of a rubber stamp Sed figure 3 7 OUTGOING CORRESPONDENCE Outgoing correspondence is usually handled by the correspondence component of the organization They use a rough draft prepared by the originator The completed letter is presented to the appropriate official f
168. Refer td figure 7 8 for an example of a stock record with a superseding NSN SE ron for an example of closing out a superseded NSN stock record Figure 7 9 Example of closing out a superseding NSN stock record When a Replenishment item is received under a new or superseding NSN the on hand balance in the stock Figure 7 7 Example of a cognizance symbol change to stock records 7 12 A0 NOZ 3 5960 00 0829135 NOQ228 NSC OAKLANO WAREHOUSE LOCATION atiists JULOATE ERSEDED NSN 6 996 193 5145 MO DE e EE ed Perepe peret coad su 5 DATE sanji MOP D11 Leoa wc NATIONAL STOCK 9 DE fem pene D DELE ILLLD REQUISITIONS OUTSTANDING A LQTY AT E R C BEG MO DEM poer juna pur eon ci 86392342 RECEPTET EUes T ORNAS EA ea e a ets UT NA canica 4 76 o Eee eec fa RNC ERE LU AL Figure 7 9 E xample of closing our a superseded NSN stock record record for the superseded NSN will not be carried forward to the new stock record for the superseding NSN This removes the need to remark material already in stock However both stock records will be reviewed when computing demand and or frequency of demand and in determining replenishment quantities When replenishment is required the superseding NSN will be indicated in the requisition When a requisitioned item is not readily available from system stock and advice code 2B was not entered
169. Regulations of the U S Navy par 328 Although responsibility and accountability for certain supply department functions may be assigned to subordinates in accordance with of the NAVSUP P 485 such assignments do not relieve the supply officers of their responsibility to their commanding officers for the proper performance of the functions so assigned SUPPLY DEPARTMENT FUNCTIONS Afloat supply functions are categorized into material support and service functions Material support functions relate to operational and maintenance requirements while service functions entail operating service facilities MATERIAL SUPPORT FUNCTIONS Material supply functions include procurement receipt stowage issue and accounting for the following types and quantities of material necessary for the operation of the ship e consumable e equipage e repair parts e inert nuclear weapons material and associated test and handling equipment tools and consumable e fuel preparation of procurement documents only 2 3 e ship s store and retail clothing stock when facilities are provided e food items e medical and dental supplies in special accounting class 207 ships Procurement only in end use ships Material not included The following types of material are not included under afloat supply department functions Ammunition ammunition containers and ammunition details will be the responsibility of the ship s weapons o
170. S Each equipage item listed in the Allowance Equipage Lists AELs and the Coordinated Shipboard Allowance Lists COSALs is assigned a code that shows if the item is controlled or noncontrolled equipage If controlled equipage the code also indicates if a custody signature is or is not required It also shows the departments normally assigned custodial responsibility The equipage custody codes are found in the NAVSUP P 485 When distributed by the Ships Parts Control Center SPCC COSALs in which equipage items are custody coded will be accompanied 7 6 with partially prepared NAVSUP Forms 306 for certain items and with ADP lists for others The NAVSUP Forms 306 are provided for use as custody records after other required data such as department card number additional description and serial numbers have been entered The ADP lists are provided only for use as convenient master lists and are not to be used as custody records CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE CUSTODY RECORD The Controlled Equipage Custody Record NAVSUP Form 306 is prescribed as a custody record and inventory control document for controlled equipage in nonautomated ships When items are designated as controlled equipage by the commanding commander the notation CO DESIGNATED ITEM or TYCOM DESIGNATED ITEM as appropriate is entered in the top or bottom margin of the NAVSUP Form 306 Preparation Unless NAVSUP Forms 306 are provided with the COSAL control
171. S Retention of obsolete and inactive correspondence and records is costly Such correspondence and records should be destroyed or transferred in accordance with approved records disposal instructions If this is not performed periodically the volume of file space required becomes excessive and the files become unwieldy thus inefficient The destruction of records is governed by law which requires authorization by proper authority The authority for destruction of Navy records is contained in SECNAVINST 5215 5 Disposal of Navy and Marine Corps Records The provisions of SECNAVINST 5215 5 are normally amplified by the issuance of local instructions 3 15 outlining the procedures as they apply locally The SK3 or SK2 should become familiar with these instructions However you should not take it upon yourself to determine the proper destruction or transfer of records not clearly defined in these instructions This is the responsibility of senior petty officers chiefs or commissioned officers Local Disposition Not all material in the files have a record characteristic In fact most printed matter found in the supply department general files fall in the category of nonrecord material This includes documents that are copies of those filed in the ship s office or station administrative department or material accumulated in the process of producing records but which never acquire a record characteristic themselves SECNAVINST 5212
172. SERVICEMEN TRAINING PETTY AND RETURNS OFFICER ANO RECORDS KEEPER SHIP S STORE AND RETAIL CLOTHING SALES SERVICE ACTIVITIES 71NP0021 Figure 2 2 Organization of a supply department of a small fleet unit without Supply Corps officers expenditure documents conducting inventories and maintaining related files and records It also accounts for food items and prepares related correspondence reports and returns Food Storage Food storage functions include the receipt storage and issue of all food stocks the maintenance of related records and the cleanliness and upkeep of assigned spaces Food Preparation and Service Food preparation and service functions include the preparation and service of food in the enlisted dining facility operation of food preparation equipment and cleanliness and upkeep of assigned spaces Ship s Store and Retail Clothing S 3 Division General The ship s store and retail clothing component procures receives stores issues and sells ship s store and clothing items operates resale and service activities maintains related records and prepares reports returns and correspondence Records and Returns Records and returns functions include determining requirements for retail items and operating supplies preparing requisitions and purchase documents pro cessing receipt and expenditure documents conducting inventories and maintaining related files and records accounting for
173. STAMP Military Standard Transportation and Movement Procedures Provides standard procedures forms and language to be used by all military services and other agencies using the DOD transportation system This is accomplished by the use of uniform coded and noncoded data formats and procedures MILSTAMP is promulgated by DOD Regulation 4500 32R MILSTRIP Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures that provide common forms and language for requisitions issues and transfers within the Department of Defense MILSTRIP SUPPLY DEMANDS The MILSTRIP document number used to construct the TCN When the shipment unit is composed of more than one supply line item the document number of the line item containing the earliest required delivery date RDD or the earliest document date is selected as the basis for the TCN ML N Management List Navy The price list for all material used by the Navy except medical supplies subsistence and ammunition It also contains other elements of inventory management information MODULAR CONTAINERS A series of specific size containers so designed that they can be arranged together like blocks in several patterns and form uniform palletized unit loads MPP Navy and Marine Corps Military Pay Procedures NC Not Carried Material for which them is no storeroom allowance NET WEIGHT The total weight of an item It does not include the weight of the container or packaging mat
174. Software The function of the SNAP II system is to provide automated administrative support to fleet ships through the following SNAP II applications software files Supply Interim Release SIR Supply and Financial Management SFM Subsystem System Management Subsystem SMS Maintenance Data Subsystem MIX Administrative Data Management ADM Subsystem The SIR SFM provides the primary SNAP 11 software files that supports both the Navy Afloat Supply System and Supply Organization System management and system service tasks in support of other functional i e SIR SFM subsystems are performed by the SMS software files SNAP II Automated Data Processing Equipment The Automated Data Processing Equipment ADPE that provides the mechanical means to operate the SNAP II system consists of the following 1 AN UYK 62 V H 300 computer Mass Storage Subsystem 2 3 Communications Subsystem 4 Printer Subsystem 5 Input Output Subsystem OPERATION As a nontechnical administrative management supply system SNAP II manning is not concerned with manning of watch stations at various conditions of readiness The operators of SNAP II remote terminals are not computer experts Operators are customers of the services the computer system provides e g supply and fiscal data The only skills required beyond those needed in their rating e g Storekeeper Second SK2 are the skills necessary to gain a periodic access t
175. TAL REPORT The ship is required to send an OPTAR Document Transmittal Report NAVCOMPT Form 2156 to the 10 17 LTTTTTTITH Ali ee peR DER gecee ECE m T h m PPAR oe PP ae 27 vest bp 612 NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER CHARLESTON C sys aum 707 Jia T uw 213 15 4 mre I ee ILI a owe b SQ Ca ALDI ATK yy RUP heater Arua LLIJLLLIL ia do m S TETI DEDCOCDOOCICTZTECECCZET t ire T MI ANE REME NOGM GOMEL ATURA LIT SCGEIERESe Ie TISSI PAIS peu wt undi G MESES i EIRSESCECRDES esata pis cee e nS meee oc ARMATURE oepenzy APA T COMPARISON 7 INDICATES 7 NSA TO APA LECCE MIGRATION LLL mang CHARGEABLE COG SYMBOL Figure 10 16 Recognizing APA to NSA and NSA to A PA migrations DAO on the 10th 20th and the last day of every month See figure 10 17 for an example transmittal may be skipped however if there are no documents to be submitted contained in the holding files The OPTAR recordskeeper maintains holding files as specified in the NAVSUP P 485 When a fiscal year ends the funds for that year expire That is they are no longer available for placing new orders However the accounts for these funds are held open for adjustments for another 2 years making a total of 36 months over which detailed accounting is performed However in accordance with the objective to require only the minimum amou
176. TE 2 DEPT NO a URGY REON QTY B REON NO 6 96 692 B 95919 Lig 3456 kdd EDE E CATIONAL STOCK MO mac gese m 7 KOC M a jM ie IE M ER E RR ML i o ET OUTSYANDMG E HD we erga acus ia pioc es73 ix iA 0 6 sees PTET E TA 11 eig one 10 6196 5566 pn a ae zl E sc 8I E i i SINGLE LINE ITEM Figure 8 8 Example of a completed NAVSUP Form 1250 1 for reporting usage of a nonissue item 8 7 the command duty officer as prescribed in the SORM Before proceeding with any unfamiliar transfer action e g Maintenance Assistance Modules MAIMs the NAVSUP P 485 should be consulted TRANSFERS TO OTHER AFLOAT UNITS Transfers to other afloat units are made in response to a request when the material is available and can be spared Requests are normally received on a DD Form 1348 but may be received by letter message or other means The DD Form 1348 is prepared in the same manner a requisition to a supply activity except that the document identifier is left blank Availability of material is determined by the supply officer after considering the quantity on hand and the anticipated usage until replenishment can be obtained The supply officer may also request the advice of the using department before transferring repair parts If material is not available the request is rejected Additional entries requested by the NAVSUP P 485 should be made by the transferring s
177. VCOMPT 7303 IS BUOGET OPTAR REPORT Information requested on this report mavconrt FOR 2157 Rev 1 7 applies to BOTH SHIP FORCES and to g m 0164 705 6689 h 1 SEP R05504 702C 57017 FY 84 TE Figure 10 24 Message OPTAR Report paragraph 1 Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 are shown in subparagraph B of the message Subparagraph C of the message GRANTS FYTD should always show the amount of the OPTAR grant fiscal year to date as contained in block 31 of the budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 shows how the amount in block 31 of the Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 is shown in subparagraph C of the message A OBLIGATION DATA 22 23 24 21 KE 420 10 101 00 521 10 KR 2 145 50 11 25CR 2 134 25 K7 100 00 10 00 110 00 OTHER 1 075 32 77 03 1 152 35 TOTAL 3 740 92 176 78 3 917 70 Subparagraph D of the message Summary Filled Order Expenditure Difference Listing SFOEDL PROCESSED will always show the month and year of the last SFOEDL applicable to the OPTAR identified which has been processed by the OPTAR recordskeeper as shown in block 33 of the Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 Figure 10 28 shows how the date contained in block 31 of the Budget OPTAR p Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 is shown in OM ICATIONS subparagraph D of the message FY 10 DATE Subparagraph E of the message MATERIAL DEFICIENT will only be used in paragraph 1 that is for the current fiscal year s OPTAR
178. When material is furnished direct to an afloat activity by a commercial contractor and inspection or acceptance at destination is indicated on the DD Form 250 the material will be inspected by appropriate technical personal The form ee a rected a aoe apga dise TI ar a Meier E Stott ee vU t EN WARK FOR PROJECT d PE LL LL L4 Shep SURE taken TT AN ALPHABETIC THIS BLOCK INDICATES eee N d ia o A ar SELECTED By AND DATE W FSN HAS CHANGED OR A SUBSTITURE FSN HAS BEEN ISSUED THE FSN ORIGINAL LY ORDERED SHOWN HERE Ew Wu Lc uUN SSE Figure 6 1 Example of a DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt Document DD Form 1348 1 is completed by the technical representative and the receiving Storekeeper Entries to be completed on the DD Form 250 are shown i SERVMART RECEIPTS Upon completion of shopping action all material must be returned to the ship The supply officer or the designated representative using the SERVMART Shopping List SSL will count the material Receipt quantities will be verified by placing a check made next to the quantity and the original SSL will be marked receipt inspected and verified dated and signed FILES USED IN RECEIPT PROCESSING Files are maintained for documents that apply to incoming material receipts On receipt of the material they are used m the receiving process Files also are required for holding such documents subsequent to processing in order to provide a retained
179. Y SHOE DRESS SHOE ovM sAFETY 45 SHORTS SKIRTS SLACKS SOCKS f ROUSERS UTILITY TROUSERS BL WH KHAKI NDERSHIRT UNDERDRAWERS UNIFORM REGULATIONS CLASS V MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES OF INTRINSIC SENTIMENTAL amp UTILITY VALUE KO I EX NICI 1 FA SER REIGN a esl E E E y i ADIO PAN re E EH eT INVENTORY BQARD 2 LAW Os EBAN oasis DATE OF INVENTORY OMENEYRN E 10 JAN 1979 DISPOSITION If other than owner bailee or shipment to other activity SUPPLY OFFICER FOR USE OP APPROVED BY Signature of appointing officer O9NP0145 Figure 14 19 Example of a NAVSUP Form 29 back 14 24 SC VI SHIPPING CONTAINER TALLY ammmon 12345687989 00 11 12 13 4 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 34 2526 27 26 29 30 31 3G 33 34 35 36 37 36 30 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 49 49 50 MEE amp REQUISITION DATE B REQUISITION NUMBER REQUISITION AND INVOICE SHIPPING DOCUMENT iod nds NR 1 FROM 7 DATE MATERIAL REQUIRED 952182 USS JOHN PAUL JONES 006 22 ere eee Ta 9 AUTHORITY OR PURPOSE N62649 COMMANDING OFFICER NAVSUP P 485 par 1300 U S NAVAL SUPPLY DEPOT 10 SIGNATURE Tia VOUCHER NUMBER ANO DATE YOKOSUKA JAPAN LT 1 L GARNER SC USN R52192 9010 7012 3 SHIP TO MARK FOR 12 DATE SHIPPED B NO0228 PERSONAL EFFECTS DISTRIBUTION CENTER DARAN CAE OAKLAND CALIF AC APPROPRIATION AND SUBH BUR CONT AUTHORIZATION TRANS COST CODE LOT accra AETIMTY TYPE oer i
180. activity MATERIAL OBLIGATION VALIDATION MOV Periodically supply activities review all requisitions held on backorder and for those considered overage they Prepare a backorder reconciliation for each requisitioner When you receive an MOV request the cards or listing should be checked against your records and a report made in accordance with the instructions included with the request The reconciliation serves several purposes of which the following are of interest to you current status of outstanding requisitions cancellation of old requisitions for material no longer needed by your ship correction of files maintained by the supply activity requesting the reconciliation REQUISITION MODIFIER A requisition modifier document maybe initiated by the requisitioner supplementary addressee or monitoring office to modify the priority designator required delivery date media and status code and or 5 21 distribution code of a previously submitted requisition when e Force activity designator F AD is upgraded or downgraded Urgency of the requirement increases except for CASREPT or decreases due to unplanned or unforeseen conditions The project code may also be modified if the outstanding requisition is held by a NAVY activity When material on order is required to satisfy a CASREP the outstanding requisition will not be modified A NORS requisition must be submitted for the CASREP requirement PU
181. agged Material Many commodities are packaged in burlap or paper bags Bagged cargo must be stowed so that it will not be damaged by moisture Dunnage should be used to prevent it from touching stanchions beams or other structures that could cut or tear the bag Several ways of stacking bags are shown in figure Alternating the bags such as shown in view A makes a more secure stack The method in view B provides more ventilation for material that requires it View C shows how dunnage may be used to tie together the stacks making them more secure and also providing increased ventilation Stacking as shown in view D permits more bags to be stowed in a given space but ventilation is greatly reduced Cases and Cartons Generally cargo consists of an assortment of wooden and fiberboard boxes and cases constructed in various sizes and shapes and which may or may not be palletized Careful planning is necessary when you are stowing such cargo Skill is also necessary in placing dunnage The largest and heaviest cases should be stowed in the lower holds and the smaller boxes should be placed between and around them This protects the smaller and lighter cartons and helps to keep the tiers level Also less dunnage is required Figure 14 15 shows another example of using dunnage to floor off to distribute the weight of a second level of material evenly over the first Using dunnage in this manner is particularly important when stowing container
182. agree with that in the receipt document In addition the allowance quantity the HL LL SL quantities if a SIM item and the on hand balance in the stock record will be adjusted for compatibility with the new unit of issue if required If adjustment of the on hand balance is required the Julian date of the adjustment the notation U I CHANGE and the adjusted on hand quantity will be entered prior to posing the receipt document For an example see figure 7 12 It is important that any unit of issue changes in a stock record be considered in computations of total demand quantity For example if 2 PR of an item had been issued prior to a unit of issue change from PR to EA the issued quantity of 2 PR will be counted as 4 EA in total demand quantities computed after the posted date of the change When the unit price in the receipt document differs from the stock reed the unit price in the stock record will be changed to agree with the receipt document Significant price changes will be verified with the ML N and if the price indicated in the ML N is unrealistic verification should be requested from the Ship s Parts Control Center SPCC Quantity Partial Quantity Received Balance Due When the total quantity requisitioned is not received and a suffix code is indicated in column 44 of the receipt document the quantity received will be posted to the stock record The requisitioned quantity indicated in the Requisitions Out
183. aintenance work was recorded only in the shipboard logs Although some reports were required for failures of specified electronic equipment systems and components material commands had no way of knowing if maintenance was being performed on equipment under their cognizance There was also a lack of financial information There was no effective way of determining what part of the ship s operating target OPTAR was being spent for repair parts and how much for consumable material These needs were partially met by using different fund codes for the different classifications of material For example Equipage Repair parts and Consumables Commands were then able to evaluate OPTAR usage It was not until the advent of the Maintenance Data System MDS that cognizant commands could determine where maintenance man hours and materials were being used and thereby evaluate the performance of equipment While 3 M and MDS are primarily the responsibility of other departments supply does have a definite part in making MDS work This chapter discusses the general concept of the shipboard 3 M Systems and your responsibility in the overall effectiveness of the program THE 3 M SYSTEMS Each year newly developed equipments requiring highly specialized maintenance are installed aboard the Navy s ships The maintenance requirements for an electric motor or a circulating pump are relatively few and simple This is because of simplicity of design a sma
184. allets PERISHABLES Meats fruits vegetables milk and medical department supplies which must be kept under refrigeration VEHICLES Wheeled and tracked equipment including weapons Most vehicles need definite deck space headroom and other clearance TROOP SPACE CARGO Seabags or barracks bags footlockers bedrolls and office equipment This cargo should be placed in an accessible stowage space HEAVY LIFT CARGO Exceeds the capacity of available booms and requires special handling equipment The safe working load SWL is usually marked on the boom heel DANGEROUS CARGO Explosives flammable liquids and solids oxidizing material corrosive liquids compressed gases poisons radioactive material and other hazardous articles Dangerous cargo may be referred to as Label Cargo because Federal regulations require that suitable warning labels be affixed to all such material SECURITY CARGO Material of unusual value or of a highly pilferable nature which is given special handling stowage and protection such as shipments of narcotics liquor high value technical equipment and ship s store stock CLASSIFIED CARGO Shipments of equipment or publications classified as confidential or higher These shipments must be safeguarded in accordance with the Navy Security Manual for Classified Information OPNAVINST 5510 1 CARGO LOADING You should load and stow cargo in accordance with the stowage plan prep
185. appear in the SNSL as a Storeroom item if usage warrants backup support REFERENCE NUMBER A number used to identify a repair part It may be a manufacturer s part number a drawing number or a specification or standards number REORDER POINT The stock position that signals the need to initiate replenishment action It includes the sum of stocks represented by the safety level and the order and shipping time equivalent to low limit REPAIR PART A manufactured and replaceable part or assembly for a piece of machinery or equipment Items including modules and consumable type materials that have an equipment application and appears in an Allowance Parts List APL Stock Number Sequence List SNSL Integrated Stock List ISL Naval Sea Systems Command drawings or a manufacturer s handbook The COSAL lists repair parts and equipment related consumables normally stocked by the supply department Al 8 REPAIRABLE A component or part designated by the cognizant inventory manager as an item that can be economically repaired when it becomes unserviceable These recoverable items represent a high monetary investment and their availability is essential to fleet operations Some of these items may be disposed of locally when they become unserviceable and cannot be repaired by an organizational or intermediate maintenance activity Mandatory turn in repairables must be transferred to a designated depot level repair facility w
186. ar ep Oves the Fell piaga 0d t DREAS puregetage berber ipt wr costngem ier KR GRATUITES ei Tor ao comm moy y ern acne to hr enr a for lermanene Php night of Vut Comte ser o prorend vnde de Saiten d on fend phar mant ond branang Dy the Seromary or ies hate oant repreurt etes thas pease ter the farm af amaa rt OF esters were afiwe gen by im Commorter ac amy aget wi penat of tht Cont m 0 om offen oF emgioye of the Goeramen odb rare omi erunag outre 0r rong fevershle ronment cub cmq te Hu overdone t aupnding 9 the erig Of om DERRER wah AE 09 ihe gorii ung f usb euren pariri thar chr rarae Of vu farm epee ahah che Soreupry OF tes Gabe cutie Regeneron mehe wab Kad ag shel tr a rust and mep be weed ub amy empen soan gt be re Pree Hu contoen v OSENAR on prr uini paragraph bet heowed the Canevnemen shell ter earsted 69 0s Parmer One eset nsh pears the umanas m a suuk porter a ther cares s p von B of the contract Wy se Conana and oot as o ponshy a nituan w 20 Gir damage 10 oh a may by pomiri P om o cunhlury Gamage an amquas B ditremand De te Sq mer 07 An duh entered prrspcstpenrt 96 del be p ins Cham ect aur mat fign MR HUP Gt FUIS I WITTE P dir Comrocum o grovabuy amy eu paean w ony cuf sier or mp M The ogan and omean of te Cororanam rented din dirum al aqu qu isees and crt i atthe bs oin enter ran qnd emadun getodiudi p ire oF under thm aran wm SEMODOTATIBN Me soman sud ary weber on teveender n b
187. ared by the cargo officer How the cargo officer works up the plan depends on the amount and type of cargo and the way the ship is to be loaded That is whether it is a combat load for an amphibious operation fleet issue load for replenishment at sea or base load for an advanced base If it is a combat load the articles of equipment needed first will be loaded last Articles and supplies that will not be needed until later will go in the bottom of the hold Vital equipment will be stowed where it can be offloaded first Fleet issue loaded ships are not loaded to capacity because a lot of space is sacrificed to provide passageways The passageways are required to make all items in the holds accessible This material is transferred during underway replenishment as required by the receiving ships therefore it must be stowed so that all items are readily available The base load gives the cargo officer more leeway in planning but still requires that cargo be loaded according to certain basic principles of stowage and rules of common sense In the stowage of cargo the Navy strives to meet the following conditions e Protect the ship and crew from damage or injury e Protect the cargo from damage e Make maximum use of available space e Maintain maximum stability of the ship and e Attain speed in loading and unloading SHIP S NOMENCLATURE Cargo holds vary in size and shape depending on the ship and their location aboard ship T
188. artment assigns responsibilities and authority to individuals within the organization The department head prepares a Supply Department Organization Manual that should contain a description of the functions of each component of the department and assign areas of responsibility and authority as prescribed by the type commander It should also include tasks of key personnel Organizational charts for the department include identification of essential functions and a clearly defined channel of responsibility and authority Typical organization charts for large and small ships are illustrated in figures 2 1 hnd 2 2 As a guide in identifying supply functions to organizational components the typical large ship is outlined below e General Stores S 1 Division General The general stores component procures receives stores expends and accounts for consumable equipage repair parts and other material Maintains required records It also prepares correspondence reports and returns and performs required obligation recording Stock Control Stock control functions include determining requirements preparing requisitions processing receipt and expenditure documents and maintaining related files and records It also performs financial accounting for material maintains related files and records maintains material catalogs allowance lists and technical publications and prepares related correspondence reports and returns Stora
189. at require increased management control due to high cost vulnerability to pilferage or essentiality to the ship s mission Controlled equipage e g life preservers gas masks binoculars and firearms generally is carried on board in allowance quantities only It requires special inventory control Items classified as controlled equipage are listed in the NAVSUP P 485 COSAL Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List Contains nomenclature and nameplate data on equipment identification data for repair parts and designates the allowance of repair parts to be stocked in supply storerooms COST ITEMS Material used in ship s store service activities such as the barbershop or laundry in the performance of a service to patrons and items sold through cup type vending machines CRITICAL ITEM An item essential to the operational readiness of a ship or aircraft It is in short supply in system stocks or expected to for an extended period of time Lists of critical items with reporting instructions are distributed periodically by inventory managers ASO and SSPO to designated ashore and afloat activities The term may also be used afloat to refer to high usage bulky consumables e g never out items such as rags toilet paper etc that because of space constraints must be replenished at every opportunity CUBE The amount of space occupied by an item to be shipped It is normally expressed in cubic feet to the nearest
190. aterial handling equipment and document and assemble material for shipment Designed for individual study and not formal classroom instruction the TRAMAN provides subject matter that relates directly to the operational qualifications of the Storekeeper rating The NRTC provides the usual way of satisfying the requirements for completing the TRAMAN The NRTC assignment questions have been assigned to lead students through the TRAMAN This training manual and nonresident training course was prepared by the Naval Education and Training Program Management Support Activity Pensacola Florida for the Chief of Naval Education and Training Revised 1996 stock ordering No 0502 LP 479 5200 Published by Naval Education and Training Program Management Support Activity UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON DC 1996 THE UNITED STATES NAVY GUARDIAN OF OUR COUNTRY The United States Navy is responsible for maintaining control of the sea and is on watch at home and overseas capable of strong action to preserve the peace or of instant offensive action to win in war It is upon the maintenance of this control that our country s glorious future depends the United States Navy exists to make it so WE SERVE WITH HONOR Tradition valor and victory are the Navy s heritage from the past To these may be added dedicated discipline and vigilance as the watchwords of the present and the future At home or on distant stations
191. aterial other than consumable supplies required for immediate expenditure e Services which cannot be accomplished by ship s force Not in excess requisitions are submitted directly to the supply activity In Excess Requisitions Requisitions for the following are considered in excess Controlled equipage not on the ship s allowance list e Controlled equipage on the allowance list but in greater quantities than allowed e Nonstandard consumable supplies when similar items are available in the supply system e Repair parts not listed in ships allowances for which a requirement cannot be justified In excess requisitions are prepared in the same way as other requisitions However they are first submitted under a letter of transmittal via the chain of command to higher authority for approval The supply officer is responsible for submitting these requisitions to higher authority for this approval Repairable may not be stocked in quantities in excess of the authorized allowance Therefore no in ecess requisitions may be submitted for repairables MILITARY STANDARD REQUISITIONING AND ISSUE PROCEDURES The Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures MILSTRIP is used to order material from the following e Military installations e Defense Logistics Agency General Services Administration The paragraph entitled MATERIAL EXCLUDED lists materials not ordered by these procedures MILSTRIP REQUISITION
192. ather ORGANIZATION AND LAYOUT The amount of control that you have over physical conditions in your office will vary with your location and type of duty Conditions outside your control may determine the kind of office and equipment you have You may or may not have a choice in the arrangement or type of furniture If you have occasion to arrange the office furniture make a plan before you start moving things around Place desks so that those who work at them will have enough light but will not be facing the light Arrange desks so that they face the reception area Also when arranging desks keep them away from strong drafts or there may be a shortage of personnel due to sickness On the other hand be sure there is enough space for people to move around Make sure work flows in one direction and does not crisscross the area 3 1 Place tables or counters conveniently for handling supplies or assembling papers Place files where they are handy for those who use them but where they are away from general office traffic It should be possible to plan an arrangement that is both convenient orderly and uncluttered Keep things as simple as possible There should be bookcases for office publications and other books so they don t take up workspace on tables and desks Remember A Place For Everything and Everything in it s Place In your efforts at orderliness and good appearance don t go overboard Remember that the office is there
193. ay not purchase the following materials without the specific authority from the cognizant bureau or command 1 Material in excess of allowance except properly approved emergency requirements Boats Books for the ship s library Forms commercial printing binding blank bookwork Technical ordnance articles Printing equipment and machinery Automotive equipment co nN OQ C Transportation facilities equipment material parts and supplies required for domestic transportation METHODS OF PURCHASE Purchases afloat are made by one of the following methods 1 Purchase order for purchases not in excess of 25 000 in CONUS not in excess of 50 000 out CONUS Imprest fund for cash purchases when the amount does not exceed 500 Orders under indefinite delivery type contracts and blanket purchase agreements BPAs that have been negotiated by ashore activities A single requirement may NOT be divided into more than one purchase action for the purpose of avoiding the monetary limitations stated above Each of the above methods is discussed in the following paragraphs Procedures for purchases by ashore activities are provided in NAVSUPINST 4200 85 OBLIGATION DOCUMENT When a purchase is made under any of the above procedures that is chargeable to the ship s OPTAR a DD Form 1348 is prepared as an obligation document he hardback copy of the DD Form 1348 is attachd to a copy of the purcha
194. bed format for the preparation of a DD Form 1149 for bulk petroleum is found in NAVSUP P 485 When bulk fuel or bulk lube oil is procured from an See for an example of a DD Form 1149 used ashore supply activity a DD Form 1149 is required to for petroleum products 5 10 TT S SHIPPING CONTAINER TALLY a 12346078910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 00 19 20 21 22 33 24 252027 28 29 30 31 32 23 34 35 36 37 I8 30 40 41 4 43 44 46 46 7 46 49 90 OF 5 REQUISITION DATE 8 REQUISITION NUMBER GRE REQUISITION AND INVOICE SHIPPING DOCUMENT aliii 10 FRB 1998 R82192 5041 BELOW aon a JORN FU SOM Kr Pe 7 09244 NSC SAN DIEGO CA 3 SHIP TO MARK FOR SUPPLY OFFICER uss JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 FPO SAN FRANCISCO CA 4 APPROPRIATION AND SUBHEAD UK CORT RO susAL AUTHORIZATION TRANS PROFE CCTM COST CODE AMOUNT LOT ACCT G ACTMTY TYPE ACTIVITY 1791804 702D 000 B3 884 B 060987 EE ame zi PRO C 3 e R82198 FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER DESCNIPTION AMD CODING OF MATENAL AND OR SERVICES ade SERVICES AND MATERIALS FOR REPAIR OF MARCHANT CALCULATORS Ser No 441067 441288 FRIDEN ADDING MACHINE 8er No 86452 IBM ELECTRIC TYPEWRITERS Ser Nos 14 667421 18 60744 REMINGTON ELECTRIC TYPEWRITER Ber No 336601 a2 83 94 05 06 67 06 89 90 9 92 93 94 956 96 97 99 99 100 REPLACES EDITION OF 1 MAY S8 WHICH MAY BE USED S N 0102 011 1801 ORIGINAL B6NPO153
195. capacities Some are equipped with solid rubber or pneumatic tires The caster steering type has fixed rear wheels that carry about two thirds of the load and caster wheels at the front through which steering is accomplished The caster steering type of trailer is produced in 4 000 and 6 000 pound capacities HAND TRUCKS Handtrucks may be constructed of wood or metal They are used in phases that mechanical equipment cannot be operated because of space limitations The four wheel platform handtruck figure 13 3 may be used to advantage in breaking out retail issues for bins carrying light loads or for any operation involving short hauls with frequent stops It may also be used in multistory warehouses and for small lot stockpicking The truck may be equipped with solid rubber tires or steel wheels The two wheel handtruck figure 13 4 consists of two handles a platform on which the load rests and wheels attached to the bottom of the framework A blade extends at an angle from the bottom of the platform to hold the bad A stockpicker truck figure 13 5 is a handtruck used for picking stock from shelves when filling orders The Storekeeper pushes the truck in the aisles between the shelves to carry small issues in cardboard containers paper envelopes or tote boxes Some Figure 13 3 Handtruck four wheel Figure 13 6 Hand pallet truck manual hydraulic models are equipped with a ladder so the stockpicker can
196. categories i e budget classification expense element cost account codes and object classes All these function as part of financial management which is necessary to make sure that government property and money are economically used in the public interest Cost data assembled by the above methods are used for budget planning and justification This chapter explains how the Navy gets its money and the procedures used to account for it As a Storekeeper you need to know the types of accounting and their uses in the Navy They are APPROPRIATION ACCOUNTING tells how much money has been spent how much is obligated and how much is available under each appropriation or subdivision e g operating budget Thus the Navy controls expenditures to keep them within the monetary limits established by the appropriation act COST ACCOUNTING through which the Navy can accumulate all costs according to activity or unit purpose and type of expenditure INVENTORY STORES ACCOUNTING which is used to maintain records of material and supplies on hand These records provide the information necessary to prepare returns or reports PLANT PROPERTY ACCOUNTING which is used to maintain records of all Navy owned or Navy controlled real property and equipment of a capital nature ashore PAYROLL ACCOUNTING which is used to maintain records of payments to civilian and military personnel of the Navy For accounting purposes Navy activi
197. cations Complete and accurate management data must be available for requisitioning purposes and for effective financial and inventory control of material The Management List Navy ML N provides the basic management data Related publications supplement the ML N by providing additional management data or by consolidating certain information for reference purposes The ML N and related publications are described in detail in individual chapters of the NAVSUP P 4000 Publications covered by this Introduction presents data using the format of the national stock number NSN and the national item identification number NIIN The short descriptions of what is contained in each publication should be used as a first step in obtaining required material identification and management data The NAVSUP P 4000 is published by the Navy Fleet Material Support Office This publication is not maintained on a fixed schedule However it is updated by change notices when required or republished when the content is revised significantly MANAGEMENT LIST NAVY The Management List Navy ML N is the basic publication relating to NSN management data It is published in NIIN sequence and includes only items for which Navy interest has been recorded Ammunition items are included but the Catalog of Navy Ammunition Stock NAVSEA OD 12067 NAVAIR 11 1 116 is still essential for ordering and reporting The ML N omits subsistence items The source for
198. ccounting It is called the Defense Accounting Office DAO As a general rule you will be involved only m OPTAR accounting This chapter discusses the role of fleet commanders type commanders and commanding officers of active fleet ships in the administration of and accounting for supplies and equipage funds assigned to forces afloat It also covers the OPTAR recordkeeper s actions These action s include recording requisitions and receipts processing cancellations and advance adjustments preparing OPTAR document transmittals and OPTAR reports and processing the various transaction listings aboard nonautomated ships Detailed instructions are contained in Financial Management of Resources Operating Forces NAVSO P 3013 and Afloat OPTAR Recordkeeper s Guide NAVSO P 3073 HOW THE FLEET IS FUNDED It is the policy of SECNAV that the accounting effort performed by Navy Operating Forces be kept to an absolute minimum The responsibility for formal mounting is placed ashore To understand the duties and functions of Storekeepers in afloat accounting and reporting you must know how the fleet commander type commander and commanding officers of ships administer and account for supplies and equipage funds assigned to forces afloat Under current procedures OPTAR accounting includes only supplies and equipage funds FLEET COMMANDERS Funds are allocated under the appropriation for operation and maintenance Na
199. ce item code in Card Columns 41 43 Thus the first character of the serial number aids in the distribution of the material since the receiving 11 8 Storekeeper is immediately able to identify DTO material and further to identify who is to receive it STOCK RECORD UPDATE As you know all transactions are not issues Receipts transfers and surveys also affect stock balances Since most of them are covered by paperwork other than punched cards some means must be available to feed the information to the machines This is accomplished by input transaction cards coded with document identified or scanners Document identifiers classify each transaction as a receipt or expenditure or as an action that does not affect the stock balance such as an increase or decrease to due outstanding requisition Caption codes further classify the actions according to the captions appearing on financial reports These codes are contained in the automated procedures for your ship If required transaction cards are keypunched as they are received in the machine room The update is accomplished by converting the transaction cards to a second tape and then applying the transaction tape to the master tape SHIPBOARD NONTECHNICAL ADP PROGRAM Shipboard Nontechnical ADP Program SNAP II is a nontechnical administrative management supply system which is due to play an increasingly important role in afloat Navy supply system operations SNAP II
200. ce of equipage and supplies to support the ship s mission AFLOAT CONSUMPTION COST AND EFFECTIVENESS SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM ACCESS A system that uses automatic data processing equipment to collect and summarize basic consumption data It is generated during the course of supply operations afloat The data collected comes from issue documents used in shipboard supply systems ACCESS also collects obligation and deficiency data from fiscal operations and other Navy programs ACCESS provides fleet commanders type commanders and ships with information about the overall supply operation Reports are tailored to the needs of management at each level of command That way attention can be placed on the data that is of greatest importance Identification of problem areas is one example of how the reports may be used ALLOWANCE ITEMS Items that appear in authorized allowance documents e g COSAL APL and ISL with an allowed quantity ALLOWED ITEMS Allowance and nonallowance items that qualify for local stocking or be procured as DTO material for immediate or planned use APA Appropriations Purchase Account Material purchased by a bureau or command that has been charged to appropriated funds The material is then available for issue to end users without charge to operating funds APPROPRIATION An authorization from Congress to obligate public funds known as obligations for specific purposes and to make payments from the t
201. ceipt for the advance The cashier may also reimburse a person for an authorized purchase made with his own money In either case the approval must be obtained before the purchase is made Figure 5 14 shows an example of STD Form 1165 and describes its use as an interim receipt for money advanced and as a receipt for money spent It is preferable to obtain the receipt for purchase on the vendor s own form sales ticket delivery ticket or other similar document but if this is not available the STD Form 1165 may be used If the vendor s form is used as the receipt for cash and the amount of the purchase exceeds 15 the sales representative must certify the receipt See the NAVCOMP Manual Volume 4 for citification requests The supply officer or other designated person receives all items purchased through the imprest fund Receipt is certified by receipt by dating and signing the vendor s receipt Received and accepted When practicable a designated person should be someone other than the inprest fund cashier The purchaser must return the receipt and any unused cash to the cashier as soon as possible Then the cashier voids the interim receipt for cash and returns it to the purchaser These receipts must be afforded the same security as cash The cashier should balance his funds daily to ensure that the total amount of the fund is accounted for either in cash or purchase receipts 5 26 Inspection and Verification The im
202. cer who removes the combination from the sealed envelope and enters the space in the presence of at least two witnesses If required damage control nippers or burners provide easy and quick entry These spaces must not remain unattended while unlocked After entry is made in the absence of the custodian the space must be secured by replacing the lock and sealing the space with a lead or car seal in the presence of the two persons witnessing the entry The seal is removed by the custodian upon his return When entry is obtained in the absence of the custodian he is required upon his return to change the combination Before doing so the custodian may if he so desires conduct an inventory of the stores in the space GROUP IV All of the ship s service activities barbershop tailorshop laundry cobbler shop and photographic shop when cash sales are not made through them or no material for cash sale is stowed therein When the latter conditions exist these sprees are placed under group III Each lock in group IV must have an original key different from the keys to other spaces It must be kept by the person in charge of the space during working hours After duty hours the person in charge of the space must turn the key over to the duty petty officer for safekeeping in the key locker in the supply office A duplicate key for each space is safeguarded in the same manner as for group I The supply officer or the designated assista
203. cers and ships without Supply Corps officers unless an exception is noted In these instances both procedures will be given FLEET SUPPORT The Operating Forces of the Navy are charged with supporting United States national policy under a wide range of conditions from peacetime operations through limited and unlimited armed conflict For this reason the Navy Supply System is designed with sufficient flexibility to function in support of the Operating Forces under the conditions existing at any given time Ships are loaded with sufficient supplies to assure a prescribed period of self sufficiency and to permit maximum retaliation when necessary Shore bases and mobile support techniques are used to supply the Operating Forces as circumstances require DEPLOYED FLEET SUPPORT Primary reliance for support of deployed fleets is placed on afloat capabilities which consist of self support by individual ships and support provided by the Combat Logistics Forces CLF Overseas bases and bases in the United States except Alaska and Hawaii are used for supplemental fleet support when supply support is beyond the capability of the CLF Supplemental fleet support responsibilities are stated in the approved missions of the applicable bases FLEET SUPPORT IN UNITED STATES WATERS Fleet units in United States territorial waters are supported by the permanent naval shore establishments including naval supply centers and depots naval shipyards and
204. changing working requirements The management part of the Navy Supply System organization consist of the Assistant Secretary of the Navy and the Chief of Naval Operations The office of the Assistant Secretary of the Navy RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT AND ACQUISITION is responsible for supervising the Navy wide policy in production procurement supply and disposal of material The Chief of Naval Operations CNO is responsible for planning and determining the material support needs of the Navy s operating forces This includes equipment weapons or weapons systems material supplies facilities maintenance and support services The CNO commands all activities known as the Systems Commands The systems commands are e Naval Air System Command NAVAIR e Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command SPAWAR e Naval Facilities Engineering Command NAWAC e Naval Sea System Command NAVSEA e Naval Supply System Command NAVSUP NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND The Naval Supply Systems Command NAVSUP is responsible for providing supply management policies and technical guidance for Navy material to activities of the Navy and Marine Corps Guidance includes provisioning cataloging inventory management distribution materials handling traffic management transportation packaging preservation receipt storage issue and disposal functions Except for those items specifically assigned to other systems commands or offices NAVSUP adminis
205. checked after the change has been made This makes sure that all pages that should be in the manual are there Change Bulletins are usually used to change stocklists catalogs and cross reference listings The change bulletin will refer to the basic publication that it changes and will state whether it is cumulative or noncumulative cumulative change bulletin is one that contains all changes previously issued and the older bulletins should be discarded Example Change Bulletin 3 replaces Change Bulletin 2 which should be destroyed Noncumulative change bulletins must all be retained until the basic publication is reprinted Always read the instructions BEFORE you make the change CLASSIFIED INFORMATION Classified information is a term used to include any information or material requiring protection in the interest of national defense You may come in contact with classified information at any time and you must know the different classifications used and their meanings The Department of the Navy Security Manual for Classified Information OPNAVINST 5510 1 is the guiding publication for handling all classified matter in the Navy Ships not only have a large number of classified publications and other written materials on board they also have classified equipment The supply department will probably carry classified repair parts for this equipment Additional information is contained in Military Requirements for Petty Officer Thi
206. cient concentration in a closed space will cause asphyxiation they must bestowed on the weather deck or in other well ventilated spaces AEROSOL PRO DUCTS Aerosol products are liquids solutions or powders suspended in a gas propellant and contained in dispensers equipped with release valves Aerosol containers are used for the dispersal of paints enamels lacquers insecticides silicones rust preventives etc The aerosol propellants may be low boiling halogenated hydrocarbons or other hydrocarbons such as liquified propane or isobutane Aerosol cylinders will burst if exposed to heat sources in excess of 120 degrees F They are prone to leakage if subjected to impact Aerosol propellants are extremely flammable and in sufficient concentration can be anesthetic or asphyxiating Aerosol products should be stowed in the flammable liquids storeroom or in cabinets away from oxidizing materials Mechanical ventilation will be used when necessary to remove accumulated vapors Flammable or Combustible Material Flammable liquids have a flash point of 100 degrees F or below Combustible liquids greases and pastes have a flash point of 200 degrees For below Items which are flammable and or combustible include gasoline oils kerosene and other petroleum products chemicals stencil paints marking inks and printer s ink e solvents thinners primers compounds varnishes and lacquers alcohol acetone ether and nap
207. cker is not available acid bottles will be stowed in the flammable liquids storeroom But in this case the deck and the lower part of the bulkhead must be covered with a watertight robber lining and a label inscribed ACID BOTTLE STOWAGE in 3 8 inch letters must be securely attached to the outside of the storeroom door Corrosive acids are acute fire hazards and should be stowed separately from oxidizing or flammable materials Corrosive acids or vapors must not be allowed to come in contact with the skin or eyes Storekeeper who stow or issue these acids will wear rubber gloves rubber aprons and goggles to protect themselves and their clothing from acid burns Alcohol Since most commonly used alcohols have a flash point below 200 degrees F they will be stowed in the flammable liquids storeroom Not all alcohol is readily identifiable by name For example many lacquer thinners have methanol wood alcohol which is extremely poisonous as the principal ingredient Oxidizing Material Many shipboard fires with resultant fatalities have been attributed to improper stowage or handling of oxidizing materials particularly calcium hypochlorite Nitric acid a strong oxidizer will be stowed in the acid locker Oxygen and chlorine gases must be stowed in accordance with the paragraph on compressed gases All other oxidizers will be stowed in a dry compartment away from combustible materials Calcium hypochlorite itself is noncombu
208. cks must be changed at least every 6 months Groups of Spaces For proposes of key administration department spaces are divided into four groups GROUP I General stores spaces including general storerooms repair parts storerooms and special lockers and spaces related to them Each lock must have an original and a duplicate key each different from the keys to any other space The person in charge of the space during working hours has possession of the original key After working hours this person must turn over the key to the duty petty officer for safekeeping in a general key locker in the supply office The duplicate key may be kept in the supply office key locker in a special duplicate key locker or in the supply officer s safe An original master key which passes opens all locks in group I may be retained in the custody of the officer or petty officer designated by the supply officer The supply officer retains the duplicate master key in his possession GROUP 11 Foodservice spaces including the galley bakeshop bread room vegetable preparation room subsistence issueroom butcher shop refrigeration spaces and subsistence storeroom Each 6 14 lock must have an original and a duplicate key different from the keys to any other space These keys are handled in the same manner as for group I except that the keys to the galley bakeshop bread room butcher shop and vegetable preparation room are not turned into t
209. class The segment may be some other form of commodity grouping like SIM items shelf life material boat spares electron tubes boiler tubes fire brick and so on in ISSUE Expenditure of material from the supply officer s custody to shipboard use LOW LIMIT The stock position that signals the need to initiate replenishment action It includes the sum of stocks represented by the safety level and the order and shipping time equivalent to reorder point JTR Joint Travel Regulations volume 1 Members of the Uniformed Services and volume 2 Civilian Personnel MAINTENANCE ASSISTANCE MODULES MAMS Replaceable assemblies modules needed to perform an approved maintenance plan Al 5 which calls for identifying the fault of failed module through progressive and or selective module substitution MAMs are found in the COSAL MAINTENANCE DATA SYSTEM MDS A basic element of the 3 M program It provides a means of recording maintenance actions in great detail In addition to recording maintenance actions performed the system provides data about the initial discovery of the malfunction such as how the equipment malfunctioned how many man hours were expended what equipment was involved what repair parts and materials were used what delays were incurred the reasons for delay and the technical specialty or rating that performed the maintenance MAINTENANCE AND MATERIAL MANAGE MENT 3M A system of rec
210. counting Machine has the capability to perform specific jobs Each operation must be controlled by an Operator The machine reads input from punched cards performs arithmetic computations much like a desk calculator and produces output in the form of listings and or punched cards EDP Electronic Data Processing uses electronic circuitry computers to accept input from punched cards magnetic tapes scanners or typewriter keyboards They perform computations at very high speeds store and retrieve data and produce output in the form of punched cards listings and or magnetic tapes ADP Automatic Data Processing is a term for electronic data processing Actually it is more inclusive covering both EDP and EAM Current emphasis is on computerized equipment With the use of optical scanners it is possible to have an ADP system 11 1 without the use of punched cards However you should understand that ADP can and does include both BAR CODE A bar code called 3 of 9 can be read by a scanner and is used in ADP This code is similar to the Universal Product Code UPC used on grocery items However unlike the UPC 3 of 9 can represent more than just numbers Figure 11 1 is an example of a bar code label for an NSN INPUT The data that is fed into an automated system OUTPUT The end result of input and machine instructions that is produced in usable form cads printouts etc All EAM ADP operations must be covere
211. ction and application of labels If the material is not labeled and it is suspected of being hazardous the HMIS or weapons office should be consulted Care should be exercised to make sure that ammunition explosives and dangerous articles weapons are turned in only to activities that are authorized to handle such material If the item is suspected of being radioactive immediately consult your safety office Some of the more common hazardous material labels are briefly discussed in the following paragraphs contains the national stock numbers NSNs and form numbers for authorized labels FLAMMABLE SOLIDS Solid substances other than those classified as explosives that are liable may cause fires through friction absorption of moisture or spontaneous chemical change Some examples are magnesium scraps matches nitrocellulose base film rubber etc OXIDIZING MATERIALS Substances that yield oxygen readily under certain conditions such as when heated to stimulate and or support the combustion of organic matter Oxidizing materials include permanganate sodium nitrite calcium hypochlorite bleaching powder chlorinated lime etc In addition certain items such as bleaching powders are not classified as hazardous by the ICC Because of this materials identified as oxidizers should be identified with the appropriate label SSS _ EXVGVAa nn AQ m_um_N _wWN NdwWa 5 __ hN Ma x 10 0OwWw
212. ctronic keyboard with built in printer internal memory and magnetic recording capability They provide some text editing capability and are more suitable for correspondent of one to two pages The magnetic card MAGCARD machines are in this category Thin Window Word Processors An electronic keyboard with built in printer internal memory magnetic recording capability and a visual display of two lines or less These word 3 2 processors have improved text editing ability that most blind keyboard machines don t have They simplify the task of working with large documents because a small display provides a Window into the magnetic media or memory e Stand Alone Display Screen Text Editors These provide the greatest text editing capability They have an electronic keyboard with a separate printer internal memory magnetic recording capability and a visual display Some units provide math capabilities This makes the processing of statistical or columnar documents easier They also provide the operator with the ability to manipulate text in almost any manner such as move delete or insert words sentences or paragraphs e Shared Logic Systems These are simply Stand Alone Display Text Editors which have been electrically linked to a Central Processing Unit CPU The CPU supports multiple typing stations with a shared logic and memory Generally they provide as many or more features than the Stand Alone Display T
213. d weapons systems FIRM repairables listed in the MRIL are identified by material control code E in the MCC column and by FIRM ITEM in the Notes column Requisitions of nonautomated activities and of automated activities when an AUTODIN facility is not available will be transmitted by MILSTRIP message to be submitted via the DAAS An example of a MILSTRIP message for a FIRM MTR item is shown figure 5 10 Field Level Repairable Field level repairable are repairable items identified by MCC D which are to be repaired at the local activity if possible If a field level repairable cannot be repaired locally it will be turned in at a local tender 86NP0157 FUEL Supply officers can procure fuels from the following sources 1 Fleet oilers station tankers yard oilers and tenders 2 Fuel depots and annexes 3 Commercial shore installations both foreign and domestic under Defense Petroleum Supply Center contracts as listed in the Defense Petroleum Supply Center Contract Bulletins 4 Commercial shore installations in areas in Alaska and Hawaii and outside the United States under contract to local Navy activities 5 Other Navy combatant or supporting service force ships 6 Shore installations of other services or agencies The responsibility for procuring fuels rests with the supply officer who makes the arrangements with the supplying activities or contractors MILSTRIP MESSAGE TRANS
214. d GUorart vnda FIGS 066 Acceptarea on po Form 1155r and return conti Quantity Pec EY getto m DILE alve Vueling bronze standard threads com plete with bronze brushing catalog 23R15742 et Fueling Valve ACCES 100 AO CONFORME TO Ind CONTRACTARCEPT AS NOTED Carene Ejani DD ie exu HOSCE MNA 9REVIOUS pu pd 00001 160 50 160 50 00001 12 50 12 50 Ferm aap owed by Comp onm Gesn yO 1 Me 4 b xcootun te F 18 one 3200 Apm ont ty Suter reso Qu 06 te 9301 LF 91 2192 86NP0160 Figure 5 13A Example of a DD Form 1155 Order for Supplies or Services Request for Quotations Advance of Funds A signed copy of the letter appointing the imprest fund cashier is furnished to the disbursing officer at which time the disbursing officer advances the authorized amount of the fund to the cashier 5 23 Security of Cash and Receipts To prevent theft or unauthorized use imprest funds both cash and receipts for amounts paid out and not yet reimbursed must receive the same security as that given other public monks See NAVCOMPT Manual Volume 4 for detailed policy and procedural guidance VINE PARAGAAPH APPLIES QI Y TO QUOTATIONG MRETI SE Ten ws of Geman erqpn untae csbereurc nduatat by quate The Government venen thd Fija te M Quxtamans Of deiae Hus cere ofer di dum wbare dimid sadi exams bs uif sumen of ta Opam Tha s urit fev micrsaram and qumenens feranhe
215. d an nei offer Whee quang remplane Verts 1 L 13 23 25 M poo we enable 10 qune pina ivan The nqara Gam Am cane te Cavernsam 19 Guy om con inet a epee m Puy whee of din GRIF oF te prerwe 0 Rea fer apps gs WH TEENS Girean PRommous L GUBPECTION AMD ACCEPTANCE inque and wrevptensy edi iu a dmon wim Phares proved Used dateery and arpan nad afun any open rob of ime eti be sa the Cesar w eria ty ruere fume mien of tie Uasod teat Comer Peueotfhenqademg dut rapa tar any Qevarumpet a und wh Tab i qanm eggiboabiy te es MGXNu casn hme apaa aprman su ae epe fer pa aenaran ately by Ku Coverament Tur Camee shall priem at have prelermad e papaman and tms rad D uina Das Vr ee bad norewun posui qudur Mas Quntrca pewore 1 hp Gong ERED od eo oedema Bud hurcum ariig 0 appends the twee ooguexsomarum Jey dus reie Qort meer apane bowen B VARIMTION IN ODANTITY Ha mrig the quim of ony oum malted er by this oreas vli We esvapted anime cath varaen hes bers cneew by rendtam of inating deppng oF parting vr devem a newlenareg poser and then oniy a tha owe d amy yaf drotas in hin Dal A 9ATMENTE eon sell be mimmet o quedraphcmr New rags shall be mated Ore slm uhereiut qpupfeuf und shall sess hu badeg afermeium Caues c Orde muni bem amber soctear a of uspgli Gr amem mem peame ums prone and Porada wal Bud f lating temi and ong of dupmem 2di be thows her ugserant on Coverumem Dih of Lairg Unies marene qood paymam di b
216. d be maintained in the supply office or main receiving area Outstanding documents will be filed according to shipment destinations The supply officer should review this file prior to entering port COMPLETED FILE When the multiple item shipment is received the outstanding documents will be 6 4 annotated to indicate date of receipt and any discrepancies noted Then they are filed in a separate folder marked completed shipping documents Miscellaneous Receipt File The miscellaneous receipt file contains shipping documents that apply to material consignments not initiated by a ship s proctuement document When received the related document s from the miscellaneous receipt file will be annotated with the receipt date Then it is by the responsible material custodian The document is then filed in a completed segment of the miscellaneous receipt file or in a separate completed file if preferred In addition a consumption document will be prepared and processed under ACCESS for each item that is issued as DTO material RECEIVING PROCEDURES Small quantities of stores received on a daily basis through the mail generally do not require special preparations for receipt Stores which are delivered to the ship in large quantities are stacked on the deck or pier They are held there until the preliminary identification and package counts are completed They are then sorted by department or storeroom depending o
217. d by detailed step by step instructions to achieve the desired results The instructions for EAM operations are referred to as PROCEDURES They are divided into separate steps that an operator must apply to each machine by the use of a wired control panel The instructions for an ADP processing operation are called a PROGRAM and may consist of a great many steps that are performed autmatically in sequence EAM procedures are printed instructions to the operator The ADP program is coded instructions to the computer THE PUNCHED CARD Many automated procedures make use of punched cards Figure 11 7 shows an example of a standard 80 column card and how the punch locations are used to record data Most of the cards you use will not look like this one e g the DD Form 1348m They may be BAR CODE LABEL FOR AN NSN Mmmm OCR A characters required OGNPOOGS regular characters shown here Figure 11 L Example of a bar code label for an NSN printed in many formats to provide blocks for entering information by pen or typewriter that is later punched into the card on the keypunch It is not necessary for you to learn the punch codes since most cards will be punched and interpreted That is in addition to the data punched into the card the same information is printed interpreted along the top of the card in one or two lines The character may be printed directly above the punch or may be placed in any position depending upon t
218. d certain other materials authorized to be stowed in other departmental spaces Although SIM shelf life and certain other repair parts generally are stowed in the main issue storeroom most repair parts in supply department custody normally are located in spaces designated as repair parts storerooms They are usually outfitted with bins drawer cabinets and other stowage aids When required or when available near the operating spaces to be supported separate storerooms will be used for stowage of electronic repair parts hull mechanical electrical HM amp E and ordnance repair parts nuclear weapons repair pads reactor plant repair parts etc HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STOREROOMS AND LOCKERS Certain materials with inherent hazardous properties require special stowage facilities and handling precautions The Naval Ships Technical Manual and the Hazardous Material Information System outline the requirements for shipboard stowage of dangerous and semisafe materials Shipboard stowage facilities commonly used for hazardous general stores items are discussed in the following subparagraphs Flammable Liquids Storeroom The flammable liquids storeroom normally will be located at either end of the ship below the full load 6 10 waterline not adjacent to a magazine and be equipped with an automatic fire alarm and CO system This storeroom also should have incandescent and explosion proof overhead lights protected by lamp guards The
219. d during a ship s regular overhaul only Replacement of such items as anchors shots of chain chain stoppers binnacles pelorus and laundry equipment during a regular overhaul are chargeable to overhaul funds If replacement of these items is required between overhauls an OPTAR augmentation is normally requested from the type commander REPAIR PART any item including modules and consumable type materials which has an equipment application and appears in an APL stock number sequence list SNSL integrated stock list ML Naval Ship Systems Command drawings or a manufacturer s handbook Section A of Part III of the COSAL SNSL of storeroom items lists equipment related consumable and repair parts normally stocked by the supply department Any item in Section A is considered a repair part CONSUMABLE administrative and housekeeping items common tools paints cognizance symbol 11 forms or any other items not specifically defined as equipage or repair parts Materials such as general purpose hardware metals lumber and lubricating oil also are considered to be consumable in procurement transactions But they are be treated as repair parts in shipboard issue transactions when the material is to be used to accomplish maintenance actions REPAIRABLE a component or part designated by the cognizant inventory manager as an item which can be economically repaired when it becomes unserviceable Repairable items are identifi
220. d in the NAVSUP P 485 For 6 6 detailed instructions in the preparation and distribution of the ROD refer to NAVMATINST 4355 73 series Underway Replenishment UNREP Receipt Discrepancies Discrepancies in quantities unit prices price extension and document number between a requisition and receipt document are to be resolved directly with the UNREP ship Losses of 100 or less will be absorbed by the receiver Such discrepancies should be communicated by message as soon as possible after the UNREP If notified before the transmitting the expenditure documents to the DFAS The issuing ship normally can replace them with accurate documents This can preclude the need for credit documents at a later date Refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for detailed information Loss of Material in Transit Due to Enemy Action When shipping documents or invoices show that material was shipped but not received is due to loss by enemy action the receipt documents are to be stamped or otherwise have noted upon them Lost in transit by enemy action Reference authority for statement of loss Expended without survey DETERMINING WHEN A SHIPMENT IS CONSIDERED COMPLETE Shipments are considered complete when the responsibility for the material passes from the supplier to the receiver For receipts from purchase the delivery is complete when the material is delivered to the place designated in the purchase document and a signed receipt obtained
221. d in this case is again that of the most urgent individual shipment unit involved in the consolidation Evaluation of the Transportation System An Intransit Data Card IDC is prepared for each TCMD by the shipping activity The IDC is then sent to the receiving activity foruse in measuring the U S GOVERMENT BILL OF LADING 1 ORIGINAL TRANSPORTATION COMPANY reme 70 ABC Railroad Company STOP THIS CAR OR TRUCK AT TRUCK OR CONTAINER TRITIALS AND NO Outport New Orleans LA 70146 Sern port of f Joan SPEC o lero Bouto si C EFGH 15 whee sdvastogooers to the Goverment FOR CARRIER S USE OMLY WAYBILL NO OR FREIGHT BILL WO DISCRIPTION OF ARTICLES hw exu a dus a cdensd Al dome wr imiti deacciptiva i esborw4so aso a clear noatechsicel c CARRIER FURNISHED Pick ur Bt NO rs o e ian il m Na OF TRAKSPORTATIOM c ABC Railroad Comp pan Feir o mame me wrens umm Ae OF AGEN f Actoat delivery poiat I oum anon MARKS FOR EXPORT CONTRACTORS WILL RETURN UNUSED GOVERBEMT OFFICE FROM WHICH RECEIVED effectiveness of the transportation system If a transshipment activity is involved it completes the IDC as a receiver and prepares a new IDC for the transshipment The IDC is completed by showing the receipt date and hour for air movements and is sent to the Central Data Collection Point Refer to the MILSTAMP for additional information xu K 4 111 428
222. d information and reference data are filed in the folders according to due date The folder for the current day is pulled each morning and refiled in the back of the file after the contents are noted and after it is determined that the required action has been taken When it is found that the required action has not been taken the correspondence SK should follow up with the responsible Personnel FILING CORRESPONDENCE Department of the Navy Standard Subject Identification Codes SECNAVINST 5210 11 provides a single standard subject system for classifying correspondence for filing This system is used for standardized numbering of Navy and Marine Corps documents by subject throughout the Department of the Navy SECNAVINST 5210 11 contains a list of standard subject identification numbers and a list of name title subject identification codes Except at activities with an exceptionally large volume of correspondence files normally are established by subject identification numbers However files may be established by name title codes or a combination of both MAIL CONTROL NO 3232 FROM BUPERS ORIGINATOR BASIC LETTER BUPERS Pers B2233 ADDRESSED TO DIST LISTS I 14 M amp IV SUBJECT CURE Sconng d IST maminstons and Change in Schedules EE orm SF SPT RES SERIAL NO DATE DATE RECEIVED 26 _ 2 16 _ FILE NO 1430 NEC ROUTED TO ENCCCSURES RECEIVED ADMINO None DATE OUT ACT meee rea e j
223. d petroleum products office supplies and cleaning supplies Defense Supply Centers DSCs perform the same functions for the Defense Supply System as ICPs perform the for Navy Supply System except DFSC has no responsibility for inventory control DLA Material Distribution Activities Material distribution functions within the Defense Supply System are performed by defense depots DDs and specialized support points SSPs Defense Depot DD A defense depot is a storage point for DLA material Issue of material from a DD is centrally controlled by the cognizant DSC and is based on requisitions received and processed centrally by the DSC DDs cannot accept direct requisitions and issues are made only when directed by the DSC Specialized Support Point SSP An SSP is a military service managed stock point that is authorized to receive store and distribute a tailored range of DLA owned materials for direct support of specified customers These customers are generally but not necessarily of the same military service as the SSP Most of the SSPs are Navy stock points Activities of the other military services requisition most of their DLA materials direct from the DSCs All the NSCs as well as most other Navy stock points FISC s INASs and NSYs are SSPs for the specific DLA commodities listed for them Unlike defense depots SSPs are authorized to accept requisitions for stored DLA materials direct from customer activities an
224. d property The purpose of soliciting other factors in determining if an individual will be the SSN is for positive identification held financially liable 1 DATE INITIATED YYMMDO 2 INQUIRY INVESTIGATION NUMBER 3 DATE LOSS DISCOVERED YYMMOD GGAPROO 8746 9T1 4 NATIONAL STOCK NO 5 ITEM DESCRI 7 UNIT COST TOTAL COST B820 01 079 9836 19 RCA wor Track Television a oo ee 00 oo iur 9 CIRCUMS Television sets discovered missing from barracks 128 rooms 132 um and Es as amp result of a physical inventory conducted to update minor plant property records Televisions were not secured LAW OPNAVINST 88350 14B para 0321 to prevent theft 10 ACTIONS TAKEN TO CORRECT CIRCUMSTANCES REPORTED IN BLOCK 9 AND PREVENT FUTURE OCCURRENCES Attach additional pages s necesse All personnel checking out of barracks now required to have their rooms physically nvantoried priorto ee Al televisions to be permanently secured within NCIS NAVAL AIR STATION NOTIFIED 980424 ASSUMED CASE Ue Designee b TYPED NAME Last First Middie initial Office Symbol Base State Courtry Zip Code Sample Rye M SKl NAVAL AIR STATION NORTH ISLAND CA 92010 EVIDENT SUSPECTED X one Televisions discovered missing upon making morning rounds XX ve we Designation d TYPED NAME Last rst Middle intial AUTOVON DSN NUMBER Office Symbol Base State Country Zip Code Smith a J 476 3731 NAVAL AIR STATION or ry DATE SIGNED NORT
225. d to know how the supply department is organized and be able to assume supply office duties which include to some degree all of the above responsibilities To advance to Storekeeper second class you must know more about the operation of the supply department and be able to perform more complicated duties than you did when qualifying for advancement to third class By this time you will have to know how to prepare and maintain ship s records required to account for supplies and equipage funds assigned to forces afloat and obligation reports to type commanders You will have to know how to determine routine requirements for general stores equipage and repair parts You must also be able to supervise others in receiving handling and stowing material You should know the regulations pertaining to storage and processing shipments of personal effects STOREKEEPER J OBS Organization charts can be misleading for they show each job as a separate and distinct responsibility This is seldom the case It is difficult to separate the areas covered by supply since with the exception of ship s store and foodservice they are interrelated and each area is directly affected by actions in all the other areas Usually the responsibilities of a Storekeeper encompass parts of more than one area The following job titles are used throughout the text to describe a specific function within the Storekeeper rating and do not necessarily refer to job ti
226. d to process such requisitions without prior clearance of the cognizant DSC s SSPs are required to report all DLA material receipt and issue transactions to the cognizant DSC s Operation of the DLA Supply Syste depicts the operation of the DLA supply system in filling a requisition submitted by an afloat customer 1 USSJ ohn Paul J ones submits a requisition for cognizance symbol 9C material to FISC Oakland an SSP 2 FISC Oakland issues the material from DLA stocks 3 FISC Oakland reports the issue transaction to DCSC In the foregoing example it should be understood that although requisitioned from and supplied by a Navy stock point the material issued was owned and managed by a DSC DCSC COLUMBUS FISC OAKLAND Figure 2 4 The Defense Logistics Agency Supply System Navy Retail Stock Point The DLA materials that are stored and issued by Navy stock points designated as SSPs are DLA owmed managed as wholesale stock All other DLA materials held by Navy stock points are Navy owned They were purchased with Defense Business Operating Funds money from the cognizant DSC s These DLA materials are managed as retail stock and the holding activities are known as Navy retail stock points The management function retail level for Navy owned DLA material is performed by Navy retail offices NROs The NROs manage material by financial means only i e they apportion Navy Stock Fund money to the Navy re
227. dard MIL STD symbols The symbols are listed in HMIS and are for stowage and materials handling operations only The type of symbols used is determined by the material involved Stowing Hazardous Materials Requirements for stowage of industrial chemicals and materials are provided by the assignment of stowage codes These codes are listed in HMIS DECK CARGO It may be necessary to stow some cargo on deck because of its nature size or shape This cargo may include flammables bottled gases acid heavy machinery and vehicles Considerable care and planning are necessary in securing this cargo to provide for the safety of personnel and the ship and the security of the cargo Cargo must be located so that vents firefighting equipment bitts chocks and sounding tubes are not blocked off It may be helpful to measure and mark off stowage locations with chalk prior to loading Cargo must be properly secured to prevent shifting because of pitching or rolling of the ship To accomplish this it is often necessary to weld padeyes or braces to the deck Deck cargo is normally stowed by Boatswain s Mates When it is necessary for you to stow cargo on deck make sure that the cargo is adequately protected against the weather sea and motion of the ship and that personnel and the ship are protected against injury or damage by the cargo SAFETY Accidents are costly in human life and property damage The Storekeeper should observe sa
228. data shipping data or when applicable local disposal instructions In addition other selected management 4 11 data is provided The MRIL is with the instructions listed below When preparing repairable for retrograde shipment for e SHIPS follow the instructions for documentation marking tagging and transfer shipment found in NAVSUP P 485 Guidance for protecting and packaging repairables for shipment is found in NAVSUP P 484 STRATEGIC SYSTEMS PROJECT OFFICE COGNIZANCE MATERIAL This includes Cognizance Codes 6A 6H 8H 2P 4P 6P 8P 2X 4X 6X and 8X FLEET Ballistic Missile FBM activities will process FBM repairable in accordance with the FBM Master Repair List MRL as specified in SPCCINST 4423 39 series These are the FBM Weapon System Repairable Program Requirements and Procedures Non FBM activities should prepare invoices and ship these materials in accordance with the instructions contained in the MRIL References to applicable instructions for shore activities and foreign governments when preparing repairables for retrograde shipment are contained in the NAVSUP P 4000 The MRIL is divided into two parts Part I Listing of Items Contains NSNs and NICNs of repairable items and aircraft engine type mode series identifiers and information needed to make repair turn in determinations on repairable and aircraft engines Items in this part are listed in the following sequence 1 NICNs in NIIN sequence
229. de from raw or bulk stock or by modifying other stocked items They are not procured for stock or issue in finished form Make items are source coded MF or MO in the COSAL EQUIVALENT ITEM an item similar to another item to the extent that its characteristics are in strict accordance with the specifications for the item it may replace Repairable assemblies are equivalent only if their purchased repair parts and performance are also equivalent Purchased repair parts are limited to those items of a design peculiar to the repairable assembly concerned INTERCHANGEABLE ITEM a nonequivalent item used in place of another item in all application SUBSTITUTE ITEM an item authorized for one time use in place of another item based on a specific application and request Equivalent or interchangeable items are not included in the term substitute items No substitute will be used that might adversely affect any of the following 1 Safety of flight considering all primary structure and equipment 2 Efficient performance of any aircraft engine accessory or equipment 3 Manufacturers guarantee or warranty or Delicate sensitive or critical assemblies or those subject to environmental condition high speed or high loads The authority for a substitute is automatically canceled as soon as a substitution is made Additional requests for the same substitute item must be considered separately and entirely on
230. directives The Chief of Naval Operations publishes indexes of all Department of the Navy safety precautions applicable to forces afloat These indexes are issued as OPNAV notices with the subject classification number 5100 Safety precautions are something you either know and observe or you do not There is no middle ground You cannot learn or use them halfway Human lives yours and those of other people working around you and expensive equipment are at stake Safety precautions as discussed in this chapter apply not only to the workers but to everybody in the vicinity of potential danger A Storekeeper should be aware of and observe safety precautions at all times The following operating safety rules for materials handling equipment should be observed Spark enclosed or explosion proof electric not gasoline powered equipment must be used in areas where gases flammable liquids and ordnance material are stored Equipment should be kept free of excessive grease accumulation at all times e Special protective equipment should be used when work involves explosives and ammunition Equipment having gas filled caps with special safety features and with fine mesh screening overexhaust pipe ends should be used e Forklift trucks of all types should be equipped with an overhead safety guard or steel Exceptions are permissible only when the overhead safety guard either would increase the overall height of the forklift truck
231. dous Material Information System HMIS e Consolidated Master Cross Reference List MCRL e Identification List IL e Afloat Shopping Guide ASG Federal Logistics Data Federal Logistics Data on CD ROM is available to access DOD logistics data It replaces the cumbersome data retrieval process of the micro fiche media used for earlier federal Catalog System FCS and Navy unique publications It is also an interactive query system using the following types of search criteria Part Number e e Commercial and Government Entity CAGE e National Item Identification Number NUN e National NATO Stock Number NSN e Permanent System Control Number e Supplier Name e Item name Navy Item Control Number NICN e Engine Number e Master Repairable Item List MRIL e Shipping Code The Federal Logistics Catalog reduces the time required to access the information needed to identify and order supplies It also contains extracts of data found in the following FCS publications e Management List Navy ML N e Management List Consolidated ML C e Master Cross Reference List MCRL e Federal Logistics Data Record FILDR e Identification List IL e Interchangeability and Substitability I and S e Commercial and Government Entity CAGE e Federal Supply Classification Groups and classes H2 1 3 9 e Freight Selected Federal Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloging Data H 6 Navy unique publications consist of
232. dures for operating budget operating target OPTAR inventory and property and cost accounting for the Operating Forces and designated ashore activities As a manual of the Navy accounting system it establishes the methods and procedures for the Operating Forces and designated ashore activities in accounting for and reporting of receipts and expenditures of Navy resources NAVSO Publication 3073 P 3073 Afloat OPTAR Recordkeeper s Guide It is published to help personnel assigned to OPTAR record keeping duties It is a highly detailed and illustrated coverage of the OPTAR recordkeeper s actions in recording requisitions and advance adjustments preparing OPTAR document transmittals and OPTAR reports and processing the various OPTAR holder transaction listings ORGANIZATION MANUALS In addition to the publications above your ship also prepares manuals for use of personnel in the performance of their duties The Ship s Organization and Regulations Manual is issued by the CO and outlines the military organization of the ship It lists the duties and responsibilities of the various departments and divisions of the ship It shows the personnel allowances of the departments and the billets assigned to the emergency bills general quarters abandon ship fire etc Supply Department Organization Manual is prepared by the supply officer to cover the responsibilities of the supply department It may contain any or all of the following
233. dust or other suitable antislip material Improper Lighting When concealment is unimportant floodlights should be provided at night on the weather deck overside and in cargo holds Flashlights should be available for emergencies When entering unlighted compartments personnel should carry portable safety lights Asphyxia and Poisoning During some cargo handling or related operations asphyxia or poisoning may result from 1 lack of oxygen 2 poisonous gases or fumes or 3 exposing skin or eyes to or swallowing petroleum products Some vapors may be swallowed without the knowledge of the victim An individual showing signs of asphyxia or poisoning should receive immediate medical attention and the cargo officer should be notified The space should be inspected before work is continued e Lifting Cases There is a right and a wrong way of picking up heavy cases of material The correct method of lifting heavy objects is illustrated in figure 13 31 Individuals stand close to the load with their feet slightly apart and solidly placed With knees bent they grasp the object firmly and lift it by straightening their legs keeping the back as vertical as possible When lifting from an elevated position keep the object close to the body The square of the hatch should be kept clear and free of debris Place a solid level floor of dunnage on top of stowed cargo when it is needed to provide sound footing for hold wor
234. dy service spare repair part or consumable e SIM DTO item aboard nonautomated ships Ships that have been commissioned or have completed a Supply Operations Assistance Program Integrated Logistics Overhaul SOAP ILO after July 1974 will maintain blue stock record cards for reactor plant items i e Q COSAL items 7 10 e red or red bordered stock record cards for other special category items e g mandatory turn in repairables special material identification code shelf life critical hazardous classified and buff stock record cards for all other items Stock records in all ships will include outstanding requisition numbers and a history of all receipt and expenditure transactions and management data required for accurate inventory control Stock records for other than SIM DTO items will also show storage locations and current on hand balances Stock records will be retained until replaced incident to a SOAP ILO Samples of stock records are shown in figure 7 5 NAVSUP Form 1114m is an IBM type of stock record card in which significant management data elements are keypunched These keypunched cards provide a nonautomated ship with the capability to duplicate its stock record battery when near an activity with automatic data processing equipment ADPE The form also contains additional data blocks for manual entries of supplementary management data when needed A complete set of keypunched NAVSUP Form
235. e Quantity column this recording can be made by using the DD Form 1348 1 and the cancellation entry m the log The quantity canceled is computed from the original requisition and the DD Form 1348 1 and entered on the List of Confirmed Cancellations The DD Form 1348 1 attached to the DD Form 1348 hartdback copy is now returned to the requisition Storekeeper for filing m the Material Completed File Cognizance Migration As stated previously and shown in figure 10 7 from time to time there are cog changes that shift material from chargeable to nonchargeable status or a PT oe tM snl SE aree ae LEES in eT Gm DE Figure 10 14 OPTAR Log entries partial receipt balance canceled 10 16 HOLDING For Per Figure 10 15 List of Confirmed Cancellations entry partial receipt balance canceled vice versa An item s cognizance symbol at the time the supply activity processes it for release and shipment determines if it is chargeable or nonchargeable This cog symbol is shown in data block R on the DD Form 1348 1 The cog symbol in the DD Form 1348 1 Distribution block is always identical to the one cited on the ship s requisition and you can spot cog changes by comparing block R with the Distribution block or by comparing block R with the corresponding log entry This method of comparing is illustrated by figure 10 16 and the necessary Requisition OPTAR
236. e original of each DD Form 1348 or 1348 6 or the original and white copy of a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will be discarded and the remaining copies distributed in accordance with the NAVSUP P 485 During periods of restricted communication i e when MINIMIZE is imposed data pattern messages formatted Defense Automatic Addressing System DAAS messages and narrative messages will be submitted only for priorities 01 08 requirements MILSTRIP MESSAGES TO BE SUBMITTED VIA DEFENSE AUTOMATIC ADDRESSING SYSTEM DAAS is a real time random access digital computer system It uses the Automatic Digital Network AUTODIN switching centers of the Defense Communications System to receive and retransmit MILSTRIP messages to the addressees An input message to DAAS may include multiple requisitions followups requisition modifiers cancellation requests etc provided that each document included in the message is limited to 66 card columns of data All retransmittals are accomplished via AUTODIN which automatically provides the addressesee with a punched card or magnetic tape image for each document included in the originator s message This precludes the necessity of any message handling or keypunch effort by the addressee Figure 5 4 is an example of a message requisition prepared for transmittal via DAAS Requisitions Qualified for DAAS When material is authorized to be requisitioned by message and when no exception data is requir
237. e Hatch Beans or Beads When only part of a cargo hatch is open remaining hatch beans should be pinned or locked in place to prevent them from being dislodged and falling on personnel below Hatch boards should be stacked well back from the hatch to prevent them from being accidentally knocked into the hold Standing in Bight of Line Individuals should not stand with their feet in the bight of a line or in the eye of a cargo strip or sling To do so may result in broken bones or even more serious injury Fires and Explosions Fires and explosions may be caused by 1 explosive vapor 2 spilled flammables or explosives 3 ignition source such as smoking hot work open fires electrical equipment naked lights and sparks from tools 4 heat b spontaneous ignition 6 water causing chemical reaction with certain substances 7 improper handling and 8 inadequate sentries Fire is a potential danger with almost all types of cargo The possibility of fire or explosion is greatly increased when cargo operations involve flammables and ammunition However extra precautions are normally taken when these dangerous materials are handled Probably most fires occur in ordinary combustible material paper rags wood etc Since the fire hazard is not as great when handling these materials fewer precautions are usually taken and cargo handlers are apt to become careless Fleet Freight Carefully inspect all material
238. e eam 7 ACKNOWLEDGE CUSTODY OF TM RECEIVED FROM THE QUANTITY SPE cai MU tenente meco ormon aume TM 4 4 77 C LL A E e plem eo bls nse oc al e tute 2 3 30 27 T3770 aa RES REA E E ep a n onos 00 02 CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE CUSTODY RECORD 4442 NAVSUP FORM 208 Rev 1 72 86NPO168 Figure 7 3 Example of a Controlled Equipage Record NAVSUP Form 306 February and ending 15 March A controlled equipage Upon relief of the head of department for items item inventory is also required on the following events in the department concerned When a ship is commissioned inactivated or Upon change of command at the discretion of deactivated the relieving commanding officer 7 7 P EEUU n dd ii i cu na n Lm er 1 aT 5 1 PO 170 MFORSITION M hirer Tr S a M real pe RH CANET UNT HH 88 254969 eee een eNO geo Exc aoa weet eee 03659 UBS LONG BEACH CON 9 33002 MUNERA 0024003 wo Of FEOW M0 7A 8 1 i TURN OVER MATERIAL TO THE REQUIRING DEPARTMENT AND OBTAIN RECEIPTS SIGNATURE RECORD 4442 NAVSUP FORM 308 Rev 1 Figure 7 4 Sample requisition receipt and issue documents for controlled equipage Annual inventories must be completed by 15 March document which may be required as an addendum to the This is so that post inventory actions can be type commander s copy of the Budget OPTAR Report accomplished in time to be reflected
239. e history file containing NICN to NIIN cross reference is maintained at SPCC E Specification Data MIL R 94 SHAFT BODY 1 WATT Locking bushing 5 8 in Ig shaft Mil Type Ohms RV2LAYSA 00 815 5498 10K 103A Standard bushing 7 8 in ig shaft Mil Type Ohms RV2N 00 835 8870 LSK AYSDIS2A 00 77 6803 10K AYSDIO3A 00 964 6059 10K BY D103A 00 853 0798 100K AYSDIO4A With SPST switch 2 WATT Locking bushing 5 8 in Ig shaft Mil Type Ohms RV4LAYSA 00681 8688 50 500A 00 503 5984 100 101A 00 5036218 250 251A 00 539489 500 SOLA 00646 5958 IK 102A 00539 2567 2 5K 252A 00539 2479 SK 502A 005185595 10K 103A 00501 7314 25K 253A 00 501 5 184 SOK 503A 00 665 4992 100K 104A 00 5 2 2093 250K 254A 00 518 5593 SOOK 504A 00 518 5609 IMEG 105A 00552 5487 SMEG 505A Locking bushing 7 8 in ig shaft Mil Type Ohms RVALAYSD 00571 3717 25K 252A 00 577 3645 25K 253A 00556 3042 100K 104A 00 023 7931 IMEG 105A Standard bushing 1 2 in Mg shaft Mi Type Ohms RV4ANAYSB 00 542 8046 1K 102A 00646 5957 10K 103A 00646 5981 25K 253A 00643 6284 SOK 03A 00 542 8048 100K 104A 00 541 8051 IMEG 105A Standard bushing 7 8 in Ig shaft Mil Type Ohms RV4NAYSD 00 5 56 3041 100 101A 00 52 2859 500 501A 00 552 5478 1K 102A 00 577 9976 1K 00539 5013 2 5K 252A 00643 5626 SK 02A 00578 4471 7 5K TS2A 00 556 3350 10K 103A 00 552 5479
240. e material The supply officer in exercising technical custody maintains stock morals SUPPLY OFFICER FUNCTIONS 1 Replenish material 2 Provide written instructions to custodian 3 Maintain stock records 4 Report consumption INVENTORIES FUNCTIONS NAVSUP P 485 DAILY SUBMISSION OF RECEIPT AND ISSUE DOCUMENTS CUSTODY OF MATERIAL HEAD OF DEPARTMENT for losses by inventory requisitions replenishment stock and provides written instructions to the custodian Figure 6 3 illustrates this concept RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN The storeroom Storekeeper is the custodian of all material stored in the storeroom and is responsible to the supply officer SECURITY OF MATERIAL Material in store will be kept under lock and key in all cases unless the material is of such quantity or dimensions as to make storeroom storage impractical Storeroom spaces will be locked securely when not in use Personnel in charge of such spaces are responsible to make sure that security is maintained for all stores in their custody Persons other than the individual responsible for stowage spaces normally will not be allowed access to stores An authorized person will always be present when the spaces are open for use Other persons will be admitted only when necessary for CUSTODY OF MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE L Eyre A WITH PARAGRAPH invent 6062 6 OF THE 3 Furnish issue documents
241. e materials especially grease and oil When compressed gases are stowed on the weather deck the cylinders will be located as far as possible from navigation fire control or gun stations They will protected from the direct rays of the sun or accumulation of snow and ice When compressed gases are stowed below deck any leaking fumes must be prevented from entering ventilation air intakes leading to working or living spaces Since there usually is some gas remaining in most cylinders considered to be empty empty cylinders will be stowed and handled with the same precautions as full cylinders Compressed gases particularly the flammable and explosive gases must be handled with extreme care Some general rules for handling compressed gas cylinders are Take every precaution to prevent cylinders from being dropped or forcefullly struck against hard surfaces including other cylinders Do not tamper with the safety devices in cylinder discharge valves When cylinders are not in use be sure that the valve protection caps always are securely attached If the valve of a compressed gas cylinder should be snapped off the released energy would cause the cylinder to behave as a missile For example a cylinder that is pressurized to 2 200 pounds psi per square inch can travel 2 600 feet in free flight and in a confined space it could be disastrous Prevent cylinders from contact with fire sparks or electrical circuits An expl
242. e most significant characteristics of automatic data processing ADP is that a complete series of operations can be planned The machine can then be directed to carry them out without further human intervention An ADP installation which includes several individual equipments is usually called a SYSTEM The system must be able to accomplish four fundamental functions Accept data Accept instructions e Execute instructions Display results To do this the system is made up of input control Storage processing and output sections ADP must have accurate input in order to produce usable output It is in these areas that you as a Storekeeper are most likely to work Storekeepers prepare most of the forms that are used as input and make use of the output in reviewing supply operations and preparing reports SHIPBOARD UNIFORM AUTOMATED DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM The Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing System SUADPS serves as a good example of ADP systems used aboard ship This ADP system is currently in use aboard carriers tenders AFSs and repair ships The system consists of a computer an operating system applications programs and clerical procedures The SUADPS was designed to satisfy afloat supply and accounting requirements through maximum automation of routine functions and at the same time provide a wide range of options that can be exercised at the shipboard level All major files are maintained on
243. e mote on gua al dehesre argu by the Government vun Gt entre due on wach dieque ap coment 4 MMCOUNTE In senaeteen vath o drove piod ims di be comput hom dae of fiery f the R R ve carr where AADI a Whee pant af arqpa ax hem due af drirvery at mnium on pum of emenri eneps shun Qubvery and AROE are s euius Of ure pns qe Pre ur ape Oe Ur sweet w mache n ormai a ihe office wpocien Py the German d the inar ier than dum of denar Povmen deemed co by made Par she qurpas Of marang the des cum os ds due of mating of he Govern start TO BMBPUTES 4 Geog an adan ac goo aed i the paa amy Dupute commaing a questus of Sun erani ander iim SDA whach nts ngand of by agremmsm the be darted by the Conrasung Olfa ehe Juil mel ot exherent arab e capy ihevenf io da Comrecter Ther decina shall te final and concharet unten often J dap ben cu toy of mmp of cut myy e Commarea gal ur diarena borai so tte Comresteng Off r comen appa piira i the Jepvary The barese of hs Sasrrtary oF has dufy susharasd see ten Un Gevrcumrum of mich appeuto tuli Be Angl ad Snadiune coins GRUTAS ty court Of compren juadutan we howe hen freie of meritis whey a a pory man a ausi to mpi tnd fes ex en mappered by ninanasa madoe Tiv Conrertr thal tu offerded on epgurtensy to ty kaak and e efter Cenina in capper of the epp Pondus feub fersat of o Grp hormener dhe Conrener dull pranoi degra wah thy Owrfermanm of the awrat and m omda wah de Commin
244. e procedures include e Requisitioning and local procurement Paragraph number 1 1 063 la l a Chapter Paragraph Subparagraph DONPOOOS Figure 3 3 Paragraph numbering system e Material Receipt e Stock Management at field Supply Points e Material Expenditure e Supply System Management e Storage and Material Handing TRANSPORTATION OF PROPERTY VOLUME V This volume contains policy and procedural instructions for ashore activities shipping and receiving Navy property This includes the personal property of military and civilian personnel under official orders It contains instructions for shipments of Navy material by bureaus offices and Navy inventory managers It also implements certain provisions of the military traffic management regulations with respect to traffic moving within the United States except Alaska and Hawaii Appendix A provides consignment instructions and overseas offloading port information for material to be shipped to Navy shore based activities overseas and in Alaska and Hawaii It is issued as a separate publication NAVSUP Publications NAVSUP issues many publications that deal with the different facets of supply This section discusses some of the publications that are of particular interest to the SK These publications are also available on CD ROM compact disk read only memory cataloged as Naval Logistics Library NLL NAVSUP P 600 NAVSUP publications are sometimes referred to in
245. e quantity inventoried is legibly recorded on the count document If the same item is stored in multiple locations the quantity in each location must be recorded Quantities and units of issue Recorded in count documents are compatible e g if the unit of issue is PR and 100 bearings are counted record 50 not 100 A tag label or card annotated with the inventory quantity and date is attached to each reel or container from which an item is issued in a unit of measure foot pound gallon etc This makes sure that future issues of such items can be tallied to reflect the remaining quantity on each reel or in each container Actual location of each item is either checked or entered in the count document Consolidated storage of items with multiple locations is achieved when possible e If directed by the supply officer lockers cabinets or drawers used for storage of infrequently demanded items are sealed after a complete inventory of their contents has been performed and verified Inventory personnel are responsible for keeping themselves aware of all receipts and expenditures of items included in the segment being inventoried They must also make sure that documents applicable to such receipts and expenditures are conspicuously stamped or annotated BEFORE INVENTORY or AFTER INVENTORY as appropriate Review of Count Documents Promptly upon completion of the physical inventory of a material seg
246. eaks should be done with soapy water Toxicity In moderate concentrations acetylene may act as an intoxicant In higher concentrations it will cause unconsciousness and ultimately asphyxiation Some grades of acetylene also contain many impurities Therefore breathing of acetylene in any concentration for any length of time must be avoided Upright Stowage Required Acetylene in cylinders is dissolved in acetone which has a tendency to flow into the valve if the cylinders a stowed horizontally For this reason acetylene must be stowed and used only in an upright position with the valve end up When it is known or suspected that acetylene cylinders have been stowed on their sides they will not be used until they have been in a vertical position for at least 2 hours OXYGEN AND CHLORINE Oxygen and chlorine are oxidizing gases that strongly support combustion Chlorine is also poisonous Oxygen and chlorine cylinders must be stowed on the weather deck or in a separate watertight storeroom which has at least one compartment between it and any space that is used for the stowage of combustibles such as flammable liquids or gases ammunition paint gasoline and oil NONFLAMMABLE GASES Helium nitrogen carbon dioxide and argon arem nonflammable gases Because of their inert characteristics they may be stowed with flammable or oxidizing gases Since these non flammable gases will not support expiration 6 12 a suffi
247. ease of a shipment unit in more than one increment That is the shipment unit exceeds the capacity of a single conveyance or for some other reason must be shipped in two or more conveyances by the same or mixed modes PEACETIME OPERATING STOCK POS ITEM Synonymous with the term demand based item A term used by automated ships to identify items that have a relatively high issue rate Normally an item that has a demand frequency of two or more in a period of 6 months and continues to have at least one demand every 6 months thereafter is a POS item It is the equivalent criteria of SIM items for nonautomated ships The quantity of a POS item is that portion of the requisitioning objective that supplements the allowance and or load list quantity ies If a POS item is not an allowance or load list item the entire quantity of the requisitioning objective is considered to be POS Semiannual review of stock records for POS items is required for recomputation of requisitioning objectives PORT OF DEBARKATION POD The authorized point of entry into a foreign country or CONUS PORT OF EMBARKATION POE The authorized point of departure from a foreign country or CONUS PRE EXPENDED BIN PEB MATERIAL SIM items having a low unit cost 25 or less and frequent usage PEB items are expended from supply department records and placed in locations conveniently available to maintenance personnel PRE EXPENDED MATERIAL Material tha
248. ed message requisitions for NSN or NICN items will be prepared and submitted in accordance with the NAVSUP P 485 MILSTRIP MESSAGES TO BE SUBMITTED DIRECT TO SUPPLY SOURCE Message requisitions for non NSN NICN items or NSN NICN items requiring exception data will be submitted direct to the supply source These messages NOTE When information required to complete the data entries described in the preceding chart ie not applicable or available the respective data blocks will be left blank or will be completed to the extent that applicable information is available Additionally authorized signature and the complete line of accounting data see NAVSUP P 3013 be entered in the DD Form 1348 6 WEM DENTIFICATION UNT NSN FSCNI Part No Other or DOCUMENT NUMBER ne 15 o6 17 ve os E20 a ADoRESS v le ej j ereje ojo es sw s s u w v m w e e e u u u w v w o seipso I dele I i NEIGE FOR USE Y 1 MANUFACTURE S CATALOG IDENMFICATION 4 TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER NAVY TECH MANUAL 351 0048 F o L D L I N E END ITEM APPLICATION BOILER STEAM MN 634 PSi 4617 CU FT 1393 TB 1 MANUFACTURE S CODE AND PART NO Vihas Rey suceed oard odumre B fru 22 85073 N3 12291 P184 KM 2 MANUPACTURE amp NAME Lu BABCOCK amp WILCOX CO NEW YORK NY 7 NAME ITEM REQUESTED ELEMENT SOOT BLOWER UNIT A Mund NNNM mer orco 9a SOURCE OF SUPPLY BABCOCK amp WILCOX CO ps mri
249. ed independently so that sluing and topping can be accomplished without movement of the chassis Power is supplied by a gasoline engine or by electric motors Gasoline powered cranes are equipped with pneumatic tires for outdoor operation have 180 or 360 degree sluing booms and have capacities of 6 000 10 000 or 20 000 pounds Electric powered Figure 13 19 Roller conveyor hinged gate multiphase warehouse operation 13 9 Figure 13 20 Brake on a roller conveyor cranes are equipped with solid robber tires for indoor operations They have 2770 degree sluing booms and have a capacity of 6 000 or 10 000 pounds The mobile crane consists of a boom mounted on a truck chassis and has characteristics similar to that of a warehouse crane However the mobile crane has a greater topping distance and is therefore used in a wide range of operations EXISTING LADDER ABRASIVE OXIDE SURFACE ADJUSTABLE BRACES FOLDED LATCH TO HOLD CHUTE IN UP POSITION WHEN NOT IN USE Figure 13 22 Warehouse crane gasoline powered The gantry crane is a hoisting unit mounted on a gantry any frame or structure spanning or bridging an intervening space Gantries may be arched bridged full or half The unit shown m figure 13 23 is an adaptation of the overhead type of crane applied to outdoor service where no permanent elevated structure exists on which Figure 13 21 Stores strike down chute 13 10 Figure 1
250. ed by material control code MCC D E G H Q or X MCC D items maybe disposed of locally when they become unserviceable and cannot be repaired by an organizational or intermediate maintenance activity MCC E G H Q and X items are mandatory turn in repairable These items must be transferred to a designated depot level repair facility collection point see indicated in the Master Repairable Item List MRIL when they become unserviceable and cannot be locally repaired See NAVSUP P 485 for more information CIRCUIT SYMBOL used for electronic equipment in the same way that part numbers drawing numbers etc are used for other equipment Most circuit symbol numbers are cross referenced in the APLs to an NSN for the particular part required END ITEM a combination of products component parts and or materials that are ready for final intended use It is an equipment of one of its major subdivisions ARTICLE a collection of items within a class e g ensign all nations or hats white all sires ITEM each size or color of an article e g ensign U S No 7 REPLACEMENT ITEM an item supplied as a Spare or repair part in place of the original part Replacement items are not necessary interchangeable 4 5 with the items they replace They may be of better quality or may have greater capacity Replacement items are not substitutes because they are supplied on a continuing basis MAKE ITE M an item that is ma
251. eeper should bring it to the attention of the supply officer immediately The OPTAR recordskeeper s final step is to file a correct copy of the message with the retained copy or copies of the Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 DEFENSE ACCOUNTING OFFICE LISTINGS The DAO serves as a clearinghouse in the flow of funds and accounting data between ships and supplying activities It matches the supplying activities expenditure documents to the ships chargeable unfilled orders This matching process serves three purposes it validates the expenditures that have been made to the supplying activities on the ship s behalf it makes reconciliation of the DAOs and ship s accounting records possible and it calculates differences or adjustments For example when the estimated price differs from the actual expenditure cost Refer to NAVSO P 3073 for detailed procedures used by the DAO in processing unmatched expenditure documents THRESHOLD CONCEPT To reduce the time and effort spent by OPTAR holders and the DAO in verifying transaction listing data threshold procedures have been established When a threshold category expenditure document does not match a corresponding unfilled order document and the expenditure is below an established threshold dollar value the DAO is authorized to lodge the charge against the OPTAR holder without a match Such threshold charged expenditures are reported to the OPTAR holder as part o
252. efer to receipt shortage of 100 or less Receipt Shortage of 100 or less When a receipt shortage which does not exceed 100 or involve controlled material cannot be reconciled with the issuing activity only the quantity actually received will be posted to the stock record In addition a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will be prepared to report the receipt shortage as consumption under ACCESS This document will not be posted to the stock record Data blocks of the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will be completed in the same manner as those for a loss by inventory except as follows e Data block 29 Remarks Enter the notation MAT L RECEIPT SHORTAGE and the applicable receipt document number e Data block S Posted Do not check the S R Issue square For an example sed figure 7 14 After completion of data entries and approval of the supply officer the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will be distributed as appropriate Overages or shortages of Navy owned material received from Supply Activities FISC S etc or received during UNREP are to be resolved directly with the Supply Activities or UNREP ship immediately No ROD is required Overages or shortages of non Navy owned material received from DOD or GSA will be reported in accordance with NAVSUP P 485 Episoden iden OGNPOO37 aL RECEIPT SHORTAGE Doc No Q52192 H95 5555 0097 109 0010 WS 92 AJU d 9 07 NUOJ d GAVI ETNI LIJANIOO Not NAISNOO MAL IN NIMS Figure
253. efer to NAVSUP P 485 NOTE On ships without Supply Corps officers the commanding officer is authorized to make local purchases under the same circumstances as a Supply Corps officer REQUISITIONING A requisition is an order from an activity requesting material or services from another The most common method of requisitioning is by printed forms designed to provide the information needed for the physical transfer of the material and accounting requirements TYPES OF REQUISITIONS Most requisitions will be for not in excess material but there will be occasions when in excess material is required Not In Excess Requisitions Requisitions for the following are considered not in excess Equipage on a ship s allowance list needed to bring the amount on hand and on order up to full allowance Consumable supplies listed in the Navy Stock Lists or applicable allowance lists or other consumable supplies except nonstandard items Repair parts listed in ship s allowances for which a requirement can be justified above the quantity fixed by the allowance Repairable listed in an authorized allowance to bring on board the quantity authorized Also to replace a repairable shipped to the designated repair facility Requisitions to replace repairables will be on a one for one exchange basis Requisitions for repairables that exceed a ship s allowance and requirements must be approved by the inventory manager M
254. el in storerooms should go forward or aft of the hatch opening when cargo is being lowered 5 Improper landing Cargo should be guided to a safe landing after being stopped about 1 foot above the deck 6 Loads stopped overhead If loads being hoisted must be stopped before being lowered they should be stopped over the weather deck never over open hatches or over the heads of personnel 14 21 7 Collisions Normally traffic between drafts and stowed cargo should keep to the right Personnel should be cautioned to be alert to avoid foot injuries caused by the dropping or shifting of heavy objects Care should be taken in operating forklifts tow motors etc to prevent collisions with obstructions and personnel 8 Standing in the bight of a line Personnel should be cautioned never to stand in the bight of a line or the eye of a cargo strap or sling The result might be the loss of leg s or more serious injury SLIPPING AND FALLING During loading and offloading there are several potential dangers which may cause slipping and falling Some of the most common of these are described as follows 1 Open hatches Guards should be posted near open hatches and safety lines must be rigged around such openings when stores are being loaded or offloaded 2 Temporarily covered hatches Temporarily covered hatches such as hatches covered with tarpaulins may offer a greater danger than open hatches Such coverings should not be
255. en strongbacks and hatch covers are handled on the deck above Be particularly careful when handling objects with sharp or rough edges 13 19 Learn and practice proper lifting techniques to prevent strains and sprains Never walk backward Step down from elevations do not jump Report all defects in tools materials and equipment Report all injuries however slight and get immediate first aid or medical attention Do not smoke in holds or storerooms Learn the location of fire alarm boxes and firefighting equipment Do not engage in horseplay practical jokes or arguments while working cargo CHAPTER 14 PREPARATION AND SHIPMENT OF MATERIAL Material movement as discussed in this chapter is the shipping of material from one geographical area to another It does not include local deliveries to and from supported activities A lot of material moves daily in support of naval operations This represents a substantial en route dollar value Many of the en route items affect to some degree the operational capabilities of naval activities Material movement is an essential link in the chain of supply support As a result of improper documentation and marking shipments are delayed misrouted or lost Man hours are lost tracing these delinquent shipments More important the lack of critically needed parts may reduce the operational readiness of the intended recipient You may become involved in material movement w
256. enance of stocks of common supply items required by the Navy Basic capital for the DBOF is made available from Congress The total value of the DBOF is reviewed annually by Congress and adjusted to meet current requirements Within the Navy the Commander Naval Supply Systems Command is the administrator of the DBOF DBOF CHARGES The Defense Business Operating Fund is charged with the following e Expenditures for the purchase or manufacture of stores supplies equipment and services which are to be taken up in the Navy Stock Account NSA Appropriation adjustments lodged against the fund for sale of materials from a stores account to the Navy Stock Account They are used for return with charge of material previously charged to an end use functional account Navy Stock Account losses by accounting price adjustment appraisal inventory sale and survey which are not properly charged to an appropriation Donations of surplus NSA material for public health and educational purposes including research Authorized charges for repair of NSA material in store Issues from the NSA of clothing items for health and comfort when not chargeable to another appropriation Payment of claims approved by the General Accounting Office GAO DBOF CREDIT The DefenseBusiness Operating Fund is credited with the following 9 4 Issues from the NSA charged to an appropriation or fund Cash sales from the NSA including
257. encies and Excesses To maintain effective management of controlled equipage assets some type commanders keep a computerized program designed to e Afford ready visibility of existing controlled equipage deficiencies and excesses Match the reported deficiencies of one ship with the reported excesses of another Facilitate the redistribution of reported excesses Point out deficiencies of urgently required items for which no excesses are available for redistribution Input to this program comes from required deficiency excess reports from individual ships of the type command The request for reporting procedures and from are found m the NAVSUP P 485 SELECTED ITEM MANAGEMENT Selected item management is an inventory control procedure for Nonautomated ships that focuses management attention on the small percentage of items that experience the majority of demands Inventory management of repair parts and consumables designated as SIM items requires e Close and continuing attention Quarterly stock status review e Semiannual inventory e Verification or update of management data in Stock records upon each receipt of a new ML N Stock replenishment based on demand using high and low limits Collective storage in centrally located Storerooms except for items which because of their physical characteristics cannot be properly stored in such locations Separate file of stock records Inventory management
258. ended from the stock record cards No further accountability is required other than for the using department to make sure that it is properly used The use of pre expended bin material permits more realistic reporting For example a Machinist s Mate is repairing a pump and must replace a 5 16 18 hex nut The unit of issue for the 5 16 18 hex nut is HD hundred Only one nut is used on the pump Without pre expended material a request for 1 HD nuts must be submitted with the total material and cost usage being charged to the pump Using pre expended bin material works equally well in reducing the volume of issue documents If the ETs use a particular tube in several equipments they might have an almost daily requirement for this tube in maintaining those equipments If each requirement is submitted on a separate requests an excessive amount of paperwork results This can be prevented by 12 5 submitting one pre expended bin material request for a quantity of these tubes and maintaining a small stock in their shop The responsibility for replenishing pre expended bins is determined by the maintenance level of the ship e Intermediate level tenders repair ships the SSC is responsible for reviewing and replenishing pre expended bins in the various using shops Organization level other ships the using department or shop is responsible for maintaining adequate stocks for their own use Designating an item as pre expended mat
259. eness of supply support and make more efficient use of the OPTAR ACCESS and SEAS use the issue documents that support the MDS plus the issue documents for consumables The Selected Item Management SIM Item Identification Listing provides SIM consumption data and machine calculated stocking limits The supply officer and stock records Storekeeper can use the SIM listing to make the quarterly review of SIM items and also use the information shown on the listing to determine stock replenishment requirements Copies of the issue documents that are not in stock or not carried are used to prepare a report on the ship s supply effectiveness and COSAL support Pre Expended Bin Material Commonly used low cost repair parts and repair related consumable items may be pre expended and a small stock maintained within a department for general use The criteria for determining the type and quantity of material to be Pre expended are given in NAVSUP P 485 The supply officer and the department head using the items mutually agree on the specific items to be pre expended Materials that might be pre expended include nuts and bolts solder gasket material fuses and vacuum tubes Pre expended bin material should not be confused with material in custody of other departments The latter is carried on stock record cards by supply and issue documents must be prepared each time an item is used Pre expended bin material has already been issued and exp
260. ent When received it directly turned over to the requesting department 5 3 Stock replenishment requirements normally are identified by the stock records Storekeeper when posting issues to the stock record cards NOTE On ships without Supply Corps Officers heads of departments are responsible to determine their requirements for general stems and requesting that the supply office prepare a DTO requisition Each time a repair part is used a request should be submitted to the supply office so that a replacement can be requisitioned Many of the factors discussed above must be considered by heads of departments in determining their requirements SOURCE OF SUPPLY The material required to support your ship is normally procured through the supply system Emergency procurement may be by transfer from another ship or by purchase on the open market Operation orders and instructions specify the sources of supply WITHIN THE UNITED STATES When your ship is home ported in the United States support normally is obtained from the nearest supply supped activity or fleet industrial supply center They either furnish the material or pass the requisition to the appropriate activity for action The supply department of a naval shipyard or other ashore activity may issue maintenance items to ships while at that activity Requisitions for major stock replenishment should be submitted to the established supply support activity Fleet commands
261. entory of material in that storeroom PREPARATION FOR INVENTORY Before inventory all receipt and expenditure documents concerning the material to be inventoried must be collected and posted to the stock record cards Last SOAP ILD completed April 1983 Next SOAP ILD tentatively scheduled April 1986 PHYSICAL INVENTORY SCHEDULE FY 1984 INVENTORY SEGMENT SIM MAT L BULKHEAD MOUNTED SPARES BULKHEAD MOUNTED SPARES CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE SIM MAT L BULKHEAD MOUNTED SPARES ELECTRON TUBES NO ITEMS 650 STOREROOM S OTHER SPACES C D ENGRM 1 amp MACHINE SHOP ENGRM 1 amp MACHINE SHOP DEPT L SPACES Cc D ENGRM 1 amp MACHINE SHOP D ACCURACY RATE INCLUSIVE DATES 10 1 10 12 83 11 1 83 2 1 84 2 15 3 15 84 4 1 4 12 84 5 1 84 6 3 84 C 0 designated items CLASSIFIED NUC WEPS MAT L HAZARDOUS MAT L NON SIM ONLY BULKHEAD MOUNTED SPARES ENGRM 1 amp MACHINE SHOP 7 2 7 6 84 7 16 84 8 1 84 R S SEARS LT SC USN Supply Officer Figure 7 1 Example of an inventory schedule The storeroom Storekeeper should inspect his spaces and rearrange stock to make sure that Loose articles are repackaged in standard bulk lots where possible All stock is labeled or otherwise clearly identified e Cartons and other containers are stowed with labels and identifying information facing out where possible Containers with broken seals are chec
262. eogent foe 3 GRATUITIES ja The Vased fatos Goverment aop by ter tormsnete the paghi of the Conteerter te goorend under thig contract d tt ia lend abor asint ang beonag by the Sorotory os hia duly eathersend eegreeratative thal potetan fin the tare at omien piis m echorereny eve siioni m quem ty the Converter e ony ages egerunt nieve of the Canivertet te any altace ompioyoe of the Uned Seaton Government oth a vite lanari secermg 6 tentrar sorerng feversivle edteent eth er 1 dilar as ten coutrart s dete Te deiade rre ow envadieg o the nib ef erent eb e att we fer saentas and 6 49 teremated the United Government sprei 1a e mmia Pid a povided Wa the cuietrens of the tarts upon heh sccesdence euth the poynent psprnsmne of duo centrert fer services siet employee a The rights end remedies of tha Unwed fesse Govemaeet ta thee clos shell ast by catieteoe sad me m addavee Le any ather egito oad somedorn paded by low a under ties contract RENEGOTIATION Toss cantieri and eng subromivart harewndes shel be sebjoet to the erom egued by tow to the Renogetigteen Act al 1991 98 V E C APP 1211 oF cog es encoded However ho mirastan of the Cometa a wa grasol truer that o contest vhaliy pucterard ext tede the Uaned Metos we pesstoteme and Puente Ware aberh ia owt m wivrt sel cho ve n9 m odh a partasening m je ventu ohose senbeox ae eM DD 1155r 1 gessuvt emoese ceo ate ttt Parr t 9 0107 0 1 400
263. epartment Residue of material cannibalized in the overhaul and repair department considered to have scrap value only Samples of petroleum products sent to a laboratory for examination and test but not returned to stole Medical material determined to be defective or out of date by the Field Branch Bureau of Medicine and Surgery and destruction of the material has been directed Discrepancies in material quantities transferred to disposal provided that the value of loss or shortage is less than 50 per line item and does not involve sensitive items Material is lost in transit due to enemy action Action by the Appointing Authority The appointing authority is usually the commanding officer designee or officer in the chain of command with jurisdiction over the individual having custodial responsibility for the property involved For detailed instructions concerning the preparation and submission of the Report of Survey refer to the NAVSUP P 485 CHAPTER 9 ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATIONS Each year the Navy must have billions of dollars to carry out its mission This money comes from the taxpayers of the United States as determined by the Congress The Navy must keep accounts to show the receipt and expenditure of public funds Also for the amount of government money materials and property on hand and the cost of all operations These accounts are broken down by projects programs and other functional subfunctional
264. er the BPA procedure Fast Payment Procedure The fast payment procedure is used only for relatively small purchases and is initiated only by activities ashore You are likely to receive material that has been ordered by this method and you need to know how it works When you submit a requisition for purchase action and the supply activity responds by placing a fast payment order with a commercial supplier you receive a copy of the purchase order and a pre addressed postcard Report of nonreceipt damage or nonconformance figure 5 18 You fill out and mail the postcard only if you receive damaged or REPORT OF NONRSCEIPT DAMAGE OR NONCONFORMANCE Important Complete and return this card to the Naval Supply Center if material is not received within 60 days after delivery date specified in order or upon receipt of damage of noncom forming supplies NSC Purchase Order No NOO228 82 V 0134 Not received Reqn No 56789 3123 5477 The supplies listed in the above purchase order were oheck one Received but rejected Letter report attached Receiving activity USS JOHN PAUL JONES D0G 32 POSTAGE AND FEES PAID NAVY DEPARTMENT DOD 316 Commanding Officer Kaval Supply Center Oakland California 94625 FRONT Figure 5 18 Example of a report of nonreceipt damage or nonconformance card 5 31 nonconforming supplies or if the material is not received within 60 days after the delivery date specif
265. er the equipments supported by them The preparation of these lists takes into account the installed equipment on board e e quantity of each item of that equipment e failure rate of parts and the e relative importance of these parts to the operation of the equipment Thus the COSAL aided by experience and advice from technical ratings enables the supply officer to stock the items that should be carried to meet the requirements for repair parts Of course the COSAL will not provide parts for every equipment breakdown To do this you would have to carry a complete set of spare equipment and machinery in the storeroom This is impossible of this TRAMAN covers a system of reporting that will greatly improve the effectiveness of the COSAL but the present COSAL is far superior to any system previously used to provide repair parts support for the equipment and machinery aboard ship The COSAL does not include e Ship s store stocks e Resale clothing e Subsistence items e Expendable ordnance e Recreational equipment 3 8 e Hydrographic charts e Medical material e Printing equipment e Bulk fuels and lubricants e Repair parts for aircraft These items are covered by separate outfitting and load lists Flagship allowances are included in HME COSAL As you study this chapter keep in mind that you will use the COSAL for two main reasons 1 To identify repair parts and 2 To determine storeroom allowances
266. erating budget must be recorded on official records It is necessary for the Storekeeper to maintain shipboard records that show the value of chargeable requisitions incurred and to report them to the DFAS Additionally budget submission requirements provide for reporting obligations by material categories and fund codes have been assigned to these categories DEFENSE FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING SYSTEM The Defense Finance and Accounting System DFAS performs the official accounting and reporting for operating budgets granted for operation and maintenance of ships and ship commands Also for administrative expenses of staff and headquarters commands Atlantic Fleet ships and commands report obligation data to DFAS Norfolk and Pacific Fleet ships and commands report to DFAS San Diego Each DFAS maintains records of each ship s obligations As requisitioned material is supplied and vouchers paid they match them with the expenditure documents received from supply activities and disbursing offices The listings resulting from this matching process is reported to the ship monthly This enables the OPTAR recordskeeper to make corrections to the appropriate records and report any errors to the DFAS OPTAR ACCOUNTING As has been previously stated the commanding officer is responsible for the effective and economical use of OPTAR funds and for making sure the obligational authority is not exceeded The supply officer is responsible for mainta
267. ered 0 SEND REQUISITION i FROM NS244 NSC SAN DIEGO rea an ter Irc rar LA rer TTA TUR erone ren we ms E DERT PVT PET aed OY ETATE ER N e 1 I Etten fais R62192 USS JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 Ere ce t x i i j Manual Terran ie See a i Ee UE ee Le be 1 1 eee rr P COUP COBAL SUPPTO NAVSUP FORM 1250 1 SINGLE LINE ITEM CONSUMPTION REQUISITION DOCUMENT fAAAMILTAI Y RENE AT Figure 5 L Example of MIISTRIP requisition documents DATA ENTRIES Data entries in the DD Form 1348 and the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 must be made in accordance with the instructions found in the NAVSUP P 485 DISTRIBUTION OF DD FORM 1348 AND NAVSUP FORM 1250 1 When prepared as a requisition the DD Form 1348 and the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 must be distributed as required by NAVSUP P 485 PREPARATION OF THE DD FORM 1348 6 The DD Form 1348 6 is used to requisition material which cannot be identified by a national stock number NSN a NATO stock number or an NICN other than a permanent IL coded NICN The form consists of two sections The upper section includes essentially the same data elements as those in a D DD Form 1348 The lower section includes 10 data blocks for additional identification data The general rules used in preparation of a DD Form 1348 also apply to the preparation of a DD Form 1348 6 Since the supply some must process a DD Form 1348 6 off line which usually delays
268. erence PN XREF e Specification Number Reference SPEC XREF NOTE The HMIS mentioned above is in microfiche format and consists of two versions The DOD 6050 5L contains nonproprietary information and DOD 6050 5LR contains both nonproprietary and proprietary information The HMIS is also produced in Compact Disk format AFLOAT SHOPPING GUIDE ASG The Afloat Shopping Guide NAVSUP P 4400 is designed to assist you in identifying NSN items most frequently requested by ships It includes a detailed description of each item a specific code to designate items carried by combat logistics forces CLF ships the stock numbers of substitute items if any and the specifications for illustrations or diagrams of many types of material Refer td figure 4 9 for a sample page from the ASG IDENTIFICATION LISTS ILs ILs provide descriptive and illustrative data used to identify or select items of supply Data is provided only for active descriptive type items of supply which have at least one recoded user ILs are consolidated publications used by all services Some NSNs identified in the ILs are not listed in the ML N ILs are published by Federal Supply Class Federal supply 4 13 Group Each contains an introduction and specific instructions for its use Stock numbers for each IL are assigned by the Navy Publications and Forms Directorate Philadelphia PA and are included in the NAVSUP P 2002 Each IL cons
269. erial NIIN National Item Identification Number A nine digit number assigned to a specific item of material for purposes of identification NIS Not In Stock Material that is normally stocked in the storeroom but the supply of which is temporarily exhausted Al 6 NONALLOWANCE ITEMS Items that do not appear in authorized allowance documents or that appear without an allowed quantity NONAUTOMATED SHIPS Ships that do not have EDC equipment for processing supply and accounting documents and records Ships having only keypunch facilities are considered to be nonautomated NON MILSTRIP SUPPLY DEMANDS In the absence of a MILSTRIP requisition a TCN is constructed using the originator s unit identification code UIC the date Alpha Code and serial number s NON SIM ITEM An item that does not have sufficient demand frequency to qualify as a SIM item NOT CARRIED NC ITEMS Synonymous with the term nonstocked material Items that are not stocked i e items for which the supply department does not maintain stock records showing current on hand stock balances NOT IN STOCK NIS ITEMS Carried items that are on board when a demand occurs NSA Navy Stock Account Inventory of stores purchased from the Navy Stock Fund that have not yet been expended to end use NSF Navy Stock Fund A revolving fund which finances the purchase or manufacture of 11 stores supplies and services that are to be taken up
270. erial does not remove the item from supply storerooms Supply must still maintain sufficient Stock in their storeroom to meet demands Issue documents for pre expended material are prepared in the same manner as they are for other issues Submitting MDS Documents After issue documents have been processed by the Stock records Storekeeper the green copies of either NAVSUP Form 1250 1 or DD Form 1348 are sent to the maintenance office for verification of MDS data This should be done on a regular schedule and a checklist kept to show the number of documents sent to and returned by the maintenance office to prevent loss of copies After they have been reviewed and returned they are sent to the TYCOM data processing facility CHAPTER 13 MATERIALS HANDLING EQUIPMENT To keep the Navy supplied with the huge volume of material it needs many types of handling equipment have been designed to haul unload stow and issue this material It is important for you to remember that whether the job is handling or stowing material a piece of equipment is usually available for the job Any piece of materials handling equipment is only as efficient as the person operating it If the equipment is not used for the job for which it was built efficiency is lost Throughout your Navy career you may be required to operate or supervise an operation using materials handling equipment Therefore you should be familiar with the types of materials handling
271. erial will be retie by use of NAVSUP Form 1250 1 prepared as specified in the NAVSUP P 485 RSQ GATE 6 9 at T ea a MEZ a TU a 6196 0414 i n 2 DEPT NO s URGY s LOCAnNON P I Sut C ON G Reo ble ene OM 13 799 aem IT TNR ET T L1 EY ee eae WT DET e A on fiu us29 99 596 2921 i pu vaneal 9 39 eee ND TT T LOT Tee Fires mia amr ren me oem M py pem p e es Lg m os e POSTING ISSUES TO STOCK RECORDS Issue transactions will be posted in ink to stock records daily Issues of selected item management SIM items will be posted first Issues will not be posted to the stock records before the actual issue of material The material issue date and the department number or the work center code if a department number is not assigned data block 7 and data block 2 or 14 of the issue request will be posted to the Date amp Ser WCC column of the stock record The quantity data block 25 of the issue request will be posted to the Issue column and the quantity in the On hand column will be reduced to reflect the new stock record balance For an example sed figure 8 3 NON SIM INVENTORY VALIDATION OR AT ISSUE DURING AN ISSUE If the item issued is a non SIM item the inventory figure in data block 11 of the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will be compared with the on hand balance indicated in the stock record after the issue has
272. erooms If the supplementary address block of the requisition shows storeroom locations case lots or other unit pack materials may be taken to the storeroom This happens after the receiving Storekeeper pulls one copy of the receipt document and verifies the material and quantity Receipt of the invoiced quantity is shown by circling the quantity on the receipt document If the correct quantity is not received draw a line through the invoiced quantity and enter the quantity received Repacked boxes along with any unidentified items are moved to a location below decks Here the incoming stores including parcel post are unpacked They are checked against receipt documents to verify the materials and quantity and sorted by storeroom or DTO DTO material should be turned over to the ordering department as soon as Possible Make sure you get the signature of the department representative on a copy of the receipt paper RECEIPT AND PACKAGING DISCREPANCIES The receiving activity reports shipping type item or packaging discrepancies that are the shipper s responsibility using a Report of Discrepancy ROD Standard Form 364 The purpose of the ROD is to determine the cause of such discrepancies effect corrective action and prevent recurrence When both item and packaging discrepancies are noted on the same shipment both blocks on the top of the STD Form 364 will be checked The types of discrepancies required to be reported are describe
273. erooms and its expenditure Expenditure is any act which results in a decrease in Navy assets material or funds There are three ways of expending material 1 issue 2 transfer and 3 survey Refer to the glossary for the definition for these terms Of these three issues are of primary importance to the ship When a survey is approved it becomes an expenditure document and will be assigned a serial number m the expenditure document series EXPENDITURE DOCUMENT NUMBERING SYSTEM Expenditure documents will be numbered in accordance with the Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures MILSTRIP numbering system The document number consists of the service designator code the ship s unit identification code UIC the four digit Julian date and a four digit serial number For example If the volume of expenditure documents or the location and size of physical facilities warrants the serial numbers may be divided into separate blocks of numbers for assignment to categories such as ordnance food ship s stem and clothing items and other expenditures Expenditure document numbers will not duplicate document numbers assigned to requisitions unless the requisitions are for replacement mandatory turn in repairable MTR items Through the fiscal year all serial numbers except for MTR items run consecutively within each block for each type of expenditure amp 1 EXPENDITURE RECORD LOG The expenditure record log i
274. ers one tractor can keep in operation depends upon conditions such as length of haul nature of material and weight of the load on each trailer Under normal conditions one tractor should be able to keep one set of hailers loading a second set underway and a third set unloading Tractor trailer trains may be effectively used on hauls between 400 feet and 1 mile in length A carrier type truck is normally used for hauls greater than 1 mile WAREHOUSE TRACTORS A warehouse tractor is an electric or gasoline powered vehicle designed to pull a train of warehouse trailers The gasoline powered models most used in the Navy are equipped with pneumatic tires and have rated drawbar pulls of 2 600 4 000 or 7 500 pounds Electric powered models are equipped with solid rubber tires and have rated drawbar pulls of 2 000 or 4 000 pounds Drawbar pull the force that the tractor can exert in pushing or pulling loads is merely a means of indicating tractor capability The actual capacity of the tractor is normally far in excess of the drawbar pull rating tractor with a drawbar pull of 2 600 pounds Figure 13 2 Tractor trailer train may for example have an actual towing capacity of 50 tons These are five different models of tractors that are standard for the military services WAREHOUSE TRAILERS A warehouse trailer is a load carrying platform mounted on casters or wheels Standard trailers are available in a wide variety of sizes and
275. es of 93 900 she Cresent ond pny mirean o wv Surtunfn dall poy i of hh emqglsyen angaged w partes mang wa n dt pat nt tel p Dan Yu ma wage ipah undi auan iad LU of e Por Labor Seendae s Anr of IOIO on aradr uren meum vepri Menma v name here when 6 vi LA of the Fox L ghar Sounded An Of 1916 a plot ate the cate pordud durpa odi pgh A epoken and megera of the Seven Comag Ac of 19M egrmed a I CIR Pan 4 ar uoc paet by reforma a thn aran a ARONA ME NERA PAOVINONS W CHANGES The Comrevaing Offew wey o tty maw ty a eraon wan ond eaten tutus 10 rs rman matt heage veins the prnrcal wopr of e coana i astio dance arte in sued of dupsmum et pacing and imi pine wf iier M ome anh hange Gunn 08 CUm Ot On vterque cow af qo Vin bane sqpd ter pn Farmnence uf die umia t einher hanged am chengsti by any verb order an eUeriabir adpsaeqas eB ie matr by sinea drcum f iba consan Any den by the Contearum Qr tipem undas Ph clara Su be Guerin satan W dare from che duse of voce by thr d omit iunt af shut rupti toast dd ange pro dud has tha mia tung Offa d he aor tins thas shut Fac pouty cb stare mg ce i ond mt upon One meh clem d meneg prime te Tal poscat onder the Conte art Fare vo tpar se x adi umane Vai fa a re been A arruga of eat odin hs quemaq of de ciur of thm corerari emolp Unpas Meng marng ma the charset shell atuar the C
276. escribe the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 Single Line Item Consumption Document manual as the issue request document in nonautomated ships prescribe the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 Single Line Item Consumption Requisition Document manual as the issue request document in nonautomated ships and as the normal requisitioning document of the nonautomated ships of the submarine forces and prescribe the DD Form 1348 Single Line Item Requisition System Document manual as the issue request document in automated ships other than those in the submarine forces Meeting these inventory control objectives are of major concern to all store keeping personnel The SK3 and SK2 should be aware of the above objectives and understand their importance The results of the division s SMA will depend on how well these objectives are met CHAPTER 8 MATERIAL EXPENDITURES The effectiveness of a supply department is measured primarily by its response to the requirements of other departments Within the supply department your effectiveness will be measured by your overall performance Personnel from other departments however will see only your response to their needs This response begins with material identification and ends with material expenditure This chapter discusses the types of expenditures and explains your responsibilities in the supply function TYPES OF EXPENDITURES In this chapter we are concerned with the material held in supply department stor
277. ext Editors The number of work stations and printers in each system depends on the power of the CPU These systems are used extensively in large Word Processing Centers As you can see there are presently many different types of machines with varied capabilities available Therefore the functions of the organization to be served must be analyzed to determine what type WPE most accurately meets the requirements of a particular office division department or command For more information about word processing and word processing equipment you may want to consult OPNAVINST 5210 12 series PHOTOCOPY EQUIPMENT These machines use a dry electrical copying process e g Xerox figure 3 1 Letters drawings and forms may be reproduced in minutes and with some models in seconds There are so many of these machines all differing slightly that it is impractical to describe any of them here If you have a machine of this type in your office you should also have the right operating manual Normally you will not perform maintenance on these machines However you may be assigned as a key operator of the machine in your work space This will require some maintenance knowledge What you OM MIO SES ened Figure 3 1 Photocopier will be required to know and do in the event of a malfunction will be outlined by a representative of the manufacturer CONTROL OF FAST COPY MACHINES A problem which requires the attention of every
278. f cargo can be placed in the net and transferred with a minimum of loss Some ships use cargo net slings for handling miscellaneous cargo that is placed directly into the net as shown i ROLLERS CONVEYORS AND CHUTES Conditions may be such that rollers conveyors or chutes are more effective than mobile equipment or may supplement mobile equipment when a deficiency of mobile equipment exists Rollers Hardwood rollers or pipes may be placed under heavy boxes or skids so that they maybe moved about in a storeroom or vehicle Two or more rollers are used depending on the weight of the box The end of the box toward the direction in which the box is to be moved is raised by a hoist lever or other lifting device and a roller is placed under it The box is then pushed forward as more rollers are placed in front of it As the box passes off a roller the roller is picked up and placed in front of the box Figure 13 17 Cargo net sling Conveyors A conveyor is a device for moving supplies in a fixed line of travel Two basic types of conveyors have been adopted as standard for the military departments the powerdriven belt conveyor and the gravity type roller or wheel conveyor The power driven belt conveyor consists of an endless belt mounted on a frame and driven by a pulley connected to a drive motor The belt travels over a series of rollers or a sliding bed The belt conveyor can be used to transport materials over a fixed
279. f a document number inquiry DI X90 Numbers File The Numbers NBR File is a history file which contains a record of stock number changes and cross reference data Stock number changes are automatically recorded in the NBR File at the time change notice is processed Records are contained in this file cross referencing the following 1 New NSN to old NSN and vice versa 2 Part number exceeding 15 positions to local stock number and vice versa 3 New part number to old part number and vice versa 4 NSN to description and vice versa 5 Part number to description and vice versa 6 Local stock number to description and vice versa Inquiry into the NBR File may be made by a Numbers File Inquiry DI X90 A numbers inquiry will produce a listing of the basic numbers record and all related cross reference subrecords DI 082 may be used to 11 5 obtain a complete printout of the Numbers Cress Reference Listing Financial Master File The Financial Master File FMF is a series of tables and counters that generally correspond to financial reports and records These tables are posted during update processing The reports are produced from the computer as required by stock control personnel Maintenance Data Collection File The objective of the Maintenance Data Collection System MDCS is the collection and reporting of maintenance related data into the 3 M Systems by the use of a TDA91 tape Equipment maintenance
280. f the differences by the DAO on the SFOEDL FILLED ORDER EXPENDITURE DIFFERENCES Introduction to the Summary Filled Order Expenditure Listing From October through March shipboard OPTAR holders receive two Summary Filled Order Expenditure Listings one for the current fiscal year s OPTAR and one for the last fiscal years OPTAR However for the April through September report months only one Summary Filled Order Expenditure Listing will be received for the current fiscal years OPTAR The Expense Limitation and Operating Budget numbers identify the OPTAR grantor Interpretation of these numbers can be found in the NAVSO P 3013 In the OPTAR grantor is OB 57017 COMNAVSURFPAC The OPTAR holder number is simply the ship s unit identification code In figure the OPTAR holder is USS Duarte a Pacific Fleet destroyer Refer to NAVSO P 3073 for the description of each column Posting difference totals to the OPTAR Log When an SFOEDL is received the OPTAR recordskeeper first posts the net difference totals shown at the end of the listing to the OPTAR Log These amounts must be posted to the OPTAR Log exactly as they are carried on the listing no shipboard adjustment of these figures is allowed Note that the difference amounts in figure 10 31 dre set apart according to these Difference columns in the OPTAR Log Also note that one of the difference amounts is annotated CR this means that this amount is to increase the
281. f the annual scheduled inventory program It is used only on authorized ships automated special accounting class 207 A random sampling inventory is a measure of the stock record accuracy for a segment of material based on the physical count of a specified number of randomly selected items within the segment Guidelines for conducting a physical inventory by the random sampling method are outlined in the NAVSUP P 485 PHYSICAL INVENTORY SCHEDULES Inventory schedules outline in chronological sequence the segments of material planned for physical inventory during a fiscal year The inventory schedule is prepared by the supply officer prior to the commencement of each fiscal year For stock material in department custody the inventory schedule reflects the time frames jointly determined by the supply officer and the respective department head An example of an inventory schedule is shown in figure 7 1 Refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for scheduled inventory requirements INVENTORY PERSONNEL The supply officer is responsible for an accurate physical inventory of stock material and controlled equipage in supply department custody The supply officer also provides advisory assistance for inventories of material in the custody of other departments Qualified personnel used for inventorying material in the supply department are assigned by supply department memorandum The Storekeeper in charge of each storeroom is usually responsible for the inv
282. fety precautions and make sure that all personnel working under your supervision observe safety precautions at all times The hoisting and handling of heavy stores the handling of powerdriven equipment and the storing of acids and material subject to for and explosion are all dangerous tasks Proper safety precautions must be rigidly observed to prevent accidents Always remember Accidents do not just happen they are caused Among the more common types of accidents encountered in the handling of stores are personnel being hit or thrown or slipping and falling These are discussed in the following paragraphs BEING HIT OR THROWN Personnel may be hit or thrown due to any of the following 1 Defective equipment Worn or defective equipment should be reported immediately upon detection Temporary repairs to items such as chains and slings must not be made with wire 2 Thrown or tipped objects Personnel must not be allowed to throw objects such as blocks crowbars and chain slings from the hangar deck down into storerooms Personnel working aloft should be cautioned not to drop tools or objects to the deck below 3 Improperly assembled drafts Cargo nets should never be loaded in such a manner that items are likely to fall out or be crushed during hoisting 4 Not standing clear The words stand clear should be passed when cargo or hoisting gear is being lowered into a hatch or from the hangar deck to the pier Personn
283. fficer War reserve stockpile nuclear weapons and major assemblies obtained through operational channels will be the responsibility of the ship s weapons officer Navigational or intelligence charts maps and related publications will be the responsibility of the ship s navigator Marine Corps material is the responsibility of the officer in charge of the detachment SERVICE FUNCTIONS Service functions include the operation of the following facilities e The enlisted dining facility including the preparation and service of food e The ship s store and related activities where facilities are provided aboard may include retail clothing store soda fountain vending machines laundry drycleaning plant barbershop tailorshop photographic shop Disbursing government funds when a Supply Corps officer has been specifically y ordered to this duty a Wardroom mess b EAM ADP The supply department could well be called the service department Most supply functions are accomplished by finishing materials for the ship and services to members of the crew These services should always be provided promptly and courteously SUPPLY DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATION Organization is the orderly arrangement of personnel by functions Sound supply department organization is necessary to carry out the objectives of the department and will vary in accordance with the mission physical characteristics and complement of the unit The Dep
284. file maintenance 5 18 Requisitioning information special 5 15 Requisition Operating Target Log 10 2 Requisition OPTAR Log adjustments 10 7 Requisition OPTAR Log posting 10 4 Requisitions types of 5 4 Revolving funds 9 3 Rollers conveyors and chutes 13 8 Routing and handling official correspondence 3 11 S safety 14 21 safety precautions 13 14 Security of material 6 7 Security procedures 6 13 Selected item management SIM 7 9 SERVMART receipts 6 3 SERVMARTS procurement fro Shelf life material 6 13 Shipboard Nontechnical ADP Program SNAP II 11 8 Shipment and preparation of material 14 1 Shipment method 14 15 Shipment of personal effects 14 22 Shipment packing 14 15 Shipment tracing 14 15 INDE X 4 Shipping forms 14 1 Ship s material and cost transfers 10 37 Source codes 12 4 Sources of information 1 3 Space layout factors 6 9 Special material inventory _7 2 Specific commodity inventory 7 2 Spot inventory 7 2 Standard Organizations and Regulations of the U S Navy 3 4 Standard subject identification numbers 3 13 Stock lists and catalogd 3 8 Stock material posting receipts 7 11 Stock measurement 4 6 Stock record update 11 8 Storeroom characteristics 6 9 Storeroom maintenance 6 13 Storerooms types of 6 9 Stowage 6 8 Stowage aids 6 9 Straddle truck 134 SUDAPS 114 Summaries preparation of 10 39 Supply departme
285. formation 9 Use nonresident career courses whenever you can The courses are based on TRAMANSs or on other appropriate texts As mentioned before completion of a TRAMAN can be accomplished by passing a nonresident career course based on the training manual Taking a course helps you to master the information given in the TRAMAN and also helps you see how much you have learned SOURCES OF INFORMATION Besides training manuals the Advancement handbook for SK lists official publications on which you may be examined You should not only study the sections required but should also become as familiar as possible with all publications you use TRAMANs cover the subjects that may appear on the advancement examination However the examination may cover the subjects in more depth or breadth so you also need to study the other publications listed for Storekeepers One of the most useful things you can learn about a subject is how to find out more about it No single publication can give you all the information you need to perform the duties of your rating You should learn where to look for up to Date authoritative information on the subjects related to the naval requirements for need for advancement and for everyday work is advancement and the occupational standards of your contained in them Some are subject to change or rating revision from time to time some at regular intervals of this TRAMAN discuss most of the others as the need ar
286. g Offes s darian amp This Cregeen vias dar te grortede Pesani enan of ee quewnens conmurtion veh dere provided far m iod chert pordi that nmang Tot raare fas be consveed e mehing Rani Gv dorm of np DOEA IBAD capregeteires ar haup on parera of tee amp FORDON SUPPLIES The mwar a udan 19 the Boy Amas an i UIC Im engivmsmed ty Eenputre Coder 1016 of Dermis 17 194 and ony eur vupi eh appraprqado arts n the grerereman of farmgn enpplm P ODUMCT LABOR a camo van wet du pr ermante of cert anda thm semet the Caverns Ce iem tt egip AY perum JEA lo usse di capa RoE eve na puro uda ty Pudi Loe Bb UPS Reporte 99 IR CAL UAI Zar ted E entres Onder 19791 Dacemhiee 99 190 E G6PICALS NOT TO BENE ITE o sumbe of or ragsie is Cangi os vivallem comumectn tha ts edmaned te amy there qo pon of tho ameet qm 90 se tarh then may act thevetogen but thn geevasta hall eu iu sanateusd x9 ewer t ho comete ld anie oat TRE cure ber co greet PaE ODVEMANT ABANIET CONTIMOENT FCES Tha Cannas arean thet no germ oF hag agat hax been emglaved qr cdunned ho ist 6 Ot EK Ure He mt when MA AE PA menfa Kr commune pertemage aterat 0 contengres fet s ping Dona fin amgipyom oF tune Adr uobis cumsan qe mieg agrm ut mamtesed be thy Cung be the purum Oi mwg hevern Hay tocar x ondean of cho cur any cha Cre ranae shell t the rugis em ael Mn commen wohewh heite er m x daan e Ania fem St canat gut On oanade sm OT hare
287. ge Storage functions include the receipt storage inventory and issue of material the maintenance of related files as required and the cleanliness and upkeep of assigned storage spaces e Foodservice S 2 Division General The foodservice component operates all phases of the enlisted dining facility and makes authorized issues sales and transfers of food hems Records and Returns Records and returns functions include determining of requirements preparing requisitions processing receipt and SUPPLY OFFICER DEPARTMEN ood _ TRAINING COORDINATOR AND RECORDS wasn n M DISBURSING AVIATION DATA MESS STORES PROCESSING OFFICE ADMIN RECORDS AND RECORDS ANO FOOD STOCK TAPE ISTRATIO RETURNS RETURNS PREPARATION RECOADS LIBRARIAN Emme eme qmm E ALLOWANC AND RETURNS VOUCHERS FOOD SERVICE OPERATORS STOCKAND GUS PREPARATION FINANCIAL DROO meum ERE qus 2 p ERES ALLOWANCE MASTER AT usTS ARMS some FOOD SERVICE PROCUREMENT EN NOTE DATA PROCESSING FUNCTIONS MAY BE INCLUDED UNDER S 1 STORES DIVISION AT THE DISCRETION OF SUPPLY OFFICER Figure 2 1 Organization of a supply department of a large fleet unit 24 SUPPLY DEPARTMENT OFFICE ADMINISTRATION OPTAR RECOROS ANO REPORTS D RECORDS o USTOD lt REPAIR PARTS ENLISTED DINING FACILITY TRAINING RECORDS AND RETURNS i t SHIP S STORE RECORDS PREPARATION AND SERVICE MASTER AT ARMS FOOD
288. h is a subdivision of a set or system It is not capable of performing a complete operational function e g antenna group indicator group EQUIPAGE items which require management control afloat because of one or more of the following factors e High unit cost e Vulnerability to pilferage Essential to the ship s mission Equipage does not include installed mechanical electrical ordnance or electronic equipments components or systems Equipage items are usually identifiable to an end use application aboard a ship Allowed quantities of the item are determined on an individual ship basis Chargeable items of equipage are identified in procurement receipt and consumption documents by the letter E in the second position of the applicable fund code See NAVSO P 3013 Controlled Equipage to those items of equipage that require special management control because the material is 1 essential for the protection of life or 2 relatively valuable and easily convertible to personal use Controlled equipage e g life preservers gas masks binoculars and firearms is usually carried on board in allowance quantities only and require special inventory control in accordance with NAVSUP P 485 Equipment and Equipage Replacements Funded by a Type Commander as Controlled Equipage durable high priced and essential items of equipment and equipage not designated as controlled equipage These are normally replace
289. he Navy uses the groups 01 through 09 for forms and publications which are not included in the Federal Catalog System NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER The national stock number NSN for an item of supply consists of a four digit FSC group and class and GROUP 353 5305 Screws Hardware 5306 Bolts and 307 Studs abrasives 310 Nuts and washers 5320 Rivets GROUP 48 4810 Valve solenoid Valves 4820 Valve angle GROUP 40 4010 Wire rope steel Rope 4020 Rope fibrous cable 4030 Hook guy E fittings Figure 4 1 Classes of material within stock groups a nine digit national item identification number NIIN The NIIN consists of a two digit national edification bureau NCB code which will be discussed separately and seven digits which in conjunction with the NCB code uniquely identify each NSN item in the Federal supply distribution system Figure 4 2 shows the elements of an NSN in the order they are written Cognizance Symbol A two part cognizance symbol is used by the Navy to provide supply management information Then are 94 cognizance symbols currently in use The majority of stock transactions aboard ship use cognizance symbols 1H 9C 9G 9N 9Q and 9Z The first part is a single number that tells in what the stores account the material is carried in the supply system Briefly the numerical part of the cognizance symbol indicates the following 1 3 5 7 Material is held
290. he key locker but are passed between watch captains as they relieve each other There must be a master key different from group I which will pass all locks in group II This master key maybe retained in the custody of the supply officer or a designated petty officer If a duplicate master key is furnished it is retained in the custody of the supply officer GROUP III Ship s store and clothing spaces ncluding the bulk storerooms retail stores and all associated spaces These spaces are secured with combination padlocks The combination padlock comes with a setting in key and instructions for setting the combination The custodian of the space must 1 2 3 Set a combination in the lock Record the combination on a piece of paper Place the paper and the setting in key in an opaque letter size envelope Seal the envelope Sign his name over the flap of the envelope in the presence of the ship s store officer Turn the envelope over to the ship s store officer The custodian does not record the combination anywhere other than on the paper turned in to the ship s store officer nor does the custodian disclose the combination to any person The ship s store officer receives the sealed envelope signs his name over the flap in the presence of the custodian and retains the sealed envelope in his safe In the absence of the custodian emergency entry into the space is accomplished by the ship s store offi
291. he machine being used Most cards have either the top left or top right corner cut although any corner may be cut The card in figure 11 2 has the left comer cut This corner cut provides a visual means to identify a type of card and to make sure that all cards are facing in the same direction and are right side up It may also serve as a signal to a machine as they are being processed To make effective use of the punched card much of the information is converted to codes This is necessary since the card contains only 80 columns Only one character can be placed in each column In studying the chapter on the Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures MILSTRIP you saw how codes are used to convey a great amount of information on the DD Form 1348 By converting the requisition information to a keypunched card it can then be used to reproduce other cards for accounting stock receipt and requisition status file The supplying activity can use the punched requisition to determine stock availability prepare the invoice update stock records and perform financial accounting A punched card becomes a permanent record that may be used for many purposes and used many times For this reason they should be handled with care since a crease or rolled edge can jam a machine and delay a job while a new card is prepared 3 OF 9 BAR CODE The 3 of 9 barcode is described in MIL STD 1189 Standard Symbology for Making Unit Packs
292. he supply department of a small fleet unit i figure 2 2 The designated supply officer of a ship is responsible to the commanding officer for the proper performance of the following functions 1 Economical and efficient operation of the supply department Procurement receipt stowage when applicable issuing and accounting for equipage repair parts repairable and consumable required to support the ship Return of unserviceable repairable to the designated repair facility Operation and upkeep of equipment assigned to the supply department and the cleanliness and upkeep of assigned supply department spaces Training and supervision of personnel assigned to the supply department Certification for payment of lawful bills when designated as imprest fund cashier the supply officer will also be responsible for the disbursement of government funds and proper accounting thereof Operation and supervision of the enlisted dining facility including the procurement preparation and service of food 8 operation and supervision of the ship s store except when the ship s store officer is designated in writing to be other than the supply officer 9 Performance of such other collateral duties as are assigned by the commanding officer Your duties as a Storekeeper will be much the same regardless of the type of ship in which you serve The procedures set forth in this book apply to both ships with Supply Corps offi
293. hen a safety pallet is used e The load capacity should be prominently stenciled on a forklift truck do not overload Do not load a forklift truck while it is in motion e Tilt the mast back when transporting a load by forklift truck e Drive forward when transporting a load up a ramp and in reverse when going down a ramp The following paragraphs discuss causes of accidents some specific danger areas supervisory responsibility and provide a checklist of safety precautiom CAUSES OF ACCIDENTS Primarily accidents are caused by people Equipment may be involved but people handle the equipment Most accidents are the result of Carelessness Inexperience and or e Wrong attitude Carelessness Some locations are potential danger spots The lack of alertness may cause accidents resulting in injury or death People working on piers weather decks and in the ship s hold must be constantly on the alert for moving or falling objects As personnel become familiar with a job they may try to take shortcuts which place themselves and others in danger Fatigue is another cause of carelessness As people tire they are less alert and more likely to cause an accident Inexperience Unless personnel are indoctrinated and experienced in handling a particular piece of equipment they should not be allowed to use it except under close supervision Persons who operate cranes capstans winches windlasses and other dec
294. hen assigned to the shipping section of a supply department Also as a member of the supply department duty section you may be required to ship an urgently required item to a requisitioner You should be aware of the procedures for documenting and assembling material for shipment This chapter discusses the procedures for shipping material using the Department of Defense Transportation System MILSTAMP commercial carriers and mail Packing and marking of material for shipment and safety requirements are also discussed TERMS This chapter contains tams about the shipment of material with which you may not be familiar These terms are found in the glossary of this TRAMAN SHIPPING ACTIVITY RESPONSIBILITIES The DOD MILSTAMP prescribes the shipping activity s responsibilities and procedures for preparation documentation and clearance of shipments In general the shipping activity is responsible for the following e Planning the shipment Determinating and assigning a transportation priority in accordance with the Uniform Material Movement and Issue Priority System UMMIPS and selection of the mode of shipment Accomplishing the functions required in the offering and acceptance procedures for the movement of material Selecting the applicable Transportation Account Code TAC Preparing shipment documents Maintaining records of the shipment of material SHIPPING FORMS Shipments of material may be made using D
295. hen they become unserviceable and cannot be locally repaired REPARABLE ITEM A component or item that can be returned to an operable condition by the use of repair parts or by overhaul REQUISITIONING OBJECTIVE The maximum quantity of material to be maintained on hand and on order to sustain current operations It includes the sum of stocks represented by operating level safety level and order and shipping time equivalent to high limit RETAIL ITEMS Merchandise sold through the ship s store RETENTION LIMIT The maximum quantity of an item authorized to be retained on board load carrying ships The retention limit consists of the allowance and or load list quantity ies or the requisitioning objective for demand based items plus the economic retention quantity as authorized by CINCLANFLT or CINCPACFLT Any long supply that exceeds the retention limit is considered excess RETROGRADE Any movement to the rear Material that is being returned to rear supply or maintenance echelons away from the forward theater REVOLVING FUND A fund established to carry out a cycle of operations Such a fund is replenished by earnings or is reimbursed by collections or by charges to other appropriations for such items as commodities furnished or services rendered ROUTING IDENTIFIER A three digit code assigned to all supply support activities other ashore activities with supply departments and mechanized ships for the
296. hip An example of an intership transfer document is shown i When the request is received by other means it must contain the NSN unit of issue quantity document number fund code and project code A DD Form ce Bri mande Iris sci 3 i zh M im C 7j Yr s an MA roc mer ROUTING 1348 1 is then prepared by the transferring ship An example is shown in figure 8 10 Refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for detailed preparation and disposition instructions Posting Transfers to Stock Records Transfers of material are posted to stock record cards in the same manner as issues except that the quantity transferred is circled This is done because transfers are not considered as usage or demand since the material was not used on your ship Receipts from other ships are posted and issued exactly the same as receipts from a supply activity Summarizing Transfers Each month the value of transfers to other ships and afloat units is summarized to the supporting DFAS using the Summary of Material Receipts Expenditures NAVCOMPT Form 176 This action effects the necessary appropriation allotment and cost accounting adjustment Refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for preparation and submission procedures I ma EE K MM E r aa aT sTiernT nTinis Feri TISTA AP LOCAT dirt emer rris HIFP 4 ae i Ino er eee SpA o EXP v R521902 196 0031 Figure 8 9 Example of DD form 1348 used as an intership transfer d
297. hipyard the supply officer must submit an appropriate work request to the ship s engineer officer in accordance with the Ship s Maintenance and Material Management 3 M Manual OPNAVINST 4790 4 TYPES OF STOREROOMS You will usually have the types of storerooms main issue bulk and repair parts Main Issue Storeroom The main issue storeroom is the place the supply officer designates as the centralized distribution point for most SIM and shelf life items Generally it is the most readily accessible of all stock material stowage spaces when watertight integrity restrictions are in effect It also may serve as the ship s Supply Support Center SSC if established It may contain the stock records and those publication files and other records which the supply officer considers necessary for effective operations If it does not function as an SSC it may contain locator inventory records Bulk Storerooms Bulk storerooms for general stores are spaces used for the stowage of case lots of frequently demanded items maintained in smaller quantities in an issue storeroom or for items that are too bulky and cumbersome for stowage in an issue storeroom Storekeepers assigned to bulk storerooms are responsible to the leading storeroom Storekeeper who normally is assigned to the main issue storeroom Repair Parts Storerooms Supply department storerooms are used for the stowage of repair parts except bulkhead mounted spares an
298. hows the total charged to each fund code Regardless of the method used after the posting is completed the individual DD Form 1348m obligation cards are placed in Holding File 1 for the next transmittal to the DFAS Figure 10 4 illustrates both methods of posting REQUISITION OPTAR LOG ADJ USTMENTS Some requisitions are changed after submitting them to a supply activity Notification of these changes are often received by status cards or messages Status that indicates cancellation change of stores account or change of unit price must be posted to the Requisition OPTAR Log NAVSUP P 485 contains information on interpreting the various status codes mevoburt radit 2108 MV t Sc 080 200 004 GV GISA 224 422 NAYGBPI senm 19 d v 0 m oue renee REQUIETION OPTAR LOG INDIVIDUAL POSTING REQUISITION OPTAR LOG BATCH POSTIN Figure 10 4 Posting UNREP requisitions Cancellations Requisitions are often rejected canceled by supply activities This may occur because of a wrong NSN quantity or as a result of receiving a request from the ship Regardless of the reason when a confirmed cancellation has been received certain entries must be made in the Requisition OPTAR Log These are explained below COMPLETE CANCELLATIONS Complete cancellations occur when the total money value quantity of the confirmed canceled requisition ENTRY REQUISITION OPTAR LOG R amp OUISITION OPTAR LOG D
299. htha greases and pastes Except for drummed petroleum products which may be Stowed in racks on the weather deck in accordance with the Naval Ships Technical Manual flammable liquids and other flammable or combustible material will be stowed in the flammable liquids storeroom Radioactive Material Radioactive items listed in the MLN are identified by special material content code R or X if radioactive and magnetic Radioactive instruments electron tubes and certain other items are labeled with the conventional United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission USNRC radiation symbol This symbol must NOT be removed or obliterated The radiation levels of radioactive material depend upon the type and concentration of isotopes in each It also depends upon the unit and the number of units stowed together Any area used for stowage of radioactive material or each bin if there is no designated area will be conspicuously posted with the standard radiation symbol and the words CAUTION RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL As a minimum radioactive material will be monitored when initial or replenishment stocks of radioactive items are stowed To prevent absorption of dangerous radioactive particles through skin abrasions rubber gloves and extreme caution will be used in handling damaged broken radioactive instruments electron tubes etc Any suspected radiation hazard will be promptly reported to the radiological safety officer and a
300. ial companies by placing orders under indefinite delivery contracts for supplies and services such as e Rubber stamps e Laundry and drycleaning services Fuel and lubricating oils e Repair and cleaning of special clothing e Repair of office machines Ships and activities in the area are advised of these contracts by means of contract bulletins issued by the contracting office The Order for Supplies or Service Request for Quotation DD Form 1155 is used to obtain delivery under contract The order must include the contract number discount terms X in the Delivery square and schedule information 5 17 is an example of a DD Form 1155 prepared to obtain delivery of an item under an indefinite delivery type contract Blanket Purchase Agreements A blanket purchase agreement BPA is an arrangement with a vendor to furnish designated categories of material for a specific period of time BPAs are made by shore supply activities This method of effecting purchases in the open market provides an easy way to establish charge accounts with qualified REIMBURSE PUR MENT OBLIGATION CHASE OOCUMENT VOUCHER NO NO NO DATE DEPT Come Epoxy JONER Frae Hose NOZZLE FACIMILE SrAMES GASKETS NOMENCL ATURE SUPPLIER AMOUNT Seaes Koesuck Sav FANCISCO Xetox we San Francisco DEF Co SAM F4WCISCO Mord Ca OAKLAND Gates Mrs OAKLAND 62 70 3147 1796
301. ication and as a safety precaution many items are marked by symbols codes and serial numbers SYMBOLS In addition to the NSN symbols and color codes are used on certain metal products and compressed gas cylinders These are used primarily by technicians to quickly identify these products and by you for storage purposes In ordering and expending the NSN should be used Metal Products Marking of iron and steel ferrous and other metal nonferrous products is covered by FEDSTD 1836 which provides for continuous marking The term continuous identification marking means that the marking appears at set intervals on a piece of stock It is put on with a heavy ink similar to paint When a piece of bar stock is cut each piece should carry the proper identification The markings must give 1 the producers name or registered trademark and 2 the commercial designation of the material Marking terms for the various commercial designations are found in FED STD 1836 Some iron and steel products are not included in the continuous identification marking system outlined in FED STD 1836 Required markings for these products are included in the material specifications For example boiler tubes are not marked continuously but Navy specifications covering boiler tubes usually require that tubes of a certain size be marked at each end Smaller tubes than those covered in the specifications may be bundled and tagged NAVSUP P485
302. ice NAVMASSO The three volumes are the Inventory Management Subsystem the Logistics Management Subsystem and the financial Management Subsystem Each chapter begins with a menu that lists the relevant SUADPS RT screens Volume three also contains a Glossary an Index and Appendices with summaries of standard DOD MILSTRIP codes and SUADPS RT code NAVCOMPT PUBLICATIONS The Comptroller of the Navy NAVCOMPT issues publications pertaining to accounting financial management and military pay and allowances The publications that you will use are discussed below NAVCOMPT Manual Vol 2 Accounting Classifications contains terminology authorization availability structure and other information regarding appropriations funds and accounts Chapter 5 contains alphabetical and numerical lists of unit identification codes UIC These are used to identify all activities in the Navy This chapter may be filed in a separate binder This manual will help you determine the classification of operating and maintenance costs NAVCOMPT Manual Vol 3 Appropriation Cost and Property Accounting Fidd contains accounting procedures for field activities of the Navy NAVCOMPT Manual Vol 4 Disbursing contains information covering the responsibilities duties and accountability of disbursing officers ashore and afloat NAVSO Publication 3013 P 3013 Financial Management of Resources This publication contains accounting proce
303. id dealer s invoice or subvoucher and the original of each DD Form 1348 MVO attached is submitted to the disbursing officer The disbursing officer reimburses the imprest fund cashier for the amount of acceptable dealers invoices or subvouchers received and furnishes the cashier a paid copy of the STD Form 1129 Refunds from Vendors If a vendor refunds cash the imprest fund cashier should follow the procedures found in NAVSUP P 485 Lc THE IMPREST FUND CASHIER WILL NUMBER EACH VENOOR S RECEIPT WHETHER DEALER S BILL OR SUBVOUCHER PORTION OF STANDARD FORM 1129 AS A SUBVOUCHER INTERIM RECEIPT TO BE COMPLETED AT TIME OF ADVANCEMENT OF CASH AND RETAINED BY IMPREST FUND CASHIER THIS PORTION OF FORM WILL BE COMPLETED AT TIME OF MAKING PURCHASE RECEIPT FOR CASH SUBYOUCHER dere S Cle be wed whan invoice is net available Dars A3 Vely 21 from IMPREST FUND CASHIER USS DUARTE DO 901 MR OR CAS INTERIM RECEIPT FOR CASH 3 gt 4 2 RD toc tbe following MUST BE FILLED OUT Dars Z3 IN INK OR INDELIBLE PENCIL ved of Ig peestFund Cashier g OQ foc which I bold myself accouscable to the United veer Lemme Industrial Supply Asien BETH Business Sha San i220 Calif TO BE SIGNED BY SUP PLIER OR HIS AGENT Cm c1 0 m9 TO BE SIGNED BY PERSON TO WHOM CASH IS ADVANCED STEP 1 INTERIM RECEIPT PORTION COMPLETED AND SIGNED BY PERSON TO WHOM CASH ADVA
304. ied on the purchase order The supplier who receives a fast payment order ships the material to the designated address and at the same time sends an invoice to the paying activity The supplier certifies on his invoice that he has complied with the terms of the purchase order and agrees to 5 32 replace repair or correct supplies not received at destination damaged in transit or not conforming to purchase requirements The procedure is designed to eliminate the time and expense required for inspection and acceptance of small purchases before delivery to ships overseas activities or other distant points and to permit payment to the supplier when the material is shipped CHAPTER 6 RECEIPT CUSTODY AND STOWAGE For every procurement action except for cancellations there is a receipt action When a requisition is prepared only the first of several supply functions has been taken The material must be received identified checked and distributed to the Storerooms or ordering departments You might think of a Storekeeper s work as being a circle formed by a chain with each link representing a specific job Each link is dependent on the others just as there is a relationship between all Storekeeper jobs If the procurement documents were properly prepared the receiving procedure will be relatively simple If receipts are accomplished properly the rest of the steps are easier This chapter discusses the general shipboard
305. igations against the Navy Management Fund To find a TAC number to MILSTAMP DOD Regulation 4500 32R Volume II TRANSPORTATION CONTROL NUMBERS TCNs The basic element of the MILSTAMP system A number is assigned to each shipment unit as the shipment control from origin to destination TRANSPORTATION OFFICERS Officers that act as agents for the government in the execution of contracts of carriage between carriers and the government They initiate and receive shipments of property for which the government pays the transportation charges or in which the government has an interest TRANSFER An action that shifts custody and responsibility for material from one supply officer to another supply officer or another activity TRUST FUND A fund into which are deposited receipts that are held in trust in accordance with an agreement or legislative act and may be expended only in accordance with the terms of such trust or act UNIT IDENTIFICATION CODE A symbol assigned by the Comptroller of the Navy to ships aircraft units stations and other activities or units for purposes of identification on all accounting documents and reports UNIT LOAD Assembling of packages or items into a single load within a container van or palletized so it can be moved unbroken from the source to the user UNITIZED LOAD A single item or a number of items packaged packed or arranged in such a way that it can be handled as a single unit Un
306. ility To prevent injuries to personnel and damage to cargo and ship all safety precautions must be observed and enforced Danger is ever present during the handling of any cargo aboard ship Through minor accidents or improper handling cargo handling equipment or the cargo itself may 13 17 become potentially dangerous or unusable without showing visible evidence of damage If in doubt concerning damage to cargo or safety of equipment report it to your immediate superior or the cargo officer Inspection and maintenance of the pier or wharf are primarily the responsibility of the shore station However such defects as bad flooring should be reported In some cases temporary repairs must be made to make cargo operations safe People may try to use faulty or incorrect cargo handling equipment and injure themselves or others Many accidents are caused by pure carelessness The human factor is always present in accidents but it can be partially overcome by e Thorough training in the use of cargohandling equipment e Instruction in safety Safety precautions to observe Penalties for violations of prescribed safety measures e Alert supervision The following is a guide you may use in discharging your responsibility as a supervisor e Tell and demonstrate how to work safely Never permit personnel to stand or work under suspended slingloads e Tell and demonstrate how to grip slings and bridles e See that pe
307. illustrations above are self explanatory OPTAR recordskcepers in Pacific Fleet ships insert Commanding Officer Code AF Fleet Accounting and Disbursing Center San Diego California 92132 in the address block OPTAR recordskcepers in Atlantic Fleet ships insert Commanding Officer Code FOFA Fleet Accounting and Disbursing Center Norfolk Virginia 23511 in the addressee block Figure 10 19 Budget OPTAR Report 10 20 PART I CAP TION PART I OF PREVIOUS MONTH S BUDGET OPTAR REPORT AMOUNT E P 2 8 a 770 2 DEFICIENCY ANB CONSUMPTION DATA C t3 C RE 00 ie rmm CHARGE ABLE MATERIAL E 3 OFF ICIENT 4 000 00 Sag CUMULATIVE CHARGE ABLE MATERIAL CONSUMED 12 CONSUMABL ES AND SERVOS REPAIR PANIS CONTROLLED LQUIPAGE a EE EE TEVIMET AIA punggpesrum REPORTED ON PREVIOUS MONTH S BUDGET OPTAR REPORT PLUS VALUE OF MATERIAL CONSUMED DURING CURRENT MONTH QUIPAGE DEFICIENCY LIST EXTENDED PRICE E Chargeable Non Chargeable FUND 3 020 00 585 00 225 90 TOTAL BEING PREPARED ISSUE DOCUMENTS NAVSUP 1250 or 1250 1 AUcriciiecy and Consinetiow bata quantas Tx OnLy onty Saif Forces Fott in anc n 14 7 y CONTHOLLED KEPAI BUDGET OPTAR QUI IPAUE PARIS SERVICES REPORT ve TRAN VUILER n BE SRE WAAR RY Moog Y LOROPAN ANGEABLE MATERIAL SS a s DECTCIENT 4 585 00 l Qj CODE KE ISSUE DOCUMENTS NAVSUP 1250 or 1250 1 FUN
308. in accordance with the criteria found in the NAVSUP P 485 An activity s assigned F AD in conjunction with the UND applicable to the requirement determines the appropriate PDs to be assigned m requisition documents For detailed information on UMMIPS refer to the NAVSUP P 485 PROCUREMENT FROM SERVMARTS A SERVMART is a self service store oprated by an ashore supply activity It provides a ready supply of relatively low cost items frequently required by customers in the area A SERVMART also stocks certain medical and dental supplies that can only be obtained by authorized Medical or Dental Corps personnel Each SERVMART issues a SERVMART Shopping Guide which lists the cognizance symbol NSN noun name unit of issue unit price and storage location of each item stocked in the SERVMART The self service feature of SERVMARTSs as well as simplified requisitioning procedures enables an ashore supply activity to realize substantial cost savings and let its customers obtain material quickly without preparing and submitting a separate requisition for each item The range of material available ease of requisition and ready convertibility to personal use require that afloat supply management personnel rigorously monitor and control SERVMART shopping SERVMART PROCEDURES A SERVMART Shopping List SSL NAVSUP Form 1314 is used to list the items to be procured from a SERVMART It provides the basis for preparation of each DD Form 1348 or
309. in the Equipage for March in accordance with NAVSUP P 485 When Control Redistribution Source Document This a shipwide or departmental inventory of controlled equipage has been taken during the 6 month period before the start of the annual inventory the requirement for the current year is considered to be satisfied When a departmental inventory of controlled equipage is taken incident to the relief of a department head it is taken jointly by the relieved and relieving department heads It must be completed before the detachment of the relieved department head Preparation for Inventory Before a physical inventory of controlled equipage all unprocessed receipt and expenditure documents relating to controlled equipage must be completed and posted to applicable NAVSUP Forms 306 The originals of NAVSUP Forms 306 for items with serial numbers are reviewed to make sure the serial numbers on them Original custody records without serial numbers are marked to show that serial numbers must be determined during the upcoming inventory Custodial department heads are told to make the sane notation if needed in their duplicate custody records At least 1 month before 15 February the supply officer prepares an official notice advising all department heads of procedural details to be followed in performing their annual inventories of controlled equipage The notice is signed by the commanding officer or an officer with delegated authority Pe
310. in the NSA NSN National Stock Number FSC and nine digit NIIN Composed of the NTI Navy Travel Regulations OPERATING LEVEL The quantity of material exclusive of safety level needed to sustain operations during the time between two successive requisitions Normally it is the quantity between the requisitioning objective high limit and the reorder point low limit OPERATING SPACE ITEMS Items required in shipboard operating spaces e g shipfitter shop electrical shop laundry etc These items are not recorded in stock records and are not under control of the supply office Management of operating space items is vested in the department heads who control the operating spaces where they are located The COSAL has a consolidated list of operating space items for the guidance of department heads These items generally are equipage type items or specific equipment related consumables maintained under individual department head custody The nuclear weapons segment of the COSAL also includes general use consumables for which backup material may be stocked by the supply department when supply department stowage space is adequate OPTAR Operating Target Obligational authority which is granted by type commanders to ships and commands under his control to cite his allotment in procuring materials and services Instructions and limitations are provided by each type commander ORDER AND SHIPPING TIME The elapsed
311. ing obligations until the appropriation is exhausted or until the purpose for which the appropriation was made is accomplished An appropriation without restriction to a freed period is called a continuing appropriation or a no year appropriation Examples of continuing appropriations are Military Construction Navy and revolving funds such as the Defense Business Operating Fund Continuing appropriations become available for obligation and expenditure at the beginning of the fiscal year following the passage of the appropriation act They may become immediately available if specified in the act When the purpose of a continuing appropriation has been accomplished the balance equal to the total of unliquidated obligations less the total of reimbursements to be collected is transferred to the successor M account Any remaining unobligated balance is transferred to the surplus of the Treasury Multiple Year Appropriations Multiple year appropriations are generally made for purposes which require long lead time of planning and execution such as procurement of Aircraft and Missiles Navy and Shipbuilding and Conversion Navy Multiple year appropriations become available for obligation and expenditure at the beginning of the fiscal year designated in the appropriation act unless otherwise stated in the act They are available for 9 2 incurring obligations only during the fiscal years specified in the act However they are available for
312. ing of material Navy inventory managers participate directly in the various Department of Defense and Defense Logistics Agency interservicing and cataloging programs All materials used by the Navy are considered as items of supply and will be managed by an ICP Excluded are those items assigned to a single agency or military service inventory manager for supporting retail Stock or end use requirements of the military services Navy inventory managers other than the ICPs include systems commands project managers or offices of the Navy Department A systems command project manager or office is assigned responsibility for a basic Navy program that requires the development use and management of material Their interest in material is only in their programs and is as broad as the program itself FLEET AND INDUSTRIAL SUPPLY CENTERS Fleet and Industrial Supply Centers FISCs provide a variety of logistics support services to fleet and shore activities as well as overseas bases FISCs are echelon 3 commands and report to the Commander Naval Supply System Command In managing consumer end use material FISCs are responsible for determining inventory levels procuring receiving storing issuing shipping or delivering material to the customer Three overseas FISCs also manage and store an intermediate level of inventory and Navy wholesale inventory for Navy Inventory Control Points ICPs that directly supports the fleet Fleet units se
313. ining required records and submitting status and transactions reports to the commanding officer type commander and DFAS In discharging this responsibility the supply officer relies on the OPTAR recordskeeper to maintain the Requisition OPTAR Log NAVCOMPT Form 2155 prepare reports and informs the supply officer of any unusual transactions You as the OPTAR recordskeeper must assume a degree of responsibility for the proper use of funds This is because you will be posting all transactions to accounting records and can review them for accurate fund codes and completeness FUND CODES Fund codes are established by the Comptroller of the Navy and assigned to the various type commanders Of the fund codes assigned the type commanders designate those that may be cited by afloat units The OPTAR grant may be allocated to these fund codes Since fund codes are the primary source of accounting data it is essential that they be assigned correctly If the stock record cards have been annotated to indicate 10 2 equipage repair parts and consumables the stock records Storekeeper will be able to verify fund codes during the process of posting the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 This occurs before they are passed to you for posting to the accounting records All fund codes currently assigned are listed in NAVSO P 3013 2 REQUISITION OPERATING TARGET LOG Each ship and command must establish a Requisition OPTAR Log NAVCOMPT Form 2155 in
314. initial receiving process It is delivered from the ship s post office directly the stores receiving area Except in the case of registered or certified mail the preliminary inspection count usually does not take place Receipts from the Marine Corps and Other Government Activities Receipts of stores from other government activities will be inspected for both quantity and quality when delivered to the ship Stores will be inspected by the receiving individual to verify that they are of acceptable quality If the receiving individual is not qualified to perform a quality inspection ie a Storekeeper inspecting technical repair parts for stock the department head who will use this material will provide someone qualified to perform the inspection After the quantity and quality inspections acceptance will be indicated by the receiving individual as discussed in the paragraph titled Receipts from Naval Activities Receipts from Commercial Sources When material has been inspected and accepted by an ashore activity inspection for quality is not required afloat However a quantity inspection must be performed prior to acceptance Material received that has not been inspected and accepted ashore the receiving Storekeeper will conduct an inspection for quality and quantity Technical personnel will be used when needed A full and thorough quality inspection will be conducted All packages will be opened and the contents verified by coun
315. intenance and Material Management SySlenmis 3s E RA ha a ES AU ACRAS DG AG ACE Eales 12 1 Materials Handling Equipment il 13 1 14 Preparation and Shipment of Material 14I APPENDIX GlOSeary 7 6 amp Gi ods G S A we wih oe oe wd ell AI 1 O References Used to Develop this TRAMAN AII 1 INDEX Js Reno X x moy wow amp Aa xem we AS xod n I 1 CHAPTER 1 THE NAVY STOREKEEPER This training manual has been prepared for members of the Regular Navy and Naval Reserve in the Storekeeper rating who are peparing for advancement to Storekeeper 3rd and 2nd class The Advancement Handbook for your rating contains detailed information about the Navy Advancement System a bibliography for advancement study Personnel Advancement Requirements PARS and PARS administration procedures This manual has been organized to give you a systematic understanding of your job Study the subject matter of this manual carefully It will not only help you toward advancement but expand your knowledge of supply department operations This knowledge will enable you to become a more proficient Storekeeper and the Navy will profit from the skills of a proficient craftsman Your contribution to the Navy depends upon your willingness and ability to accept increasing responsibilities as you advance in rate When you assume the duties of an SK3 or 2 you begin to accept responsibilities for the work of others As you
316. inventory manager In addition to item descriptions and quantities letter requests will include as a minimum a MILSTRIP document number for each item an authorized priority designator or required delivery date rind applicable accounting data When a letter request is submitted for material which is chargeable to the ship s OPTAR a DD Form 1348 will be prepared as an obligation document UNIFORM MATERIAL MOVEMENT AND ISSUE PRIORITY SYSTEM UMMIPS A vital part of the Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures MILSTRIP is the requirement to assign priorities as outlined m the Uniform Material Movement and Issue Priority System UMMIPS In the movement and issue of material There must be a common basis to determine the relative importance of competing demands for resources of the logistics systems These resources are transportation warehousing requisition processing and material assets The basis for expressing the military urgency of a requirement is the priority designator PD which ranges from 01 highest to 15 lowest The PD assigned to a requisition determines the time frame within which the requirement normally will be processed by the supply system Except as prescribed in the NAVSUP P 485 the PDs to be used in Requisitioning material or services will be determined by the requisitioner s assigned force activity designator F AD and the applicable urgency of need designator UND The UND will be derived
317. ion a duplicate charge has been made for a single shipment Duplicate charge material received from UIC of the The OPTAR recordskeeper first circles the difference activity quantity QTY amount on Julian date amount of the invalid transaction To describe the error No duplicate shipment nor supply status indicating 10 31 additional shipment received To complete the Code A annotation the OPTAR recordskeeper writes the unit identification code UIC of the supplying activity the quantity received the total price of the receipt document and the Julian date of receipt aboard ship in the format of the annotation illustrated in figure 10 33 Filling the processed listing An original and one copy of the SFOEDL are sent to the ship The posting of the difference totals to the OPTAR Log and the processing of the itemized transactions on the listing must be completed within 10 days after the receipt of the listing The OPTAR recordskeeper s final entry on the listing is the notation processed and Posted which is written adjacent to the difference totals figure 10 32 The OPTAR recordskeeper should ensure that all entries on the original of the listing are accurately transcribed to the copy The copy of the listing is retained aboard ship until the OPTAR to which it applies lapses Threshold Charges Addendum The unmatched expenditure that had a valueless than threshold and were threshold charged to
318. ion on receipt documents PARTIAL RECEIPT BALANCE CANCELED The first step in processing a partial receipt balance canceled is to convert the receipt date on the DD Form 1348 1 to a Julian date and enter it in the Date Mat l Rec d block of the correspondence Requisition OPTAR Log entry Provided no action has been taken based on status information adjusting the OPTAR Log seb figure 10 8 the next step is to compare the log entry money value of the Requisition to the threshold amount The threshold is a money value set by the fleet commander primarily for use by the DAO Its purpose is explained later in this chapter For the present discussion the threshold is 100 If the Requisition OPTAR Log entry money value equals or is less than the threshold the OPTAR recordskeeper returns the DD Form 1348 1 and the attached DD Form 1348 pink copy to the requisition Storekeeper Log entries for nonchargeable requisitions should be considered as being less than the threshold 10 14 RSOUISHION OPTAR LOG 612 NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER CHARLESTON C thd aire eee apn cere eee Figure 10 12 Processing a partial receipt bdame backordered If the log entry money value exceeds the threshold the next step is to compare the total price shown on the DD Form 1348 1 with the money value of the correspondence log entry If the DD Form 1348 1 total price equals or exceeds the log entry money value
319. ions originating at the shipboard level such as issues off line requisitions changes to the Master Record File local change notices and copies of receipt documents The file is maintained by the Stock Control Division in document identifier sequence within the Julian date processed Update File The Update File consists of all locally keypunched cards plus any system generated cards which are to be processed during update An Update File is maintained by the Stock Control Division until an update is desired at which time the file is sent to the System Coordinator who requests an update from Data Processing Data Processing History File The Data Processing History file consists of all computer generated or manually keypunched documents that have been used to update files These cards are placed in this file according to the Julian date processed and will be maintained for 120 days This file can also be maintained on magnetic tape Request for Data Processing Service Files For control purposes the System Coordinator must maintain an outstanding and completed Request for Data Processing Service File The Request for Data Processing Services Form which Stock Control submits to the System Coordinator can serve as this file Bearer Suspense File The Bearer Suspense File contains the retained copies of DD Form 1848 manual requisition packages which have been prepared off line and sent to SERVMART or sent as bearer pickup requ
320. ir content and purpose the easier they are to use The references listed below are found on most ships The Naval Sea Systems Command Technical Manual is usually kept in the engineering department as it pertains primarily to engineering matters You will refer to it occasionally for technical data on e Material e Preservation of Supply Spaces e Safety Precautions in stowing safe semisafe and dangerous materials The Commercial and Government Entity CAGE provides a means of identifying manufacturers without writing out the complete name and address The Defense Logistics Agency has assigned five digit identifying numbers to all manufacturers and suppliers that contract with the government You will use this code to identify the stock items in stock lists and cross reference listings It is published on microfiche by 1 Name to code and 2 code to name Manufacturers Instruction Books are prepared for all Navy equipment They contain operating instructions maintenance and test procedures drawings and parts lists You will use the parts lists to identify repair parts Instruction books are normally retained and used by the technical ratings They will assist you in identifying the part number and nomenclature of the required part This has been a very brief look at the publications that you will use most often Most of them are covered in greater detail in later chapters You cannot become an expert on publications by reading
321. ises When using any publication publications you will use The detailed information you be sure that you have the latest edition 1 4 CHAPTER 2 SUPPLY ORGANIZATION This chapter provides basic information about the ashore supply system and the shipboard supply department You will learn how they are organized and what functions they perform As a Storekeeper you may be assigned in any of the following functional areas accounting correspondence and reports stock control ordering receiving storage or the supply support center In later chapters these various functions and the duties associated with them are discussed separately and in detail Our primary interest is in seeing how the various functions that are performed at different command levels merge so that the supply system can accomplish its missions It is important that you understand this interrelationship if you are to do your job successfully THE NAVY SUPPLY SYSTEM The Navy Supply System is a part of the larger Federal Supply System that manages millions of different items Knowing the functions of the various Navy Supply System organizations will help you understand how your job relates in managing these items Also you learn how your job links to other commands bureaus or offices in the Federal Supply System As the Navy Supply System evolved the organization for supply management has similarly evolved The organization has developed to respond to the many
322. isition document with a copy of the receipt document is placed in the material completed file MCF The cycle ends when the charge has been cleared through the Defense Finance and Accounting System DFAS at San Diego or Norfolk and reported to your ship The steps in between are largely dependent upon the volume of requisitions prepared and the procedures used in your office In this section we will only discuss the MOF and how it is used MATERIAL OUTSTANDING FILE The majority of procurement documents are DD Form 1348s The file is usually maintained in a card file The cards should be maintained in document number sequence The hardbook copy of DD Form 1348 is the material outstanding file copy The DD Form 1149 is attached to the hardbookcopy of the DD Form 1348 that was prepared as an obligation document The procedures are found in NAVSUP P 485 SUPPLY STATUS The frequency and type of status is determined by the Media and Status M amp S code assigned to the requisition The purpose of status is to keep you informed of the action s being taken by supply activities to furnish the requested material Supply status usually is received on DD Form 1348m or a General Purpose Detail Card which is punched and interpreted similarly to that shown in figure 5 11 Supply status may also be received by message on high priority requisitions It is similar in format to a message requisition It is here that the importance of the
323. isitions which are normally expected to be completed within a 24 hour period to supply activities The file is maintained in the Stock Control Division in order to monitor the return of receipt documents After receipt of the material the control copies are destroyed 11 6 Receipt Takeup Card File At the time stock requisitions are prepared by the computer during automatic reorder or when stock and direct turnover DTO requisitions are prepared off line an additional DD Form 1348m card is generated This additional card is known as a receipt takeup card As receipt takeup cards are generated they are filed in document number sequence or in a separate document number sequence for DTO and Stock As receipt documents are received Stock Control personnel match the receipt document with the receipt takeup card If no difference exists between the two documents the receipt takeup card is placed in the Update File If differences exist between the two documents the receipt takeup card must be connected to agree with the receipt document and then placed in the Update File Mandatory Turn in Repairable Control Cards To ensure the turn in of repairable items the computer creates a Mandatory Turn in Repairable Control Card whenever an issue or DTO receipt is processed against a stock record with material control code of D E G H Q or X The monitoring of mandatory turn in items and the preparation of documents to turn the items i
324. ists of a series of specially shaped and spaced forks that cradle the drums to be handled See B Normally this attachment is fabricated to handle three filled drums at one time The second type of attachment which is mounted on the regular truck forks consists of side rails from which specially designed hooks are suspended at front and rear figure 13 16 The attachment is lowered over the drums until the hooks drop into position over the drum rims This attdachment handles two filled drums at one time The third type of attachment which is vertically operated handles one filled drum at a time See figure 1346 D The fourth type of drum handling attachment operates on the principle of vacuum This attachment is not in wide use This is because of the expense involved in the installation of this attachment and the fact that once installed the use of the forklift truck is restricted to drum handling only CARGO NET SLING The cargo net sling figure 13 1 7 is made of nylon straps cargo together in a crisscross pattern to form a 12 foot square or 14 foot square net The four comers of the net have steel rings sewn in for the pickup hoist hooks or lines used to form an apex In this type of sling no bars are used as supports The idea being that the net closes about the material being lifted Cargo net slings are generally used aboard Combat Logistics Force CLF ships for underway replenishment UNREP operations support Pallets o
325. ists of at least two microfiche The first fiche contains the Catalog Identification frame e Instructions for use e Introduction Abbreviations e Item Name Index The second frame contains an NSN Index and the Identification Data consisting of Descriptive Method Items and Illustrations Each microfiche has an Index frame located in the lower right comer of the microfiche frame 01 8 This frame will show the first NSN or Item Name on each frame of the microfiche For the NSN Index frame 018 will show the first NSN on each frame and for the Descriptive Section the first Item Name Each microfiche is by identified by a title printed across the top of the microfiche that can be used without a reader Distribution of ILs to afloat units except for petroleum medical and subsistence items is restricted to load carrying ships and aircraft carriers Requests from other ship classes for ILs excluded as above must be submitted via the appropriate type commander via SPCC NAVY ITEM CONTROL NUMBER TO NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER NICN to NIIN The NICN to NIIN file is designed as a cross reference to assist in the identification of those NICNs that which have assigned NSNs This publication is distributed on microfiche only and sequenced by the last nine digits of the NICN as shown in figure 4 10 NICNs are not included in the Navy Management Data File NMDF nor in the Management List Navy ML N However a separat
326. it was for stock since the storeroom location A3456 is shown in the supplementary address block and repealed in block C You would then check the NSN on the material and the quantity received to make sure it agrees with the DD Form 1348 1 The circled quantity indicates that the shown quantity was received Material ordered from another ship is normally received with a copy of the DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 Purchased material maybe received with copies of a purchase order or dealer s invoice The receiving procedure is the same regardless of the form used All materials received should be accompanied by receipt documents However material is occasionally received without them When this happens a dummy invoice must be prepared The dummy invoice should show all available information i e supplier procurement document number description of the material NSN unit of issue and quantity received This information may be obtained from markings on the container and material With this information the supply office can probably match the material with its procurement document Also a Report of Discrepancy ROD Standard Form 364 must be submitted for material received without documentation A Material Inspection and Receiving Report DD Form 250 is a multipurpose document that provides evidence of inspection or acceptance at either the material source or its destination It is used to substantiate contract payments
327. itization may be accomplished by placing the item or items in a container or by banding them securely together UNIT PACKAGE The first tie wrap or container applied to a single item or a quantity or to a group of items of a single stock number that constitutes a complete or identifiable package USAGE DATA Past experience figures showing the rate of issue for specific items of stock VALIDATION EQUIPMENT See equipment validation Al 10 APPENDIX II REFERENCES USED TO DEVELOP THIS TRAMAN Afloat Supply Procedures NAVSUP P 485 Naval Supply Systems Command Arlington VA 1993 Accounting Classifications NAVCOMPT Manual Vol 2 Navy Department Office of the Comptroller Washington D C 1998 Appropriation Cost and Property Accounting Fidd NAVCOMPT Manual Vol 3 Navy Department Office of the Comptroller Washington D C 1994 AUTOMATED SNAP SUPPLY PROCEDURES ASSP NAVSUP P 567 Naval Supply Systems Command Arlington VA 1993 COSAL Use and Maintenance Manual SPCCINST 4441 170A Navy Department Navy Ship s Parts Control Center Mechanicsburg PA 1989 Department of the Navy Correspondence Manual SECNAVINST 5216 5C Office of the Secretary of the Navy Washington D C 1983 Department of the Navy Information and Personnd Security Program Regulation OPNAVINST 5510 1H Office of the Chief of Naval Operations Washington D C 1984 Department of the Navy Standard Subject Identificatio
328. ivity diamond contains V 5 SHOCK AND MEAT any one of these SPECIFIC HAZARD SOLET CEDAR numerals 1 2 3 If any these symbols Eoo RM or 4 appear in this diamond 0 STABLE this item should be COR ACID or ALK HANDLED WITH CARE this item should be stored and stored IN A If the Specific Hazard diamond contains one GY of the following symbols yi follow these precautions LFP in the ACID LOCKER or COOL PLACE CORROSIVE STORAGE If the symbol OXY appears area and shouid NOT be here do NOT store with If the symbol W appears here stored with items having items having the Fire Haz this item should NOT be in 3 the Health Hazard symbols ard symbol 1 2 3 or 4 the Sprinkler Storage space i 1 2 3 or 4 Figure 14 8 MIL STD Symbol 1341 ast we TRAMSPORTATION CONTROL ANO MOVEMENT DOCUMENT 1 A e9 3 9n0e er menm Cy REPLACES EOLTIOA G9 JUL Of wieiCH 18 OBSOLETE TOE COTE O9NPO135 Figure 14 9 Ocean manifest The stowage location should be indicated on the ocean manifest which is then taken to the supply office All shipping documents should be kept in the supply office for use in planning the delivery of the freight When the freight is delivered the consignee signs for it on a copy of the shipping document This copy should be retained in the supply office files as proof that the material was delivered TRACING A SHIPMENT MILSTAMP provides for tracing a shipment after supp
329. j l LL fT rae WIR tury H4 Eno ls p pl INSTRUCTION IF RETENTION OF THE ATTACHED CORRESPONDENCE IS ANTICIPATED FOR A PERIOD IN EXCESS OF 30 DAYS DETACH AND RETURN THIS ORIGINAL MAIL RECORD TO STATION MAIL ROOM Signature on original acknowleges retention of correspondence and or copy les as indicated SYMBOL A ACTION P PREPARE REPLY C COMMENT R RETAIN INFORMATION W PRIMARY COGNIZANCE MAIL CONTROL NO 3232 ACTION TAKEN Answered by ser meg Left Station For Date DTG Via Figure 3 6 Route sheet STANDARD SUBJ ECT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS For the purpose of identification and filing standard subject identification numbers classify Navy correspondence and directives under 13 major series groups These major series groups are further subdivided by use of the last three digits in the major series 3 13 The 13 major subject groups are subdivided into primary secondary and sometimes tertiary breakdowns Figure 3 8 is an example of an identifying symbol assigned to an instruction issued by the Office of the Secretary of the Navy Consecutive numbers are assigned to instructions having the same subject identification number to show Figure 3 7 Routing stamp the order of issuance For example the subject number of contract financing is 7810 An originating office would assign numbers to the first second and third instructions which it issues on contract financi
330. k equipment must first get authority from the first lieutenant A person may know how to drive a forklift but may not be fully aware of the safety precautions that should be observed while operating it Operating materials handling equipment is not the only way that inexperienced personnel may cause accidents A person working as a cargo handler for the first time may not be aware of the dangers involved A minor mistake such as an improperly loaded cargo net may result in injury to the operator or someone else Attitude Some people work around dangerous machinery or equipment explosives acids electrical equipment without mishap They take necessary safety precautions Others however working around dangerous objects or in dangerous work become overfamiliar with the dangers They have a tendency to slack off in the practice of safety The adage there are old electricians and bold 13 15 electricians but there are no old bold electricians applies equally well to cargo handling When individuals develop poor attitudes toward their work a change must be made Either in attitudes or in work assignments If previous experience indicates that a person has a tendency toward unreliability that person should not be permitted to operate materials handling equipment nor work in a position where the individual s unreliability could result in injury Of course the cause of unreliability should be determined and eliminated if possible
331. ked to make sure that a full count of material is present 7 3 and the container is prominently marked to show the actual count and the date of the count At least 1 week before the inventory the supply officer should request that an official notice be placed in the plan of the day identifying the storeroom or stock being inventoried This notice sets the dates and restrictions that must be observed during the inventory period INVENTORY PROCEDURES Keeping m mind that inventories are performed to bring stock and stock records into agreement you can see the importance of a complete and accurate inventory To reduce inventory errors you should Work quietly and without haste e Write legibly e Make sure that the count is accurate Make sure that the right unit of issue is used when performing the count Count Documents Documents authorized for conducting inventory counts of stock material include NAVSUP Forms 1075 whether or not maintained as locator records and machine or manually prepared listings Stock Record Cards Afloat NAVSUP Forms 1114 even when maintained in storerooms are not to be used as inventory count documents Inventory count documents should contain the following information for each item Complete stock number or part number description optional Unit of issue All locations except for bulkhead to bulkhead inventory of a specific storeroom or other storage area Count P
332. kers or a safe landing area for cargo coming in Persons in the hold must stand clear of the hatch when a draft is overhead cargo being hoisted GET A FIRM FOOTING WITH KNEES BENT GRASP THE LOAD FIRMLY PICK UP THE LOAD SLOWLY AVOID BACK STRAIN IF NECESSARY ASK FOR HELP Figure 13 31 Manual lifting from or lowered into the hold The hold crew should take cover either fore or aft of the square of the hatch When a draft is lowered into a hold it should be stopped approximately 1 foot above its intended landing spot After the draft has been stopped the hold crew should then come from under the deck and guide the draft to the desired landing area Slings or bridles are easily removed from drafts by four crewmen working in pairs The slings or bridles should be steadied before being hoisted out of the hold If they are permitted to swing widely during hoisting they may become entangled in hull fittings or cargo and cause damage to the equipment or cargo or injury to personnel You can safely handle small cases on a horizontal conveyor described earlier For some cargo you may even substitute finished lumber or waxed dunnage for conveyors If waking space permits pallet trucks pallet jacks handtrucks or dollies may be used to move cargo to the storage location SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITY If you are in charge of a working party or cargo handling crew their safety and proper cargo handling are your responsib
333. l Sane Se RES mi mmm Hi fc y 2 PERSONAL EFFECTS PROPERTY OF SN LARRY BROWN JOHNSON 960 49 7301 USNR NOTE CONTAINER P 1 EA 5 1 EA PARGB RECEIVED BY 0 01 NN NOTED Ec qu est QUANTITIES ere A a i T DD 2 1149 wn 1 82 53 54 65 86 57 56 S0 60 Bt E243 6M GS 6067 6800 7071 72737475 76 77 78 79 80 amp O amp 3 M4 86 86 87 88 00 90 91 amp G3 OF Q6 28 07 f QU 100 REPLACES EDITION OF 1 MAY 58 WHICH MAY BE USED S N 0102 011 1801 ORIGINAL OONFO146 Figure 14 20 Example of a DD Form 1149 APPENDIX I GLOSSARY ACCOUNTABILITY The obligation imposed on anyone authorized to have custody or possession of public property to produce the property or evidence of authorized disposition when directed ACCOUNTABLE ACTIVITY Activities that receive and issue materials in and out of a stores account NSA or APA maintain required records and submit returns that reflect current inventory status ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER An officer charged by law regulation or lawful order with the responsibility for public funds or property In Milling this responsibility he she must maintain accurate records ensure that the funds or property are properly used and submit periodic returns that reflect current inventory status ACCOUNTING PERIOD A definite period of time fixed by law or administrative action for assembling recording or reporting accounting data AEL Allowance Equipage List Contains the onboard allowan
334. l year Each log should have room for transmittals prepared after the funds have expired message Budget OPTAR Report which is sent to the DFAS The Budget OPTAR Report is retained on board to confirm that the message Budget OPTAR Report was sent to the DFAS However under two conditions the Budget OPTAR Report must be submitted to the DAO and a message 10 19 Budget OPTAR Report will NOT be sent These two conditions are 1 If the ship is operating under a condition MINIMIZE preventing the transmission of such messages or 2 If the ship is in the immediate vicinity of the DAO If either of these two conditions exists the Budget OPTAR Report should be submitted not later than the first workday of the month following the month to be reported If neither of the two above conditions exists then the Budget OPTAR Report should be used to prepare and support the message Budget OPTAR Report which must be transmitted no later than the second calendar day of the month following the month to be BUDGET OPTAR REPORT RAYCOMPT FORM 2157 Rev l S N 0104 709 0003 2 NOTE 2 REPORTING ACTIVE TY USS DUARTE DD 901 9 T0 COMMANDING OFFICER CODE AP FLEET ACCOUNTING AND DISBURSING CENTER SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA 92132 4 hereby certify that docyee 1 he date q BUDGET OPTAR REPORT WAYCOMPT FORM 2157 Rev 1 72 S N 0104 705 0003 REPORTING ACTIVITY USS NEVERSAIL AD 46 0 C
335. lays what stock number should be in the bin its condition code shelf life etc The warehouseman validates this information makes corrections on the scanner s keyboard and inputs any stock number in the location which is not shown on the scanner These scanners have up to 60 000 character memories so the warehouseman can survey a number of locations When the warehouseman is done the scanner s information is converted into a tape which updates the MSIR Physical Inventory To conduct a physical inventory portable scanners are used in a way similar to a location survey The locations and items to be inventoried are loaded into the scanner the items inventoried and the scanner s data passed to the main computer As more and more incoming material is bar coded the warehouseman will be able to scan the bar code label with the stock number on the item s box rather than write it down or key it into a scanner Material Receiving Scanning light pens attached to a video terminal will be used to obtain the stock number and contract number off the incoming outer container With these two pieces of data the computer system will retrieve other pertinent information about a receipt from the Due In File The receiving personnel can input quantity received and be told where this item should be stored The capability to print a barcode label for those items received without labels will also be available AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING One of th
336. le Space The amount of storage space available for an item is an obvious limiting factor You cannot stow 100 cubic feet of material in a 50 cubic foot space For this reason bulky items may have to be carried in a quantity less than the desired level and reordered more frequently Highly perishable items may also be stocked at a lower level to keep deterioration to a minimum On the other hand items of low cost and low 5 2 bulk may be carried at a higher level to reduce the time spent in ordering and stowing Ship s Experience The most accurate guide in determining your ship s requirements is the experience shown in its stock records This tells you a usage factor that can be projected to future usage by either of the following methods or by a combination of the two To compute 3 months endurance Fast moving items multiply past month s usage by three Slow moving items divide past 6 months usage by two Usage information is also found in the Frequency and Demand Listing received as a result of the supply overhaul Integrated Logistics Overhaul ILO It is only when there is no usage that the additional aids discussed below must be died on to determine the requirements for an item Allowance Lists Allowance Lists Initial Outfitting Lists and Usage Data Tables are prepared to help supply officers determine stock requirements They are usually provided for new or recommissioned ships Since these ships have no prio
337. led equipage custody records are prepared in an original and one copy for each item of controlled equipage in the custody of each department head The original of each custody record as well as each duplicate for controlled equipage in the custody of the supply department is retained by the supply officer All other duplicate custody records are given to the cognizant department head An example of a NAVSUP Form 306 is shown in Guidelines for preparing the NAVSUP Form 306 are found in NAVSUP P 485 Posting Receipts and expenditures should be entered promptly Each entry must show the date of the transaction receipt or expenditure document number activity received from or expended to the quantity received or expended and the balance When signature is required each new balance must be attested by the signature of the responsible head of department Figure 7 4 hows sample requisition receipt and issue documents for centrolled equipage Inventory All controlled equipage items must be inventoried once a year during the period starting 15 SHIP ACTIVITY DEPT CARD NO 254 00 03659 5 and 7x50 power 7H 6650 00 254 8969 NOUM NAME ALLOWANCE Binoculars 8 ALLOWANCE LIST NO AD LDESCNPTION 2 240034001 Prismatic w filter case strap SERIAL NO 39764 eru 45999 36545 40101 30972 7408 60311 i 140 3176 0 8 REON MO ap m 0 8 REQN NO QTY 0 8EQN NO OE FOTE El E ot xX ves _ no S
338. ligated balance is retained and disbursements made to liquidate the obligations Lapsed appropriation 1 October 1997 No further disbursements may be made The balance of outstanding unliquidated obligations remaining is transferred to a successor account which is available indefinately for payment of obligations still outstanding APPROPRIATION SYMBOLS The Navy uses symbols to identify charges and credits made against each appropriation Since you use these symbols often it is important that you understand how they are constructed The elements that make up appropriation symbol are shown in figure 9 1 and explained in the text that follows All appropriations assigned to the Navy are identified by 17 which is shown as the first two digits of the appropriation symbol The third digit identifies the fiscal year limitation of the appropriation In the example 5 designates Fiscal Year 1995 Continuing appropriations which have no fiscal year limitation are identified by an X A multiple year appropriation is indicated by the first and last fiscal year that it is available for obligation i e 5 6 indicates Fiscal Years 1995 and 1996 The purpose of the appropriation is shown by the next four digits The numerals 1804 shown above identify the appropriation for Operation and Maintenance Navy It is used for operation and maintenance expenses for both afloat units and shore activities In the afloat area
339. ll number of moving parts and the fact that several person may be qualified to perform the maintenance work This is not the case for automatic engineering controls or the computers used for the control or missile guidance systems To perform properly these control systems must react immediately and accurately to changing conditions The 3 M systems endeavor to substitute preventive maintenance for corrective maintenance thus reducing equipment malfunction and downtime Proper evaluation of equipment cannot be based only on planned exercises when all possible preparations are made ahead of time The 3 M systems provide a means of continuously reporting maintenance actions equipment downtime repair parts used and the maintenance personnel required to perform the work Equipment downtime is the amount of time an equipment is inoperable due to performance of maintenance lack of repair parts to fix it or repair is beyond the capability of ship s personnel The 3 M systems is not limited to complex systems It is equally applicable to and effective for all types of shipboard equipment The ship s 3 M systems consist of the following systems designed for maintenance management e PMS Planned Maintenance System Inactive Equipment Maintenance IEM e MDS Maintenance Data System AMS Alteration Management System IMMS Intermediate Maintenance Activity Maintenance Management System The scope of these systems of most i
340. lletize round items such as gas cylinders use specially constructed notched spacers or collars as shown in figure 13 15 Palletized material that must be moved several times should be strapped Metal or nylon strapping may be used the number of straps required for a palletized unit depends upon the kind of handling it is to receive Figure 13 15 Palletized gas cylinders Ll g ne en VEE BE pem Figure 13 16 Drum handling equipment A Sling B Cradle IBN C Horizontal carry attachment D Vertical carry attachment The tool used to tighten the strapping is capable of exerting a great amount of force Therefore you must be careful not to crush the material Metal or folded cardboard corners may be placed under the strapping to distribute the force over a wider area and help prevent damage to the cartons or their contents DRUM HANDLING EQUIPMENT The drum handling sling is a device for picking up drums or barrels It was designed for shipboard loading but may be used with a crane for any drum or barrel handling operation The sling may be of the chain type figure 13 16A which is a series of chain loops and sliding hooks It may also be of the frame type which is a steel bar from which a series of sling hooks are suspended Other drum handling equipment in use includes several forklift truck attachments capable of handling filled 55 gallon drums Four such attachments are available The first cons
341. llow for the rise and fall of the tide A save all may be improvised by lashing together several cargo nets When working light cargo a tarpaulin may serve as a suitable substitute ILAN I4 Figure 13 30 Wooden save all OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF MATERIALS HANDLING EQUIPMENT The best method for moving stores from one location to another depends upon such factors as mechanical equipment available number of personnel available distance of haul terrain required speed of discharge or loading storage space available traffic pattern lighting if at night and commodities to be handled Each problem will be different however with careful planning and consideration of the factors that exist workable solutions can usually be resolved OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS In order for you to operate materials handling equipment MHE you must possess a valid authorization from the ship or station to which you are assigned Ships and stations having MHE should have a training and qualifying program not covered in this manual A Storekeeper should seek to qualify for operating the necessary MHE to perform the job Successful y MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY On board ships preventive maintenance service is performed on all MHE by the A division for mechanical functions and the E division for electrical functions Ashore these responsibilities rest with the public works department The operator however also
342. lowance lists provide descriptive data that associates is covered in chapter 3 of this manual carried by Combat Logistics Forces CLF ships 4 17 CHAPTER 5 PROCUREMENT Procurement is the act of obtaining materials or services In the Navy it is a tremendous undertaking Think for a moment about the size of our modem Navy and the enormous quantities of materials essential for its operation Just as a gun without ammunition cannot perform its intended job ships cannot be effective fighting units unless they have the materials required to support and sustain them Material may be procured by requisition or purchase Requisitions are most frequently used but procurement of nonstandard material and emergency requirements is usually accomplished by purchases You will play an important role in the procurement of material for your ship You must know what material is authorized where it is obtained the forms used in procurement and how to prepare them This chapter presents the general responsibility for procurement and the methods normally used afloat RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROCUREMENT Supply officers are responsible for procuring all equipment and supplies used by the ship This does not include medical stems ammunition Marine Corps stems and those materials aromatically furnished to ships Supply officers procure replenishment material for supply department stocks on their own initiative They also procure supplies for
343. ly status has been received under MILSTRIP The requisitioner may request the shipping activity to institute a MILSTAMP tracer once a supply status has been received and the material receipt date has passed The tracer is routed through the transportation system according to the routing instructions shown on the original TCMD It continues until it intercepts the shipment or inches a point where the exact status of the shipment is known At that point the status is added to the tracer and returned directly to the requesting activity PACKING FOR SHIPMENT The supply department is responsible for preparing material for shipment The items that you receive for shipment will range from the very rugged to the very delicate Some items contain delicate mechanisms and require careful packing rugged items may not require such care NAVSUP P 485 and Supply Afloat Packaging Procedures NAVSUP P 484 contain specific instructions for items that require a particular type of packing or unusual precautions in handling Be sure you understand these instructions Also follow Department of Defense publications pertaining to packing and crating TERMS Ships are responsible for packaging mandatory repairable items Terms relating to the packaging and shipping of repairable are defined in the glossary METHOD OF SHIPMENT The nearest shipping authority decides on which of four available methods of shipment maybe used They are 14 15 1 Uni
344. m as ssporabt rm The eau of ponei post afe cdi wal OF pand th o Cowsramant M weneperaiuhe charge ary uparmdy mard an the mene the enun ia Eytan ma an dated pest hogia tib or cohen itenapanstem tihng pif oper mets fer pred of three seor ad vb Parts vert bulls te the Carrer sumam when vepurued fg adis pur pe M ln the rcnt dun order Fupsed thn propaan of Sarmal leper and Ram ang Beyer DO Fore 239 ther cenranter has fhe ignes of quiux proparng de DO Form 390 a s ipie the wag mirana Ga da mens m Aena Op up utu v M 11 COUT 14 a Corre m gramiamm nen MO DO 18 PREPARED D cuprum suber IC made of dsnrat ond AN x doe tem redd pi Natamal barh Member and er Masefertermi k part numb ini weet ef Qa ml Dip To Paxn h Mart FoPo f in romen ond o MASTRIP senses vember d e ctm Wb Cofra af breve Tin Contr yon cat te mban of an mt i the Gecerumer ies paymem 2 ornica that the mpyhes iq whet the Coverumans a boong belied hace unn stepped er ehveed s merdan wad suppng quiraiexta quand by tt erdunng fee a cher ena howe 90 Uu drama Gd thas nee fapghun WT in Hd quoties and Of the Quilts Grugneied in n med purchass m s OUTER G P9IeQ CONT ANUUERG BULL DE MAANED PAST PAT The cone appin d thy conma a far srera ird a 04 enemagted bg apphrabis roquibmam vi the Duarte of Leber 1 BENVICE CONTRACT ACT OF 1986 Exonp 10 the cou thal an turmp smt vermin inant wevh opoh peream to P CVA 86 d them wove a amaran a curv
345. may also be used for hauling boxes or containers equipped with skids and other large lrigid containers or packages They are used aboard ship on barges on piers in warehouses in freight lterminals and on the ground to hoist heavy containers n yards which are not covered with hard surfaces the bucks must be equipped with pneumatic tires in order to operate efficiently While forklift trucks may occasionally be used in place of tractors their greatest efficiency is obtained in their use for elevating palletized loads into storage and for handling palletized loads between hauling operations They should not travel with individual loads for distances of more than 400 feet If the operation requires longer travel the trucks should be supplemented by tractor trailer trains or other materials handling equipment Personnel should use a forklift truck at each end of the haul for loading unloading and stacking A 15 000 pound pneumatic the forklift truck is shown in figure 13 1 Figure 13 1 Forklift truck TRACTOR TRAILER TRAINS The tractor trailer train figure 13 2 is a system of hauling with a self propelled motor power unit connected to a series of individual load carrying trailers Different types of tractors and trailers are used Tractor trailer trains can haul larger loads than carrier type trucks of equal horsepower capacity They can be operated in trains up to the total drawbar pull of the tractor The number of trail
346. may also use Combat Logistics Forces CLF ships to support other ships when desirable OVERSEAS Ships in overseas waters are supplied by combat logistics forces CLF units or overseas bases as specified in their operation oders and instructions CLF supply support is normally by underway replenishment Procedures for obtaining CLF support are found in the various fleet requisitioning guides Local commands and operating conditions determine if the underway replenishment is to be by conventional replenishment CONREP ship alongside vertical replenishment VERTREP helicopter or both The Fleet Issue Requirements List FIRL projects the material requirements for resupply support of all deployed forces of the Atlantic and Pacific Fleets It is based on actual usage factors for those items most commonly requested by fleet units Also for a limited number of additional items included for support of CNO approved weapons systems and equipments As set forth by the CNO the FIRL is computed to satisfy 85 of the forecasted demands of the deployed fleet for a 90 day period FIRL material is positioned primarily at selected stock points The Consolidated Afloat Requisitioning Guide Overseas CARGO is tailored for use by afloat requisitioners when requisitioning material except ammunition from CLF Content requisitioning procedures explanation of tables and required reports are found in each chapter of the CARGO Each CARGO consists of
347. ment or storage area and before matching inventoried quantities with applicable stock record balances The inventory count documents must be reviewed by inventory personnel to make sure that All items scheduled for inventory have been counted or verified as nonexistent Quantities counted are legibly recorded and compatible with units of issue All prerecorded locations applicable to the inventory segment have been checked and for each location a quantity or zero is entered Locations prerecorded in count documents must not be deleted by inventory personnel even though such locations may not be accurate Added items are accurately identified and legibly recorded Applicable remarks are legibly entered and explicitly stated e Items are documented in NIIN sequence Count documents are dated and initialed RECONCILIATION OF COUNT DOCUMENTS AND STOCK RECORDS After the physical count and review of the count documents the next step in the inventory process is to reconcile compare the count documents with the stock records This is done to determine if differences exist between the physical count and the amount recorded on Stock records i 1H 4338 88 931 2473 FILTER ELEMENT za c1555 id i coe STOCK NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION uit ITEM LOCATIONS SPECIAL MATERIAL CATEGORY CHECK APPLICABLE BLOCKS pate T ouem D da s ue Dp Pc was 3 S Comeu shoilse Iv1 Stock
348. mine if the balance of the ordered quantity has been canceled or backordered This is done by checking the Suffix and Advice blocks on the DD Form 1348 1 Advice and suffix codes are interpreted in NAVSUP P 485 An alphabetic character in the DD Form 1348 1 Suffix blocks means the balance has been backordered and certain advice codes such as 2C mean that the balance of the ordered quantity has been canceled PARTIAL RECEIPT BALANCE BACKORDERED On a partial receipt balance backordered you must adjust the quantity still outstanding as shown in the Qty on Order column of the Requisition OPTAR Log This is done by drawing a line diagonally across the Date Mat l Rec d block as shown in figure 10 12 The date of receipt aboard ship shown on DD Form 1348 1 is converted to a Julian date and entered in the upper left hand corner of the Date Mat Rec d block The lower right handed portion of the block is filled in when the backorder is received 10 13 III SH IGTETSTUNRAR A EE ap TS Webs aay n Sese 4D 2M 612 NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER CHARLESTON C lt O C i i C 16 v UN BCECPCEDDCICC dud Sty ep d SIECOCCECEET SCEEP PEER bip 612 NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER CHARLESTON C CT c DLILTICIBEBNS SS r A RECEIPT BALANCE CANCELED TOUA as ta 2 Tif Ltt a Towa OF JAN UNIR EXHAUSTED PARTIAL RECEIPT NOTATIONS MADE BY REQUISITION SK Figure 10 11 Partial receipt notat
349. mportance to the SK3 and SK2 is described in the following subparagraphs PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM The Planned Maintenance System PMS was developed after extensive research on various types of equipment to determine for each equipment all maintenance actions required This includes the frequency of performance procedures for performing the maintenance and the skill level rate required to accomplish the work Also the tools and materials needed to do the job normal time required and safety precautions to be observed The system provides planning and scheduling information to the departments heads division officers and maintenance personnel Thus they are able to schedule routine maintenance for underway or inport periods whichever is the best time to accomplish the maintenance OPNAVINST 4790 4 contains thorough coverage of the 3 M Systems from a maintenance management point of view The 3 M systems also includes material management by providing information as to how the Navy is using both its material and man power MAINTENANCE DATA SYSTEM The Maintenance Data System MDS provides a means of recording information on maintenance actions that have been taken Each action is documented on a Maintenance Data Form Any data collection system must have some means of sorting and classifying information If you were handed a stack of stock record cards and told to sort them you would also have to be told what kind of a sor
350. ms 6 13 for which shelf life cannot be extended Type II codes numeric apply to items for which shelf life can be extended STOREROOM MAINTENANCE When you are in charge of a storeroom you are also responsible for maintaining the space Before you secure each night sweep the storeroom and remove all trash Clean bins shelves ventilation ducts and fans periodically If you practice good housekeeping your spaces will always present a neat and efficient appearance The material condition of your space is also your responsibility Rust is an ever present enemy and requires constant vigilance to keep it under control Rust spots should be chipped wirem brushed or sanded primed and spot painted Loose bolts should be tightened promptly to prevent possible damage to the storeroom or its contents Pipes valves electrical system watertight fittings and firefighting equipment must be examined daily and any defects reported to the Supply Officer Daily security reports are required by the supply officer or duty supply officer The method and time of these reports are established in each ship s routine Before getting underway into open seas storerooms must be thoroughly inspected and secured to prevent stores from shifting due to the ship s motion Bulk stores must be braced or lashed to bulkheads stanchions or battens and the fronts of open bins and shelves secured to prevent stores from falling out on deck Unless a
351. n responsibility of 6 77 system operation 11 7 Custody 6 6 3 of 9 bar Code 11 2 Automatic data processing 11 3 D AVCAL DD Form 1348 1 8 9 Aviation material and cost transfers 10 39 Deck cargo 14 21 INDEX 1 Defense Accounting Office DAO 10 1 Defense Accounting Office Listings 10 28 Defense Business Operating Fund DBOF 9 4 Defense Finance and Accounting System DFAS 10 2 Defense Logistics Agency DLA supply system 2 9 Deployed fleet support 2 7 Directives Issuance System 3 11 Directives types 3 11 Dollies hoists and pulleys 13 11 Drum handling equipment 13 7 Dunnage use of 14 18 E Equipage custody males 7 6 Equipment identification code EIC 12 2 Expenditure document numbering system 8 1 Expenditure invoice files 8 1 Expenditure record log 8 1 Expenditures types 8 1 F Federal catalog systemj 4 1 Federal Supply Classification system 4 1 Files 3 12 Filled Order Expenditure differences 10 28 Financial records and reports 11 9 Fleet Commanders 10 1 Fleet commands 2 2 Fleet freight 14 12 Fleet support 2 7 Forklift truck 13 1 Fund codes 9 9 102 Fund symbols 9 6 Funds 9 3 G General Services Administration GSA 2 11 H Hand pallet truck 13 3 Handtrucks Hazardous material storerooms and lockers 6 10 Hazardous materials 6 10 14 7 Hoists pulleys and dollies 13 11 Holding files 10 3 I Identifica
352. n Codes SECNAVINST 5210 1 ID Department of the Navy Office of the Secretary Washington D C 1990 Disposal of Navy and Marine Corps Records SECNAVINST 52123C Department of the Navy Office of the Secretary Washington D C 1990 Financial Management of Resources Operating Procedures Operating Forces NAVSO P 3013 2 Department of the Navy Office of the Comptroller Washington D C 1990 Military Traffic Management Regulations MTMR NAVSUPINST 4600 70 Department of Defense Defense Logistics Agency Washington D C 1986 Navy Regulations 1990 Deptartment of the Navy Washington D C 1990 Ships Maintenance and Material Managenent 3 M Manual OPNAVINST 4790 4C Department of the Navy Office of the Chief of Naval Operations Washington D C 1994 Standard Organization and Regulations of the U S Navy OPNAVINST 3120 32C Department of the Navy Office of the Chief of Naval Operations Washington D C 1994 Storage and Material Handling DOD 4145 19 R 1 Assistant Secretary of Defense Washington D C 1989 All 1 Supply Afloat Fleet and Fidd Packaging Procedures NAVSUP P 484 Naval Supply Systems Command Arlington VA 1994 The Afloat Shopping Guide NAVSUP P 4400 Navy Fleet Material Support Office Mechanicsburg PA 1993 The MILSTRIP MILSTRAP Desk Guide NAVSUP P 409 Navy Department Naval Supply Systems Command Arlington VA 1993 All 2 INDEX A B Accidents causes of 13 15
353. n In Material Material turned in to store ashore must be identified tagged and marked accurately This allows the receiving activity to process and grant credit when applicable Ships must follow the procedures outlined in NAVSUP P 485 when identifying material for bun in to stem ashore Accounting for Turn Ins Accounting for material turned in to store ashore from nonstock funded ships is performed by ashore activities Summaries are not required Transfers should not recorded in the ship s OPTAR Log Although turn ins of material to store ashore have no impact on the transferring ship s OPTAR large dollar 0r 8 In R52192 USS JOHN PAUL JONES DDG 32 N00228 NSC OAKLAND SEROUS LOCATION WFC DOCUMEN MAT CARGO A Senne DATA TEM ORIGINALLY NUS FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION NOMENCLA l T u lv l i t TEM NOMENCLATURE x Y NM uum GLEN IET BY AND DATE ARRA BY AND DATE WAREHOUSE LOCATION l PR DENON ADDRESS DATE SHIPPED APPROVED FOR TRANSFER II L GARNER LT SC USN 1 1 P loa 13 TRANSPORTATION CHARGEABLE TO 14 B LADING AWB OR RECEIVER S SIGNATURE AND DATE 15 RECEIVERS DOCUMENT NUMBER DU FORM 13461 EDITION OF 1 JAN 64 MAY BE USED DOD SINGLE LINE ITEM RELEASE RECEIPT DOCUMENT SM 0182 LF 013 1840 UNTIL EXHAUSTED 86NP0176 Figure 8 11 Example of a DD Form 1348 1 used for turn in to store ashore value transfers may be used as a basis for requesting an OPTAR augmentation from the t
354. n essential data 11 7 elements from each stock record in the MRF A supplemental MSSLL is produced automatically after each update except when processing with the FASTRAND drum and contains current data on all stock numbers affected sines the last complete MSSLL was produced SYSTEM OPERATION As stated master files in the U 1500 system are maintained on magnetic tape and are kept current through a daily weekly or monthly updating This updating is a commercial type processing in that data from input transactions on cards tapes or scanners are processed sequentially against records in a master file These records are changed or updated by the applicable transaction and a new master file is created Processing or updating is done on an exception basis in that any transaction or record that contains a detectable error is rejected from processing and is output to a printed error listing and or an error card No note is made of acceptable records that are processed Within the system inputs are called transitions and each contains a three character document identifier DI that identifies a particular type of transaction e g a requisition a receipt or an issue The computer is programed to recognize these DIs and to process the transaction against the proper stock and financial records All inputs or outputs in the system use the standard MILSTRIP MILSTRAP document identifiers where applicable ISSUES Issues are made o
355. n imprest fund transaction is made a money value only MVO DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 must be prepared using the data from these forms When discussing unfilled order documents in this chapter we are referring to the DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 Unfilled order is a general term used to refer to any document that requirements a charge to the OPTAR and that has not been matched with a corresponding expenditure document by the DAO When purchasing to ship s OPTAR transactions unfilled orders are also sometimes referred to as obligations These documents become filled orders or liquidated obligations after matching expenditure documents in the DAO The DD Form 1348 is prepared and copies distributed according the NAVSUP P 485 The hardback copy is filed in the Material Outstanding File and the green copy is the accounting copy and is filed in Holding File 1 The Requisition OPTAR Log is shown in figurel The Estimated Cost Chargeable columns are headed E Equipage R B Repair parts 7 Medical Dental Other All other fund codes assigned by the type commander The total amount of each document is posted to the proper column Detailed procedures for posting various transactions to the Requisition OPTAR Log are explained below Requisition OPTAR Log Maintenance The Requisition OPTAR Log NAVCOMPT Form 2155 will be maintained legibly in ink for each OPTAR received See
356. n the DD Form 1348 instead of the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 discussed previously A DD Form 1348m prepared for use as an internal issue document is shown in The same information must be shown on the DD Form 1348 as is required on the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 although preprinted blocks are not provided for this purpose The data element titles in blocks L M N P R and U of the DD Form 1348m in figure 11 5 have been placed on the form for easier identification The DD Form 1348 is processed much in the same manner as the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 They are first checked by SSC personnel to make sure that the mandatory data elements are present and legible for the type of action to be taken e g issue or DTO procurement In addition SSC personnel must make sure that the mandatory 3 M data elements described and shown in figure 11 4 are present when applicable Write the location of the material on the back of the i GA i UM 223 les rur ee S zud T mmu E DATA rad NI N T2 IP inu ume p MER xu HEN RAE MEI R T uir RE CL RS T iW Alri NEM ai 7e mls sat Pe 8 a Mir EE OU siete CRUA 6619699889989 9 62188 eres tar peor a iac o O E ruri er T S PEEL ries trial 19120 21 22 5 passes 1 t i Seid Wad INIOd TIVE HO 31 M3dAL IGN 1 CWCO GSN 0084 N KAPL CID i 1 i j OE M ICIES NS 3d00 TIV NO AUMGOJI JuNSSY OL OLLSTAOG um 93860 3 AVR 19 WV 1 46 K
357. n to ashore supply activities is a responsibility of the Supply Support Center SSC OUTPUT FILES The purpose of the Output Files is to provide the ship with a complete history of all transactions affecting stock or financial records These files are explained below Transaction Ledger The Transaction Ledger reports a history of all transactions processed successfully through the computer The listings provide an audit trail for reconstructing actions that have taken place in the event that other files are destroyed or when research is required The Transaction Ledger contains any entry for each stock record affected by the particular update and is printed in National Item Identification Number NIIN sequence within record type code The top line of each entry reflects the stock record as it was at the beginning of the update Immediately under this line transitions are listed that were posted to the stock record during the update The final line of each entry Effects the updated stock record after all transactions have been posted The Transactions Ledger should be maintained on file for approximately 1 year or longer at the discretion of the supply officer Transaction Error Listing The Transaction Error Listing contains transactions that could not be processed because of errors Transactions appearing on the listing must be corrected and reinput since they do not appear on the Transaction Ledger and the computer maintains n
358. n where they will be distributed When practical a central location below decks is designated for the final and detailed processing of incoming stem This location should be as near to the storerooms as possible accessible to hatches but away from the ordinary course of ship s traffic Receipts from Naval Activities Stores received from naval activities require a quantity inspection only Quality inspection is made by an ashore supply activity when it accepted the material from the supplier It is not necessary to duplicate the inspection aboard ship The receiving individual however will make inspections to detect any deterioration or breakage that may have occurred since the quality inspection When stores are received from naval activities in bales packages or cases they need not be opened to ascertain their contents The receiving Storekeeper will receipt for them according to their external markings and package count If any package shows evidence of tampering it will be opened and the contents verified by count The procedures outlined in the NAVSUP P 485 will be followed when there is a difference between quantity received and quantity indicated on the shipping document Acceptance of the entire quantity shipped will be indicated by circling this quantity on the shipping document The document always will be signed and dated by the receiving individual 6 5 Mail Normally material shipped by mail does not pass through the
359. nd storage location Data in Agreement If the above data are the same in the receipt document and in the stock record entries in the stock record see figure 7 6 will be made as follows Enter the Julian date of the receipt and the serial number of the related requisition in the Date amp Ser WCC column Enter the receipt quantity in the Receipts column Increase the balance in the On Hand column by the quantity received e Line through but do not obliterate applicable requisition data in the Requisitions Outstanding column An example of the line through technique is shown in figure 7 6 ZIGITTTZTZTTTTT i ZZL ad de aos rine re If a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 was used to requisition an NIS DTO requirement the retained green copy will be removed from the MOF for immediate issue of the item received Refer to NAVSUP P 485 for a more detailed explanation of this process Data Differences Any differences noted when comparing a receipt document and stock record data will be reconciled before posting the receipt to the stock record When the cognizance symbol in the receipt document differs from that in the stock record the cognizance symbol in the stock record will be changed to agree with that in the receipt document Seel figure 7 7 for an example of a cognizance symbol change When an item is received under a new or superseding NSN a new stock record will be prepared to record the receipt
360. nd a TCMD The government bill of lading is for the carrier s use as a movement and revenue document to the transshipment point The TCMD becomes the basic movement control document for the military transshipment point GOVERNMENT BILLS OF LADING The U S Government bills of lading Standard Forms 1103 1 106 and the U S Government transit bills of lading DD Forms 1131 1134 are used to the procurement of commercial outside of the DTS transportation services Only transportation officers are authorized to issue GBLs An example of a standard form 1103 is shown in figure 144 All copies of this form are receipted by the carrier s name the date of receipt and the signature of the carrier s agent The copies are then distributed as specified in the MILSTAMP The transit bills Of lading are only used when stopoff in transit privileges are afforded under rail tariffs They do exit but will not be discussed further in this TRAMAN Detailed procedures for using the GBL are provided in the Military Traffic Management Regulations MTMR NAVSUPINST 4600 70 LABELS TAGS AND SPECIAL HANDLING CERTIFICATION The following paragraphs contain information about military shipment labels and tags and the special handling certification requirements Military Shipping Labels and Tags All shipments moving within the DTS require labeling to facilitate the timely movement of material and delivery to the consignee The shipping activity makes sure tha
361. nd requisitions to the FISCs that will either issue the material or refer the requisition to the cognizant ICP If the stock point makes an issue from wholesale stock the FISC will report this transaction to the ICP that manages the material The ICPs will use this transaction item report TIR to determine future procurement and positioning of replenishment stock FISCs also operate SERVMARTS that function as a retail outlets Fleet customers can use the SERVMARTS on a walk in basis and buy material with a money value only document SERVMART stock is usually limited to only high usage consumable items The following activities are representative stock points FISC Charleston FISC Guam FISC Jacksonville e FISC Norfolk FISC Oakland FISC Pearl Harbor FISC Pensacola e FISC Puget Sound e FISC San Diego FISC Yokosuka FLEET COMMANDS The commander in chief of a fleet is responsible for establishing general logistic policies plans and orders for the support of fleet and shore activities in his area He establishes standards of logistics and logistic readiness He disseminates information to subordinate commanders that is relative to operational logistic plans or projects and coordinates logistic activities of subordinate commanders He is also responsible for conducting the supply operations assistance program SOAP The fleet commanders in chief are assisted in their logistic responsibilities by
362. ndence as recommended changes to allowance lists requests for special or in excess material or periodic reports to higher authority Correspondence of this nature may be drafted by the SK3 and SK2 using file copies of previous correspondence as a guide The format and procedural requirements of official correspondence Samples are found in the Department of the Navy Correspondence Manual Slight variations from these formats may be practiced at different commands When assigned to a ballet requiring the preparation of correspondence it is necessary to consult local command instructions outlining the details pertaining to the preparation of correspondence You should consult local command instructions for preparing official correspondence ROUTING AND HANDLING OFFICIAL CORRESPONDENCE The fact that official correspondence is produced implies that the information is being requested or furnished Unless this information is disseminated accurately the work to produce it has accomplished very little Correspondence requesting a report does not produce the report unless the person responsible for its preparation receives the request The responsibility for the dissemination and handling of official correspondence is assigned to a specific organizational component of the supply department An SK3 or SK2 in many instances is assigned to this component and in smaller departments and aboard ship may even be the component head INCOMING CO
363. nder ships may establish an imprest fund The supply officer establishes the fund in writing The maximum amount for the fund and designation of imprest cashier to act as custodian of the fund must be included The amount of the fund should be based on anticipated purchases normally not to exceed 1 000 and no less than 500 A greater amount must be approved by the type commander and athorized by NAVSUP A review should be made quarterly to determine if them is a continuing need for the fund and if the amount of the fund is greater than necessary Any officer or enlisted member attached to the supply department may be designated as imprest fund cashier unless they are performing disbursing duties s outer son quetarions ne neun USS JOHN PAUL JONES D0G 32 FPO San Francisco CA 96601 tOPv0891 OF Tes QUOTE ev eee gaoter fee 0 i e M sa nitv COO SAN DIEGO CA 92132 Toa Gainery ardie peel V spirat iQ COMPASS OF t ndo Of lore Ony ond 4 eq e Meu GOATER GOEY OF o accedant o with ind sulip tt 18 ROPE CAS Geh ttp GRIMES EEE GEA ett Reteronss qut Phone quote of 81 Jul 31 Genere Promens of Porcher Order on OD Form 1156 ME CHECKED peed prontera Itscoot CLAUSE MO 62 APOC ITE Oe Y oF TIIS BOA furens the Iolar on terms sieqihed horna nthud 9 er US purani O senno mmo 139 ros on g and GUhvetry 05 dated Thu purtha eqo od ondas antis 10 Vac Zao EM or e morte A t 9 amihan he VJ S vee paesone ar Puane Foto
364. nderway replenishment may outweigh the value of some safety precautions that would ordinarily be taken However do not suspend a safety practice unless the degree of urgency warrants it In all decisions affecting safety during usual or unusual conditions there is no substitute for good judgment and experience SAFE CARGO HANDLING PRACTICES The following list of safety precautions should be observed by all cargo handlers e Wear safety shoes and helmets Do not wear rings Use the accommodation ladder or brow for boarding or leaving the ship Use the ladders in the square of the hatch only when hoist is not in motion Use the walkway on ship s side away from the side on which cargo is being worked Secure all lashings to permanent deck fastenings Never depend on movable objects lying on deck dunnage hatch covers etc Secure hatch rollers properly e Lower blocks crowbars slings bridles and other objects into the hold by cargo falls or other lines Do not drop or threw 13 18 Stack hatch covers in an orderly manner Disorderly piles create tripping and stumbling hazards Lay strong backs flat to prevent tipping over When removing or repairing strongbacks keep them between you and the open hatch Stand in the clear away from suspended loads When steadying loads always fire them and keep your feet in the clear Stand clear of slings being pulled from under loads Stand clear wh
365. ng as follows 7810 1 7810 2 and 7810 3 respectively The number 7810 1A indicates the first revision of the instruction 7810 1 Notices are not assigned consecutive numbers when they are of a one time nature or of brief duration The subject identification number assigned as the file number of a letter is not assigned a consecutive number The security classification of Confidential or Secret instructions and notices is indicated by prefixing the subject number by C for Confidential and by S for Secret Name Title Subject Identification Codes Name title codes alphabetic or alphanumeric codes are provided for names and titles frequently used by the Department of the Navy These codes may be used for classifying and filing documents by name or organizational designation except that they are not to be used in assigning subject numbers to directives Included are symbols for fleet organizations the United States Government foreign SECNAV Subject Consecutive number Kevision INSTRUCTION Originator Type of directive governments commercial enterprises and firms classes of personnel types of naval activities and official symbols for classes and types of aircraft vessels and guided missiles The first letter of the name or title code designates the larger organizational group and the second or third letter designates a further breakdown of the larger group For example NA designates naval ai
366. ng from zero 0 through 4 to signify no hazards slightly dangerous moderately dangerous dangerous or extremely dangerous respectively See figure 14 8 BASIC CARGO DOCUMENTS Basic cargo documents are normally prepared by the loading activity They are used to standardize shipping procedures for military cargo or military sponsored cargo These ducuments are Cargo Stowage Plan No prescribed form Cargo Manifest Water The Navy currently uses Transportation Control and Movement Document DD Form 1384 Other services use Cargo Manifest DD Form 1385 Cargo Manifest Recapitulation Water DD Form 1386 The following paragraphs discuss the use of these documents Cargo Stowage Plan A cargo stowage plan is a diagram of a ship s cargo space that shows the location in the ship on and below deck of all the cargo aboard The stowage plan shows accurately the location of cargo by hatches It also shows the cargo for each port en route the location of heavy lifts the capacity and location of ship s booms remarks on special items of cargo location and quantity of mail classified cargo protected cargo and so forth The stowage plan shows cargo in the lower holds in profile side view and cargo on the deck and tween deck top view The cargo for each port of discharge is shown on the stowage plan by a different color If it is not practical to use a color code the stowage plan may show the location of ca
367. nit packages and exterior shipping containment are described in the NAVSUP P 485 Shipboard Responsibilities Since most materials received by afloat units were adequately packaged and packed before shipment the ship s responsibilities generally will be limited to Keeping repair parts in their original packaging until issued e Repackaging and repacking items that were inadequately or improperly protected when received or that have had their packaging damaged or removed while in stowage e Reporting material received in an unsatisfactory condition due to inadequate or improper preservation packaging or marking providing adequate protection of ready for issue RFD materials and unserviceable mandatory turn in repairable to be transferred to another activity Refer to NAVSUP P 484 Supply Afloat Packaging Procedres LOCATOR SYSTEM The location of each item in stock will be recorded in its stock record and the Afloat Locator Inventory Record NAVSUP Form 1075 Gf maintained Each location will have a five character alphanumeric e g B0168 designation except when the configuration of the stowage area s or physical characteristics of the material dictate an alternate system RELOCATION OF MATERIAL IN STOWAGE Transfer of material between storerooms or to different locations in the same storeroom will be supervised by the leading storeroom Storekeeper who will make sure that e material is protected from loss or
368. ns a complete suspense file of all Recordskeeping for the imprest fund must be kept to a minimum consistent with the requirement that adequate controls be maintained 5 28 original sales documents and DD Forms1165 for which reimbursement has not been made When these vouchers are submitted to the disbursing officer for reimbursement a retained copy of the Standard Form 1129 is filed pending reimbursement and return of a paid copy of the Standard Form 1129 from the disbursing officer The paid copies of Standard Forms 1129 returned by the disbursing officer should be filed in chronological order and retained for 2 years IMPREST FUND PURCHASE LOG A locally prepared imprest fired purchase log must be maintained by the imprest fund cashier to provide a record of each transaction An example of the log is shown in figure 5 16 ORDERING UNDER CONTRACTS Supply activities ashore negotiate various type contracts with commercial vendors to provide material and services required by ships and activities These are discussed in the following paragraphs Indefinite Delivery Contracts An indefinite delivery contract exists when the terms and conditions that a supplier will deliver specified supplies or services in response to orders have been agreed to The time of delivery is specified in the order rather than in the contract At many ports arrangements have been made for ships to obtain supplies and services from commerc
369. ns for appropriation purchase account APA material which is issued from Defense Logistics Agency Army Air Force General Services Administration or the Navy Stock Account The following transactions are classified as nonchargeable and therefore do not reduce the OPTAR balance e Receipt of end use material from ships operating under the same operating budget Requisitions placed with and received by supply activities as APA materials Other requisitions for categories of material or orders for services as maybe designated by fleet commanders 10 3 The cognizance symbol serves as a signal for chargeable and nonchargeable items Remember the first digit indicates the stores account NSA or APA Even numbers are APA and are nonchargeable Odd numbers are NS and are chargeable Supply Management The OPTAR Log may also serves as an important tool in the ship s supply management through recording of material receipts and processing supply system cancellations Maintenance of the OPTAR Log for supply management is recommended for the 36 month life cycle of each fiscal year s OPTAR Even though the cost of some requisitioned items is not charged to the ship s OPTAR because they are paid for from other funds ie APA material their requisitions are recorded in the OPTAR Log for purposes of requisition control Through a system of fund codes requisitions are not only classified in the OPTAR Log as to their affect up
370. ns of the Navy Two types of funds revolving and trust are used extensively You must understand how and why they are used Funds are sums of money or other resources established for a specific purpose They are usually without fiscal year limitations REVOLVING FUNDS A revolving fund is a fired established to finance a cycle of operations Reimbursements and collections are returned to the fund for reuse to maintain the 70 2 0 Commander in Chief U S Pacific Fleet Program 2 General Purpose Forces Zero indicates fleet level as opposed to a lower level O NP0047 Figure 9 2 Example of a subhead to an appropriation 70 2 E Commander in Chief U S Pacific Fleet Program 2 General Purpose Forces Commander Naval Air Forces U S Pacific Fleet OgNPOO4B Figure 9 3 Example of a fund authorization subdivided to a subordinate command principal of the fund For example loan funds and working capital funds The capital amount of a fund may be in the form of cash inventory receivables or other assets Defense Business Operating Fund Of the several funds the one that you will be most concerned with is the Defense Business Operating Fund DBOF It is not practical for each activity of the Navy to purchase all of its requirements directly from commercial suppliers using its operating money It is for this reason that the DBOF exists It provides the necessary capital to finance the purchase and maint
371. nt Entity The Commercial and Government Entity CAGE is a five position numeric code These codes are assigned to manufacture or commercial firms who maintain design control for items of supply procured and cataloged for federal agencies Although the basic purpose of the system is to identify manufacturing organizations it also includes special nonmanufacturing organizations primarily to facilitate the processing of Federal Catalog data The CAGE coding system is used in machine accounting operations related to support management programs such as cataloging and standardization The SK uses the CAGE in conjunction with the MCRL When using the MCRL to determine an NIIN you often find the same reference number listed more than once with each having a different NIIN For accurate item identification it is necessary to select the NIIN from the MCRL showing the CAGE for the company that made the needed part The CAGE is published on microfiche in three parts as follows H4 1 Name to Code in name sequence H4 2 Code to Name in numeric sequence H4 3 NATO Supply Code for Manufacturers excluding USA and Canada The Commercial Government and Entity is published in two parts as follows H8 1 Name to Code in name sequence H8 2 Code to Name in numeric sequence Navy Stock List of Publications and Forms The Navy Stock List of Publications and Forms NAVSUPP 2002 commonly referred to as the I Cog Catalog It i
372. nt functions 2 3 Supply department organization 2 4 Supply officer responsibility 6 1 6 7 Supply organization 2 1 afloat supply organization 2 3 fleet support 2 7 supply department organization 24 supply source of 5 3 Supply Support Center SSC 8 2 Surveys Symbols and markings 4 6 System files 11 4 T Technical references 3 9 Terms 44 3 M Systems 12 1 3 of 9 bar code 11 2 Threshold concept 10 28 Tickler file 3 12 Tiering truck 13 3 Tractor trailer trains 13 2 Transaction type codes 9 8 Transfers 8 6 Transportation control and movement document 14 2 Transportation priorities 14 16 Trust fumds 9 6 Type commanders 2 2 10 1 U Uniform Material Movement and Issue Priority System UMMIPS Usage data 8 4 Vv Velocity inventory 7 2 Ww Warehouse tractors Warehouse trailers 13 2 r U S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1996 532 154 40034 INDE X 5
373. nt of accounting and reporting to be performed by the operating forces the DAOs perform the OPTAR accountiug following the first 18 month period To assure the Defense Accounting Office that it has received all transmittals a ship sends the ship is required to number each transmittal in sequence in block A of the NAVCOMPT Form 2156 Block B of the NAVCOMPT Form 2156 figure 10 17 shows the period covered by the transmittal This period starts the day after the previous transmittal was sent and ends the day the current transmittal is put in the mail Note that the caption for block B requires the dates to be written in Julian form The OPTAR recordskeeper should maintain number control logs for the OPTAR document transmittal Se figure 10 18 for an example Even though a copy of every OPTAR Document Transmittal Report is kept by the OPTAR recordskeeper certain information should be duplicated in the control log for handy reference In the log 10 18 the Net Value column is designed for the fiugre computed on the NAVCOMPT Form 2156 The Cumulative Total column is intended for a running total of the Net Value column The usefulness of these 10 18 SAvCOPT NO I vni DUTH alien COME RgS5g4 OPTAR DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL REPORT mavomerT Fem 2080 REY 7 70 9104 L 7 706 0008 T70 COMMANDING OPFICER CODE AF FLEET ACCOUNTING AND DISBURSING CENTER SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA 92132 FRON COMMANDING OFFICE
374. nt retains in his custody a master key original to all locks in group IV The supply officer retains the duplicate master key in his custody Grand Master Key The supply officer is required to maintain in his custody a grand master key which will open all locks in groups I II and IV It will NOT open locks in group III If authorized by the supply Officer duty supply Officers or duty petty officers may pass the duplicate key between them when the number of supply officers aboard is such that the senior petty officers are required to set as department duty officers Figure 6 4Jillustrates typical custody with regard to keys Study and become familiar with it Sets of locks containing locks for group I II and IV supply spaces are available in various sizes to meet the requirements of different ships When a single series padlock set is inadequate to meet the needs of large ships more than one set may be used For example one set for group I and a second set for groups II and IV GRAND MASTER KEY SUPPLY OFFICER MASTER KEYS FOR GROUPS I ll AND IV WILL NOT PASS LOCKS IN GROUP iil GROUPN T FOOD SERVICE OFFICER SUPPLY SUPPORT CENTER SK IN CHARGE OF SUPPLY SUPPORT CENTER STOREROONS SK IN CHARGE OF STORE ROOM SPECIAL LOCKERS MEAT PREPARATION AREA SK IN CHARGE OF MS IN CHARGE OF MEAT LOCKERS PREPARATION AREA NONPERISHABLE FOOD SERVICE STOREROOM MS IN CHARGE OF STORE ROOM
375. nts Protection of Stores The storeroom Storekeeper is responsible for proper stowage of materials to protect them from damage and deterioration while in storage STOWAGE Materials in shipboard storerooms and other stowage areas should be arranged to e Make maximum use of space e Provide orderly stowage and ready accessibility e Prevent damage to the ship or injury to personnel Reduce the possibility of material loss or damage e Facilitate the issue of the oldest stock first i e by first in first out FIFO method Facilitate inventories These requirements and other instructions in this section provide basic guidelines which if observed with a common sense approach will help storeroom Storekeepers to achieve optimum stowage efficiency 6 8 MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION Material custodians will make sure that all items in stowage are legibly marked tagged or labeled with an NSN NICN or other identification number When needed technical assistance from other departments should be used to determine the identification numbers of unmarked materials Items that cannot be identified will be turned in ashore for disposition MATERIAL PROTECTION LEVELS Material procured for the Navy is provided preservation packaging and packing that the inventory manager feels will protect it from deterioration and damage during shipment handling and stowage The protection levels specified to be code marked on u
376. o not ensure fast work Valuable time may be saved if the typist knows how to make a neat erasure center a heading divide words and keep a typewriter in good operating condition Many helpful typing techniques are given in the Department of the Navy Correspondence Manual and in elementary typewriting books available in most supply departments INTRODUCTION TO WORD PROCESSING WP In the last several years the Navy has made available more word processors As a Storekeeper you will be exposed to WP and the associated equipment You should be familiar with the various types of word processing equipment WPE and their capabilities WORD PROCESSING EQUIPMENT WPE WPE is any keyboard device capable of controlled memory storage retrieval and automated typing WPE has come about as a result of advanced technology especially in the area of computers and is designed to enhance typing productivity Stored keystrokes can be played out at speeds in excess of 360 words per minute WPM The use of a visual display and other text editing features can further enhance the productivity of the equipment WPE is generally categorized as follows Intelligent Typewriters A one piece typewriter like device with internal memory It is used extensively where original keyboarding is a primary factor Intelligent Typewriters also provide limited storage for frequently used formats names addresses etc Blind Keyboard Word Processors An ele
377. o provide complete identification For example two identical electric motors are installed in a water cooler and a refrigerator If maintenance is performed on both of these motors the MDS report will identify the specific motor by the APL number and the system in which it is installed by the EIC number In this case the APL number is the same for both but each has a different EIC The above example could be reversed Two different motors could be installed in one system such as the ventilation system In this case the MDS forms would show the same EIC number but different APL numbers Ship s UIC The ship s unit identification code UIC identifies each maintenance action to the ship on which or for which it was performed After the MDS forms are prepared on the ship they are submitted to the TYCOM Data Processing Facility for processing and positive ship identification must be provided Work that is performed by a tender or repair ship must show the receiving ship s UIC so that the maintenance data can be identified to the proper ship Let s look at some ways that this MDS information can be used e By sorting MDS data by UIC the total maintenance cost and man hours can be determined for each ship Commands can use this data in budgetary and manning level planning By sorting MDS data by EIC the maintenance cost for each system subsystem or component of equipment can be determined This provides an evaluation of equipment
378. o record of them The Transaction Error Listing represents an important part of the ship s audit trail and should be maintained on file for approximately the same time period as the Transaction Ledger Suspended Transaction Listing The Suspended Transaction Listing contains transactions that do not have invalid fields or data elements but that could not be processed because of certain conditions that exist in the stock records The suspended transaction will appear on the Suspended Transaction Listing for a maximum of 15 updates If the conditions are not corrected within the 15 update period the transaction is deleted from the Suspended Transaction Listing and appears on the Transaction Error Listing This listing should be retained for the same time period as the two previously discussed Information Listing The Information Listing contains transactions that should be reviewed In certain situations action may be required It is also used as a management aid in that transactions worthy of the attention of the supply officer are flagged Transaction Error Message Key Number Summary Report This report consists of transactions by DI and Mark Number MKNR that could not be processed because of error s From this report the supply officer can determine what errors are being made and the possible causes Master Stock Status and Locator Listing The Master Stock Status and Locator Listing MSSLL is a periodic printout of certai
379. o the system query the system for data and to terminate their access Since the data to be handled by the terminals are rating related the SK user should receive onboard training on supply department SNAP II operations FINANCIAL RECORDS AND REPORTS The accounting performed on automated ships differs in some aspects from that on nonautomated ships This difference is primarily in recording OPTAR 11 9 charges and depends on whether the automated ship is a nonstock funded or stock funded ship STOCK FUNDED SHIP Stock funded ships include tenders and repair ships class 207 accounting and fleet issue ships class 224 accounting On these ships the inventory is carried in the Navy Stock Account NSA and has not been charged to the ships OPTAR The requirements for class 207 and class 224 accounting are not covered in this text except as they pertain to OPTAR accounting and inventory control Stock replenishment requisitions are not charged to the OPTAR but are accounted for as transfers between supply officers within the Navy Stock Account The same OPTAR and budget records discussed before are maintained However they are posted from the data accumulated on the FMF mentioned earlier in the chapter Issue requests submitted on DD Form 1348 result in either an issue or a DTO requisition As the DD Forms 1348 are processed the financial data representing expenditures or obligations as appropriate are transferred to the FM
380. ocument ERR he teey VO FOHM T3091 9MDHELFA13 1040 z3 65c22C0207222270C7 CCucholds freie ab Ee hp tat EEE P MN Figure 8 10 Example of DD Form 1348 1 used as an intership transfer document Transfers of Fuel Transfer of fuel by ships other than tankers is documented in unpriced memorandum DD Forms 1149 or 1348 1 They are not summarized A copy of each transfer document must accompany the transferring ships Monthly Summary of Fuel Inventory and Steaming Hours Report commonly called the monthly fuel report NAVSUP P 485 provides specific instructions covering the transfer of fuel from ship to ashore activities and transfer of aviation fuels Transfers or losses of bulk propulsion fuel from tankers are expended in accordance with fleet or type commander and Military Sealift Command instructions MATERIAL TURNED INTO STORE ASHORE Material is normally turned in became it is in excess unserviceable mandatory turn in repairable represervation required salvage or disposal Each transfer must be approved by the supply officer Credit for excess material turned in will be granted to the 8 9 appropriate TYCOM operating budget in accordance with the credit policy of the inventory manager An example of a DD Forn 1348 1 used for turn into store ashore is shown in figure 8 11 The distribution instructions for the DD Form 1348 1 used for turn in to store ashore are found m the NAVSUP P 485 Identification of Tur
381. oding steel cylinder would have the same destructive effect as an exploding bomb Do not drag or slide cylinders when moving Secure and move them in handtrucks that meet the criteria prescribed in the Naval Ships Technical Manual If suitable handtrucks are not available tilt the cylinders and roll them on the bottom edge Secure cylinders in a cradle pallet or rack when they are loaded or offloaded with a crane or derrick Never hoist cylinders with electromagnets or with hooks or line attached to the valve protection cap Do not alter or deface the numbers or other markings on the cylinders Do not add markings without approval of the engineer officer Do not issue cylinders if their contents cannot be identified Detailed information relative to the stowage handling and use of various types of compressed gases are contained in the Naval Ships Technical Manual Information pertinent to especially hazardous gases commonly used by ships is as follows ACETYLENE Acetylene is inherently unstable and may explode when subjected to heat or shock or upon contact with chlorine or certain metals such as copper silver and mercury Therefore acetylene must be stowed separately from oxygen or any other materials with which it forms an explosive compound The gas must never be allowed to escape into an enclosed area The cylinders must be protected from flames sparks lightning and static electricity Testing for suspected l
382. of another system or subsystem It is identified by a Component Identification Number CID or similar number EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPAGE REPLACE MENT FUNDED BY TYPE COMMANDER AS CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE Durable high priced and essential items of equipment and equipage not designated as controlled equipage They are replaced only during a ship s regular overhaul Replacements of such items e g anchors shots of chain chain stoppers binnacles pelorus laundry equipment accomplished during a regular overhaul are chargeable to overhaul funds If replacement of such items is required between overhauls an OPTAR augmentation normally will have to be requested from the type commander EQUIPMENT VALIDATION The procedure of making sure that equipment descriptions shown on the allowance lists agree with the nameplate data on the installed equipment This procedure usually begins at least 6 months before the ship arrives at a shipyard for the supply availability EXCEPTION STATUS Any supply action taken on a requisition other than issue of material in the quantity requested EXPENDITURE Any act that results in a decrease in Navy assets material or funds EXPIRED APPROPRIATION An appropriation that is no longer available for obligation but is still available for disbursements to liquidate existing obligations FEDERAL CATALOG SYSTEM tThe cataloging system under which all items under centralized inventory control of the D
383. of non SIM repair parts and consumables requires Close attention only upon receipt and issue of material Inventory of the remaining balance of an item after each issue Reference to the ML N for verification of management data only when an item is requisitioned Stock replenishment on a one for one basis except when otherwise prescribed by the TYCOM or when excess stock is on hand Stock records filed separate from SIM stock records Any item that has experienced a frequency of two or more demands within the past 6 months or has a predictable demand frequency of two or more demands based on deployed or seasonal usage is designated a SIM item Any item that does not meet the demand frequency for SIM items is designated as non SIM Any consumable item that meets the frequency of demand criteria for a SIM item but is not stocked by the supply department usually because of space limitation is designated as a SIM direct turnover DTO item STOCK RECORDS Without stock records it would be impossible for the supply officer to meet his responsibility of maintaining stocks needed for the operation of the ship Procurement of stock must be based on the information contained in the stock record cards Inventory control encompasses procurement stocking issuing and accounting for material A Stock Record Card Afloat NAVSUP 1114m or 1114 manual will be maintained for each e stocked maintenance assistance module rea
384. on Each of these categories and the OPTAR recordskeeper s actions are explained in detail in the NAVSOP 3073 Annotating an itemized transaction seel figure eroi ig a E NAVSO P 3013 lists nine special codes and one catchall code with that the OPTAR recordskeeper uses 6 UNMATCH EXP a difference resulting from to annotate invalid itemized transactions on the a larger than threshold expenditure being SFOEDL These special codes are also discussed in the charged to the OPTAR holder with a difference NAVSO P 3073 4 NO UNF ORDER a difference that results from a credit expenditure document 10 30 THIS REPORT WILL BC PROCCSSID TM ACCORDANCE WITH PAR N10A L OF NAVSO P 3013 SUMMARY FILLES ORDER EXPENBITURE DIFFERENCE LISTING FOR BCCEPEXR 148 RPT SYN S284 03 084 FY CL 2702 oG 701 OH RORSSON PROCESSED DATE PAK bL DOCUMENT NO fC DOC TL NO PRI BILL SUP AD UI COG STOCK NUMBER A POC SUM QTY AMOUNT UIC Jb SN Ip INS ACT I D VO NO FSC NIIN C MTE REMARKS CORRECTION ROSSU IOOC KE ZOA ee 20 We 20 0034301 1 B00 UDCR CORRLCTION ROSSON NNOO KE 271 DOb38 0315 14 eU M 200 00CR CORRECTION ROSSUN 1740001 KE 20A e eU 34 2030 0034340 3 100 00 1lO0 UDCR DIFFERENCE 2090 DONDEL eq ROSSUN 419 OD30 KR 204 DC pO KOS5U AUDIO KR ZJ 00b34 0320 E c amp id 8 SU DG DIFFERENCE ROSSO 420900585 KC ZOA 003 7225 O0bow3 b0 2 e ROSAN
385. on in the issue request when the verified stock record for the requested item shows an on hand balance A spot inventory also is performed to determine the on hand quantity of a particular item when requested by the commanding officer a fleet or type commander a cognizant inventory manager or other competent authority For example the commanding officer may request the physical inventory of any item that he considers to be highly essential to prospective operations A fleet or type commander may need to have total asset visibility of a particular critical item or an inventory disposition and report of certain items which after distribution within the supply system are found to be defective Velocity Inventory A velocity inventory is based on the premise that inaccuracies of stock record balances for any item increases with issue frequency This means that most of the physical inventory effort should be concentrated on frequently demanded items A velocity inventory requires a periodic physical count of all stock items that experience relatively frequent demands fast movers and a physical count of items that experience infrequent or no demands slow movers only when such items are issued Periodic inventories of selected item management SIM items and post issue inventories of non SIM items respectively are examples of velocity inventories Random Sampling Inventory The random sampling inventory is considered to be part o
386. on the OPTAR chargeable or nonchargeable but also according to the type of item being requisitioned Some typical categories are controlled equipage repair parts consumable material and other purchased services New Grants The OPTAR Log is like your personal checkbook Both start with an amount of money that you have available Then each check or chargeable requisition in the case of the OPTAR Log decreases your budget When you put money in or get an increase to your OPTAR the balance increases The starting amount of money in your OPTAR Log is the money granted to your ship by the type commander Ships are usually notified of grants by message The OPTAR recordskeeper must record the grant on the Requisition OPTAR Log and file all copies of the message Figure 10 1 illustrates the message and posting of the Requisition OPTAR Log HOLDING FILES Each ship must maintain files as documentary support for its Requisition OPTAR Log They are listed below by name with an explanation of their content and purpose File 1 Unfilled Order Chargeable Documents For Transmittal A copy of each obligation document i e a green copy of the DD Form 1348 chargeable to the OPTAR is placed in this file immediately after posting to the Requisition OPTAR Log All documents in this GRANT COMNAVSURFPAC MSG 2503552 SEP 82 CURRENT JULIAN DATE ROUTINE R2503557 SEP FM COMNAVSURFPAC SAN DIEGO CA TO USS DUARTE INFO
387. one in your office is the control and use of fast copy machines Increased availability of these machines has created security problems and increased operating costs These machines permit quick easy reproduction of uncontrolled classified material Latent impressions are left on reproduction equipment This creates excessive waste material that can contribute to compromise of classified information Some misuses and abuses that contribute to high operating cost are Using a copier instead of making carbons 3 3 Copying blank forms or publications Making more copies than are needed Using a copier for items that should have been copied by the print shop Controls should be established to prevent unnecessary costs and prevent security abuses CALCULATORS Calculators add subtract multiply and divide Most models in use by the Navy are capable of performing a variety of complex mathematical operations but do not produce a paper tape of the results A substantial amount of training is required to operate a calculator with proficiency Simple multiplication and division that an SK would be required to perform can be learned in a few minutes MICROFICHE Many publications used by the Navy supply system are in the form of microfiche They require the use of a microfiche reader These readers are easy to use and do not require specialized training shows typical fiche data fields PUBLICATIONS The publications you will use
388. ong How is it related to others CHAPTER 4 MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION This chapter discusses what is meant by material identification Why it is necessary The way material is identified and the tools that are available for you to use in identifying material The problem of material identification is not peculiar to the Navy nor to the military You probably have had occasion to purchase a part for your car or for an appliance or to use a mail order catalog These items were all identified by a catalog or part number This is the material identification system used by that manufacturer or supplier They use it for the same reason the Navy does It is a brief accurate means of identifying one specific item of material Each company develops a system to meet its own needs There are over four million supply items in the Department of Defense DOD Supply System The Navy Supply System alone stocks over one million items When requisitioning a specific item from a supply activity you must use the common language that has been developed to accurately identify the item This tool is known as the Federal Supply Catalog System FEDERAL CATALOG SYSTEM The Defense Logistics Agency DLA administers the Federal Catalog System This includes naming describing classifying and numbering of all the items carried under centralized inventory control of the Federal Government The publication of related identification data is also part of this ta
389. ons 10 9 Cognizance Symbols Changes As explained earlier each item available through the Navy supply system is assigned a two digit cognizance symbol From time to time and for various reasons items may be shifted from one stores account as indicated by the first digit of the cognizance symbol to another Such shifts are referred to as APA to NSA or NSA to APA migrations The effect these shifts have on your OPTAR balance depends upon the type of shift chargeable to nonchargeable NSA to APA or nonchargeable to chargeable APA to NSA The procedures for adjusting the Requisition OPTAR Log in both instances are explained below APA to NSA Migration The failure of the ordering ship to consult the latest change to the Management List Navy MLN is the primary reason for nonchargeable APA requisitions being forwarded to supply activities for items that are chargeable NSA When the supplying activity R amp QUIMITION OPTAR LOG tavEDUFI cece IB May O98 ecce um 49 23 02 7 REQUIS TION OPTAR LOG Figure 10 7 Processing nonchargeable to chargeable 10 10 discovers the error it usually notifies the ship that they have either canceled the requisition or are processing it as chargeable The procedure to be followed in adjusting the OPTAR Log for items that have been changed from nonchargeable to chargeable detailed in the NAVSUP P 485 See figure 10 7 for au example NSA to
390. ons This knowledge will make your work more interesting to you Those files for instance that you thought so dull take on new interest when you know to make use of the information they contain Those personnel who are now chiefs got there by looking beyond their own jobs You should know the name and grade or rate of every member of your office and the manner in which signing officials sign their names You should also learn what part of the office operation each person performs and how each person s work contributes to general office functions BEYOND YOUR OFFICE The next step is to see your office as part of a huge plan You can look at any office to which you may be assigned in two ways One as a part of your own ship or station The other as a part of a broad program operating through offices like yours in all ships and stations throughout the Navy Thinking of your office in its relation to your ship or station you should study the ship or station organization You should also study the names titles and grades of those above your office in the chain of command You should know which other offices are closely related to yours in their duties To understand the Navywide program of which you are a part study the publications related to your work Learn what reports are due and in what form Remember what you read irl chapter 1 of this course about various aspects of a Storekeeper s work To which of these does your billet bel
391. or an explanation FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS The forms and publications used in the inventory management of general stores in nonautomated ships are found m the NAVSUP P 485 These publications contain the how to detailed information in the area of inventory management for which each SK is responsible Each of the publications listed will be used many times in the course of an SK s ctamer Each of the forms is a tool for you to document the inventory process PHYSICAL INVENTORY Physical inventory is a prerequisite to efficient inventory control The primary objective of a physical inventory is to make sure that the balances reflected in stock or custody records agree with the actual physical quantities on hand TYPES OF INVENTORY The type of inventory to be performed depends on the type of material to be inventoried and the type of information needed Bulkhead to Bulkhead Inventory A bulkhead to bulkhead inventory is a physical count of all stock material aboard the ship or within a specific storeroom A bulkhead to bulkhead inventory of the ship s entire stock of repair parts is usually performed during a Supply Operating Assistance Program Integrated Logistics Overhaul A bulkhead to bulkhead inventory of a specific storeroom is performed when random sampling inventory of that storeroom fails to meet an inventory accuracy rate of 90 It is also performed when directed by the TYCOM incident to a supply management assist
392. or prevent the operator from having freedom of movement Equipment should be free of all unauthorized attachments Spilled gasoline should be cleaned up before starting an engine If flushing is not possible or practical the approved absorbent material should be used Metal shovel metal grid or other spark producing tools should not be used in this process When more than a pint of gasoline has been spilled a person should stand by with a the extinguisher while the spill is cleaned up A machine which is improperly loaded or which is not in a safe mechanical condition should not be used e The engine should be stopped and brakes set before the operator leaves the machine Only licensed operators should be permitted to operate equipment Suitable fire extinguishing equipment should be available at all times Atruck or trailer should not be unloaded unless it is blocked Floorload capacity should not be exceeded Equipment should not be operated in excess of the maximum speed limitations e Stacks should not be bumped nor pushed with power driven equipment Forklift truckss should travel with forks elevated approximately 4 inches above the floor and be parked with the forks resting on the floor e Personnel should not be permitted to stand under loads being hoisted or lowered nor be allowed to ride on equipment e Personnel may be hoisted with a forklift only when authorized and then only w
393. or signature The correspondence file which accompanies the letter to be signed is arranged according to the instructions of the signing official Once signed the correspondence is dated with the date on which it is signed File copies are removed for filing and the correspondence forwarded to the addressee s 3 12 TICKLER FILE Another responsibility assigned to the correspondence SK is the maintenance of the system used to ensure a timely response to incoming correspondence It may also be used to ensure the preparation of required reports A tickler file is established simply as a reminder that some action is required prior to a certain date The method most suitable for local conditions considering size of operations and the amount of correspondence handled should be used The methods described in the following paragraphs are frequently used The retained copies of the route sheet maybe used as a reminder for replies or reports of a one time nature They should be maintained by the date that the reply or report is due and retained until the required action is completed If sending correspondence is required enough time should be allowed to ensure its receipt by to the recipient on or before the due date For reports or actions of a more permanent or continuing nature file folders maybe used These may be numbered from 1 to 31 corresponding to the days of the month Notes listing action required data required backgroun
394. ording reporting and evaluating the maintenance requirements of the fleet MAINTENANCE SOURCE CODE A code that identifies the source of parts or other materials obtained from other than normal supply channels When applicable it is entered on NAVSUP Form 1250 1 or DD Form 1348 to document and report the use of nonissued maintenance items Maintenance source codes are found in the NAVSUP P 485 MANDATORY TURN IN A term applied to designated repair parts and components and which requires that the defective item be turned in when a replacement is ordered MANIFEST A detailed listing by type of all cargo loaded in any one conveyance destined for a particular discharge point MARKING The application by stamping printing painting labeling or tagging of numbers item name NSN symbols or colors on containers and items for identification during shipment handling and storage MATERIAL CONTROL CODE A one letter code assigned by the inventory manager to indicate the rate of usage or to designate those items having special reporting and or control requirements MCRL Master Cross Reference List A conversion list from reference to NSN MDCS The Maintenance Data Collection System provides a method of accumulating data on labor and material used in equipment maintenance MEDIA AND STATUS A one digit code assigned to MILSTRIP requisitions that indicates the type of status required and the activity to receive it MIL
395. oring drummed products and for stevedoring purposes Pallet construction and illustrations on the stevedore pallet can be found in NAVSUP P 284 1 Loading Pallets When a pallet is loaded three things must be considered 1 maximum load 2 stability and 3 proper pallet size The pallet must pass through all doors aisles and hatches likely to be encountered The stability of the material on the pallet must be considered and a decision made as to the type of pallet to use Figure 13 14 shows the recommended way to load material on a pallet The size of the boxes being loaded will determine their arrangement on the pallet A standard loading pattern is not always appropriate STEEL PALLETS 75 EACH RECOMMENDED WOOD PALLETS 7 EACH Figure 18 1 Stowage space of wooden and sheet metal pallets compared NOT RECOMMENDED Figure 13 14 Best way to load a pallet However in the illustration you can see that the material not only fits the pallet as recommended in A and B stacking but is arranged so as to provide stability against slipping or sliding Boxes of materials are not always the same size When this is true place the highest and strongest cases at each end of the pallet and the smaller and more fragile cases in the center This arrangement provides a stronger surface for a second tier of eases on the pallet and also makes it possible to place a second loaded pallet on top for storage When you pa
396. our work 5 This listing must reprocessed within 10 days of its receipt aboard ship 6 When the processing of the listing is completed the listing must be annotated Processed and Posted adjacent to the difference total THRESHOLD CHARGES FOR DECEMBER 197A PROVIDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY PROCESSED 1 23 54 PAGE 3 AMOUNT REMARKS C MTE NO UNF ORDER DIFFERENCE wt E NO UNF ORDER DIFFERENCE 4 4 NO UNF ORDER NO UNF ORDER NO UNF ORDER DIFFERENCE wu SE rr 3 88 BH BB 8B TOTAL DOLLAR VALUE INCLUDED IN DIFFERENCE TOTAL ON PRIOR PACE NO NAVSO P 3013 PROCESSING REQUIRED DETACH AND BO NOT RETURN THIS PAGE TO THE FLEET ACCOUNTING OFFICE O9NPO147 Figure 10 34 Threshold Charges Addendum 10 32 UIC OF THE AMOUNT JULIAN COPY OF DOCUMENT SUPPLYING iic pris RECEIPT NUMBER ACTIVITY DOCUMENT RECEIPT RECEIPT DOCUMENT UNFILLED TRANS TIN ORDER MTAL AMOUNT SHOWN e ONLY CODE G ANNOTATION REQUIRED ONLY CODE I ANNOTATION AND UNFILLED ORDER ADMINISTRATIVE CANCELLATION REQUIRED Lea DATA REQUIRED DEPENDS UPON SITUATION Figure 10 35 Information documents required with the use of SFOEDL annotation codes Aged Unfilled Order Listing AUOL Role of the Defense Accounting Office One of the situations that can develop from the DAO s matching process is the failure to find the expenditure document counterpart to an unfilled order Unfilled orders are 1348 green copies
397. path of travel up inclines of as much as 25 degrees The roller conveyor can be installed with one end lower than the other to take advantage of gravity It can also be installed level and the load pushed along manually Several sections can be put together and developed into a continuous system for movement of material The conveyor can be used on piers in storerooms or wherever a steady flow of supplies is desired A drop of one half inch per foot is usually required to keep an object in motion on the rollers shows their use in clearing the landing area of the receiving ship during underway replenishment Folding stands maybe used when it is necessary to clear obstructions on the deck or to pass through doors Accesories for horizontal conveyors include turntables and curved sections Roller conveyors with hinged gate actions are also available for warehouse operations involving the crossing of thoroughfares See figure 13 19 If a roller conveyor is used the cargo should be moved slowly enough to permit personnel at the end of the conveyor to handle the boxes A brake may be improvised using a belt as shown in figure 13 20 Chutes The chute provides a rapid means of conveying packages downward The principal application is aboard ships where a need exists to strike down stems CRANE A warehouse crane is a power driven self propelled unit consisting of a boom mounted on a mobile wheeled chassis The boom can be operat
398. ple of a parts list for a laundry tumbler It was manufactured by American Laundry Machinery Industries of Cincinnati Ohio The CAGE for this company is 02432 If you were looking up the NSN for a new front cylinder bearing 6207 in the MCRL you would find several entries for that part number However none show an CAGE of 02432 Now take another look at figure 4 11 and you will see the initials SKF following cylinder bearing This shows that 1 The tumbler was manufactured by American Laundry 2 The bearings were manufactured by SKF Industries the part number is 6207 3 The CAGE for SKF Industries is 52676 You will find that part number SKF6207 with an CAGE of 52676 crosses to NIIN 00 516 5490 in the MCRL Also note that the tumbler belt was manufactured by Browning and a Browning part number is used So when using the MCRL be sure you are looking for the right part number with an CAGE for the company that retie the part The drawings and specifications will sometimes help you find a substitute for a needed repair part using the catalog identification lists 4 16 Assistance from Technical Ratings Never overlook the assistance available from people in the technical ratings and do not hesitate to ask for help when an identification problem has you stumped You are not required to know symbols or value codes that are used on electronic parts but technicians in the electronic ratings should It is no
399. porting equipment The standard pallet is a 40 by 48 inch platform that accommodates most packages and stores in warehouses It is regarded as the general purpose pallet General purpose pallets maybe either the flat type or box type Flat Pallets may be single faced or double faced Single faced pallets have one platform nailed or bolted to stringers usually made of 2 by 4 inch material A double faced pallet has platforms on the top and the bottom of the stringers and is excellent for stevedoring and transit shed operations The box type pallet illustrated in figure 13 12 is used for handling small lot items or easily crushed Figure 13 11 Pallet x 48 inches four way entry A Partial stringers B Post canstruction Figure 13 12 Box pallet cargo When discharging items from a ship to a transit shed loading directly into a box pallet saves considerable time and labor Nestable sheet metal pallets are convenient for three reasons 1 the maintenance cost is low 2 they save storage space and 3 you have no problem keeping them sanitary Figure 13 13 shows a few single faced pallets stowed alongside a stack of sheet metal pallets As you can see the saving in storage space is tremendous Lightweight aluminum pallets also are used but are expensive and difficult to repair In addition to the standard pallet there is a 48 by 72 inch stevedoring pallet which is used primarily for transporting and st
400. pping storage or handling of naval material Hazards must be known so that an appropriate level of protection to prevent loss or damage can be instituted Hazards are further classified as mechanical climatic and dangerous HIGH LIMIT The maximum quantity of material to be maintained on hand and on order or to sustain current operations It includes the sum of stocks represented by the operating level the safety level and order and shipping time equivalent to requisitioning objective HULL AND STRUCTURAL FACILITIES MAINTENANCE PRESERVATION MATERIAL AI Navy Stock Account types of maintenance material used in hull and structural facilities maintenance and preservation exclusive of cleaning supplies ICP Inventory Control Point The inventory manager that has cognizance or control of material for specifications procurement and stocking May be a Navy or other Defense activity INTER Between or among Used in supply operations to refer to relationships or transactions between two or more organizations intership interservice interstate etc INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY IMA TECHNICAL STORES supply department stocks of repetitively demanded repair parts and equipment related consumables on board tenders and repair ships They are stored in other departmental spaces for ready availability in accomplishing IMA functions To qualify for inclusion in IMA technical stores an item must be used b
401. pproval is obtained from the commanding officer personal gear must not be stowed in supply storerooms SECURITY PROCEDURES The following general security rules apply to supply department spaces 1 Materials in store are always kept under lock and key except when the bulk of such material makes stowage under lock and key impractical 2 Supply spaces are kept locked when not attended by authorized personnel 3 Responsibility for the security of spaces rests with the person in charge of each space Permission for entry of persons ordinarily not authorized to have access to supply spaces will be obtained from the supply officer or the delegated assistant No supply space will be secured in such a manner that access by use of ordinary damage control equipment is impeded in an emergency Keys to supply space padlocks will not be taken from the ship by the custodian A key log will be used to identify the holders of keys removed from the key locker Combinations to combination locks are not recorded in writing except as prescribed in NAVSUPP 485 All key padlocks must be 1 1 2 inch pin tumbler type with dead bolts either brass or bronze The locks must be keyed individually and furnished with two master keys for each group and two grand master keys for each set All keyless padlocks will be the three combination manipulation resistance type 8077A NSN 9Z5340 00 285 6523 10 11 Combinations on keyless padlo
402. prest fund cashier may be required to account for the established balance of the fund at any time The total cash on hand paid vendors receipts unpaid reimbursement vouchers and interim receipts for cash must equal the total amount of the fund An unannounced inspection should be made quarterly The commanding officer designates an individual to conduct the inspection A report of the results of an inspection should be made promptly to the commanding officer Reimbursement In order to maintain adequate controls over imprest funds a Reimbursement Voucher Standard Form 1129 is prepared on an as required basis In no case should reimbursement be made more often than once a month if disbursements have been made Ships operating on extended cruises when no disbursing officer is available must prepare the STD Form 1129 immediately upon return to an area served by a disbursing officer if disbursements from the imprest fund were made during the period Figure 5 15 shows an example of reimbursement voucher with one of the purchase receipts for which reimbursement is requested The impest fund cashier prepares the STD Form 1129 in an original and the number of copies required by the disbursing officer who replenishes the fund The obligation document number of each transaction is a required entry in the Cost Code column of the accounting section of the STD Form 1129 The completed STD Form 1129 with the original of each pa
403. quisitions held on backorder by the supply source with those carried as outstanding by the requitioner BACKORDER RECONCILIATION RESPONS Reply to a reconciliation request advising the supplier to hold the backorder until it can be supplied or to cancel it BILL OF LADING A document that acknowledges receipt of material by a commercial carrier It serves as a contract between the shipping activity U S Government and the carrier for carriage of the material BREAKOUT The act of taking stock from bulk storerooms for issue transfer or sale CANCELLATION A total or partial discontinu ance of supply action requested by the requisitioner and confirmed by the supplier CARGO Items of supplies materials stores baggage or equipment gear that are transported as freight This is in contrast to those items that are transported as part of passenger movements CARRIED ITEMS Stocked items on which the supply department maintains stock records showing current on hand stock balances CARRIER This term includes railroads small parcel carriers freight forwarders motor carriers barge and steamship carriers air carriers pipeline companies and the Navy s all cargo contract airlift system QUICKTRANS CHARGEABLE ACTIVITY The activity for which an expenditure represents a cost of operation COGNIZANCE COG SYMBOL A two character symbol that designates the stores account in which a type of material is carried
404. quisitions in the MOF Thus at any time you can determine the current status of a requisition by refering to the filed status Cards 5 19 Figure 5 12 has an example of a MILSTRIP requisition and various status cards pertaining to it In this case M amp S code T was used which requests 100 supply status plus shipping status The routing identifier following the document identifier on status cads identified the activity providing the status The advice status code in CC 65 66 tells you what the requisitioner is doing The routing identifier following it is the activity holding the requisition after the action is completed i e for BB and BH status codes the holder remained the same but for BM it tells to whom the requisition was passed On supply status cads the date the action was taken is shown in CC 62 64 as a three digit Julian date year not shown The muting identifier of the requisition holding activity is entered in CC 67 69 The estimated shipping date when appropriate is included in CC 70 73 The current unit price is shown as a seven digit number in CC 74 80 The shipping status cards show the routing identifier of the activity shipping the material in CC 4 6 The date it was shipped by a three digit Julian date in CC 57 59 and the mode of shipment as a one character code m CC 77 Additional information on shipments may be shown when shipments are made by other than parcel pmt Mode of shipment codes are lis
405. r stations The N is for the Naval Shore Establishment and the A for air stations An Arabic numeral added to the letter symbol further subdivides the code For example FF Fleets Forces Types Areas and Sea Frontiers FF1 U S Fleet FF8 U S Task Fleets Fleets File arrangement within any office depends upon the mission of the office and on the volume of its official correspondence Normally general correspondence is stored in metal file cabinets This includes letters and memorandums received or originated by the office Folders are used to keep correspondence orderly in the files Standard file folders are available in two sires letter size 9 x 11 3 4 inches and legal size 9 x 14 3 4 inches The total number of folders and the appropriate primary secondary or tertiary subject identification numbers or the name title symbols to be used are determined by the volume of written matter in each category to be filed There may be no need to establish folders on some major series groups while others may require several folders broken down to primary secondary or tertiary numbers The subject identification numbers or name title symbols should be printed on each folder The subject identification number placed on the correspondence by the originator assists in determining the correct folder in which to file the correspondence This number however may not be appropriate for the particular office concerned
406. r foodservice and other stores Records The records section maintains records on all stores belonging to the wardroom mess FoodService The function of foodservice is to prepare and serve food Operating Space The wardroom mess is responsible for cleaning and maintaining spaces assigned to the wardroom Aviation Stores S 6 Division General When an aviation stores division is established it performs all functions related to procurement receipt storage and issue of aviation material Records and Reports Records and reports include accounting for all aviation material Data Processing S 7 Division General Functions include the operation of data processing equipment maintaining files 2 6 and records and preparing and processing documents to procure records and reports as provided for in the automated supply accounting system e Training General The training component maintains and administers a formal training program which supplements on the job training to ensure a high state of readiness and to maintain continuity when personnel changes occur Records The records function is the maintenance of all records incident to the formal training program which includes Curriculums by rating lesson plans schedules individual training records personnel advancement requirement forms division officers notebooks and military training SHIPS WITHOUT SUPPLY CORPS OFFICERS Study the organization of t
407. r or survey action ISSUES Heads of departments have authority to request material for the operation of their respective departments Normally department heads authorize someone in the department to submit issue requests and receive material This may be done by submitting a list to the supply officer naming the individuals authorized The department head may use a credit card system that EXPENDITURE RECORD LOG 0176 014 0180 0142 0182 0 43 0189 0144 Uss GaineT Msc 290 SuevrY SURVEY FISE fest HatBot 0196 0145 FISC Pesa MAeBo 0196 0146 Misc FResh SUBSISTENCE TrPEWarrER UneteweeP Cusrosy Caan Q 2 Man 11 7565722 Aik Com Rtssoa Tye waver Unpehweor Mad 11 7565722 UNORE 908420 00 543 6646 Intoutd Lucagoaer dy Ses ves w NSC eaat Chases lt Muewales Rerer Gud Survey O 2 0 44 Figure 8 L Example of an Expenditure Record Log for other than MTR items SHIPMENTS OF UNSERVICEABLE MTR ITEMS EXPENDITURE DOCUMENT NUMBER 0173 5631 0179 5650 0198 S103 EXPENDITURE SHIPPED TO Asc Suec Bay Gul EISE Drane Mago OPS FISC Fena WehGok MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION VOLTMETER SER 0468 24 6625 694 8273 Recay Assy 141420 00430 6904 7086 245060 00 966 4918 P3 LIAC EMENT 040840 MCC M REPLACEMENT O4PEAED FOL P T O fCc G REPCACEMENT ORDERED FDA Figure 8 2 Example of the Shipment of Unserviceable MTR items Expenditure Record Log authorizes the bearer to reques
408. r usage to rely on these lists and tables will be most helpful to the supply officer in determining supply requirements These lists control the type and quantity of equipage and are guides for determining the supply requirements Allowance Lists as used here do not include the Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List SNSL SRI or Integrated Stock List Storeroom Item ISL SRI for repair parts Advice of Other Departments The supply department uses only a small part of the material stocked in the storerooms Since other departments are your biggest customers they will frequently advise you of requirements for material which are above normal With this advance notification supply officers can temporarily increase the stock level to meet the demand They may also advise you of material which has been used in the past is no longer required Thus the requirement for this item can be deleted and prevent having dead stock in the storeroom Ship s Operation Operating factors may make it necessary to review stock records and reevaluate the requirements for some or all items stocked These factors are expected length of cruise e type of operation combat or training expected climate during the operation supply support that will be available If the expected length of a cruise is less than the normal endurance load then no major adjustment is necessary However if the operation is expected to last longer review fast moving and es
409. railer Number Consignor Commodity and Special Handling Code Air Dimension POE APOE Identifier POD APOD Identifier Mode of Shipment Type Pack TCN Consignee Transportation Priority RDD Project Day Shipped ETA TAC Pieces Weight Cube MILSTAMP Reference for Codes Section 1 Appendix B Section II Appendix B Shipping Activity DODAAC Appendix A Section I Appendix B water Section XII Appendix B air Section XIII Appendix B Section IV Appendix B water Section XIV Appendix B air Section IV Appendix B water Section XIV Appendix B air Section XVI Appendix B Section XVII Appendix B Appendix K DODAAC of ultimate consignee for ship ment From DD Form 1348 1 or other source document Appendix L DD Form 1348 1 or other source docu ment DD Form 1348 1 Section XVIII Appendix B Section XIX Appendix B Volume II MILSTAMP Total pieces in shipment unit Total weight of shipment unit Total cube of shipment unit O9NPO131 Figure 14 2 Prime Shipment Unit TCMD Data Elements CONSOLIDATED SHIPMENTS When several shipments each having a TCN are grouped for a consolidated shipment the shipping activity selects the TCN having the highest priority or earliest RDD from the individual shipments That TCN is assigned to the consolidated shipment Consolidation of shipments and assignments of TCNs are illustrated i Routing Shipments in Defense Transportation System
410. ransportation System capabilities It permits greater efficiency in shipment planning Documents used are uniform and the system is compatible with MILSTRIP A standard transportation priority system is based on the Uniform Material Movement and Issue Priority System UMMIPS MILSTAMP is mandatory for all military services and other agencies using the Defense Transportation System It does NOT however apply to the following Internal shipments on military installations or local area shipments in support of satellite activities MAP Military Assistance Program movements arranged by receiving countries if the DOD Transportation System is not used Shipments by mail Shipments on commercial bills of lading from to or between contractor plants e Shipments of bulk petroleum products e Movement of passengers TRANSPORTATION CONTROL AND MOVEMENT DOCUMENT In any material transportation system there is a need for certain information and data This is accomplished with the use of a single comprehensive control document This document is referred to as the Transportation Control and Movement Document DD Form 1384 or TCMD The shipper is responsible for preparing the TCMD in its various forms and formats These include the DD Form 1348 punch card formats and message formats See figure 14 1 Any DOD activity fleet unit government agency or contractor making authorized shipments within the DTS is required to use TCMDs
411. rate inventory management of controlled equipage issued for use requires the maintenance of separate custody reeds for individual items as well as certain physical inventory criteria prescribed in the NAVSUP P 485 DESIGNATION OF CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE The Controlled Equipage Item List CEIL is an item listing that the fleet commanders in chief developed for special inventory control For example items essential for the protection of life or relatively valuable and easily convertible to personal use The items selected as controlled equipage are categorized and listed as signature required items and nonsignature required items in the NAVSUP P 485 The commanding officer or type commander may designate as controlled equipage either as signature required or nonsignature required additional equipage items which he deems necessary to be so controlled Any of the nonsignature required items listed in the NAVSUP P 485 may be designated as signature required when the commander deems necessary Items designated by the command officer are identified in a list prepared by the supply officer and approved by the commanding officer The original of the list is retained by the supply officer and a copy is provided to each department head concerned When items are designated by the type commander the supply officer retains a copy of the type commander s directive and provides a copy to each department head concerned EQUIPAGE CUSTODY CODE
412. rd Class and Military Requirements for Petty Officer Second Class If your duties required you to handle classified information you should study the Security Manual and local instructions to be sure you comply with all requirements of handling stowage and transmissions DIRECTIVES ISSUANCE SYSTEM Your work as a Storekeeper will be governed to a large extent by directives issued by the various commands bureaus and offices of the Navy Department These directives are issued in accordance with the Department of the Navy Directives Issuance System SECNAVINST 5215 1 which sets the policies responsibilities and standards for the administration of the Navy Directives System PURPOSES OF THE SYSTEM Use of this single Navywide numbering system for directives enables each naval activity receiving directives to 1 Group directives by subject and combine related subjects Distinguish between directives of a continuing nature and those of a brief duration Obtain complete sets of instructions upon activation or commissioning Determine by use of periodic checklists the current status and completeness of its set of directives Determine by use of subject indexes what directives are in effect on a subject File directives and describe them as references by one easy method Use the same numbering system for correspondence files as for directives Since the system serves so many useful purposes it is important that
413. read punch and interpret EAM cards HIGH SPEED PRINTER Primary means of providing printed output from the system SUPPORT EQUIPMENT In addition to the primary AN UYK 5 V computer components for processing of data the source documents input must be provided by keypunches and verifiers In some instances interpreters and card sorters are required for off line or auxiliary jobs small things not controlled by the computer This equipment is designated as support equipment The information contained hem is intended to familiarize you with the characteristics and purposes of the various types of support equipment and not to qualify you as an operator SYSTEM FILES The SUADPS is a uniform system among the various ship types SUADPS 207 and SUADPS AV 207 in that common routine functions are performed the same manner and the AN UYK 5 V U 1500 computer system is used by all There are three basic types of files maintained in the SUADPS 1 tape files 2 manual files and 3 output files However system file names vary among the different ships Certain magnetic tape files which are maintained in both SUADPS 207 AD AR AS AFS and SUADPS AV 207 CVs CVNs LPHs MAGs segments are described below Master Record File The Master Record File MRF is a tape drum file maintained for each item stocked or demanded on board ship and contains data required for the management of the item Records are maintained on not carried
414. reasury to pay those obligations The making of these obligations and payments are restricted by time and monetary limitations APPROPRIATION SYMBOL A symbol used to identify a specific appropriation on accounting documents ASSEMBLY When repairable are returned from the user for shipment to the designated overhead point DOP you must sort out and tally the weight of items to be packaged or that are already unit packaged This is the ASSEMBLY process It is at this point that light and fragile items are segregated from heavy rugged items and that the type of packaging necessary for each is determined AUTHORIZATION ACCOUNTING ACTIVITY The activity designated to perform allotment accounting for a ship or another activity Allotment accounting does not include OPTAR accounting AUTOMATED SHIPS Ships equipped with an electronic digital computer EDC system that processes supply and accounting documents and records AVERAGE ENDURANCE LEVEL The quantity of on hand material required to sustain operations for a period of time without aumgmentation It is set half way between the safety level and stockage objective That is the safety level plus one half of the operating level BACKORDER A requisition that cannot be filled by the supply activity from current stock that is being held until additional stock is received BACKORDER RECONCILIATION REQUEST A request from a supply some to a requisitioner to compare re
415. received as fleet freight for evidence of damaged or leaking containers Extremely hazardous conditions can result from several compounds normally used aboard ship Open Hatches Guards should be placed near open hatches and other open spaces Safety lines must be used around such openings when cargo is not being handled through them Temporarily Covered Hatches Hatches covered only with a tarpaulin or other temporary covering are dangerous perhaps more so than uncovered hatches which are fully visible temporary coverings should be used only during inclement weather if at all Riding on Hooks Personnel should not be permitted to ride cargo handling gear such as hooks or nets between pier and ship or between the deck and hold The save all must not be used as a ladder between the pier and the ship 13 16 Removed Handrails When handrails are removed to load cargo or for other reasons the working area should be roped off to prevent personnel from falling over the side Ladders Ladders in the square of the hatch should not be used when cargo is being lowered or hoisted in the hold Much care must be exercised when using these ladders Particularly when hatchboards from several decks have been removed Stairway type ladders should be used when they are available e Slippery Decks Oil grease ice or any slippery material on the deck or pier should be removed immediately or covered with sand cinders saw
416. record of proofs of receipt and or disposition of material 6 3 Material Outstanding File The material outstanding file has a copy of procurement documents originated by the ship for material and services not yet received It also includes related documentation such as followups supply status and shipping status as well as shipping documents that are specifically applicable to a single item Material Completed File The material completed file has a copy of all ship originated procurement documents which have been removed from the material outstanding file However such documents will not be filed in the material completed file until receipt procedures for all items are complete and payment processing for purchased material has been accomplished Multiple Item Shipping Documents OUTSTANDING FILE Shipping memoranda transportation control movement documents TCMDs and other types of shipping papers may show multiple item shipments that have not been received They 1 PROC INSTRUMENT OFN CONTRACT G8 008 B6500 NOO171 7O F 0124 MATERIAL INSPECTION AND RECEIVING REPORT PRIME CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE POINT D DESTINATION S SOURCE O OTHER EK W BATTERY cq FORWARDING OF RECEIPTED ohne 3888 HOWARD gd COPY TO PAYING OFFICE O HARE INT L AIRPORT SKOKIE ILLINOIS R P O BOX 68478 CHICAGO ILLINOIS 60686 11 SHIPPED FROM V sdur tas B CODE ros L Pe WL BE voe
417. related to information given in other chapters e How is this information related to the PARS 5 When you have a general idea of what is in the TRAMAN and how it is organized fill in the details by intensive study In each study Period try to cover a complete unit such as chapter or a section of a chapter The amount of material that you can cover at one time will vary If you know the subject well or if the material is easy you can cover a lot at one time Difficult or unfamiliar material will require more study time 6 In studying any one unit chapter section or subsection write down the questions that occur to you Many people find it helpful to make a written outline of the unit as they study or at least to write down the most important ideas 7 As you study relate the information in the TRAMAN to the knowledge you already have Read any information you can find about a process skill or situation and try to see how it ties in with your own experience 8 When you have finished studying a unit take time out to see what you have learned Look back over your notes and questions Maybe some of your questions have been answered but perhaps you still have some that are not answered Without looking at the TRAMAN write down the main ideas that you have received from studying this unit Don t just quote the book If you can t give these ideas in your own words the chances are that you have not really mastered the in
418. res It is designed to assist supply personnel in the performance of their assigned duties and help them in understanding and performing the individual tasks associated with afloat supply operations Although this publication is designed primarily for nonautomated i e manual supply procedures ships much of the information and policy that it contains applies to all afloat supply departments The procedures contained in the NAVSUP P 485 are the minimum needed to achieve acceptable supply management They are mandatory unless stated as being optional It includes the procedures outlined in NAVSUP Manual Volumes II and V and the NAVSUP P 437 as they apply to afloat situations NAVSUP P 485 has several appendices that contain such information as advice codes document identifier codes fund codes units of issue etc Paragraph numbers in this publication consist of a four digit number and subparagraph designators is a breakdown of NAVSUP P 485 paragraph number 5127 7d 4 a FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT NAVSUP P 486 This publication establishes policies for the opration and management of Navy enlisted dining facilities afloat and ashore It is designed to assist foodservice personnel in understanding and performing the individual tasks associated with enlisted dining facility operations SHIP S STORE AFLOAT NAVSUP P 487 This publication establishes policies for the operation and management of ship s store afloat These
419. resentative that negligence is not indicated in the loss damage or destruction of government property Also if for reasons known to the commanding officer negligence or responsibility cannot be determined and research under those conditions would constitute an unnecessary administrative burden Research action is not usually required when an individual accepts responsibility for loss damage or destruction of government property At the discretion of the commanding officer or a designated representative investigative reports required by other appropriate DOD component regulations may be used in lieu of research procedures prescribed in the NAVSUP P 485 under the following circumstances 1 There is no death nor personal injury involved 2 The total property damage does not exceed 200 3 There is no possible claim against the government EXPENDITURE OF MATERIAL WITHOUT SURVEY Material will be expended without survey on a Requisition and Invoice Shipping Document DD Form 1149 or DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt 8 14 Document DD Form 1348 1 which will be annotated Loss by survey and will indicate the circumstances of the loss or damages or the disposition authority as applicable under the following circumstances 1 Items determined to be scrap by an inventory manager Losses of liquid oxygen because of evaporation boil off Material cannibalized or otherwise unaccounted for in the overhaul and repair d
420. rforming the Inventory The head of each department is responsibility for inventorying the items for which he has custody The duplicate NAVSUP Forms 306 are used when performing and recording the physical inventory of controlled equipage Each item must be seen and impeded for serviceability by the person performing the inventory Serial number control must be maintained on those items identified in NAVSUP P 485 Differences between serial numbers on the material and those on the custody records must be investigated and reconciled The date of the inventory quantity inventoried and signature of the person performing the inventory must be entered in the Inventory Reed of the department head s duplicate custody records The entries must be made by pen or indelible pencil The inventory entries recorded in the duplicate custody records are transcribed as soon as possible to the originals maintained by the supply officer When the inventoried quantity of an item differs from the verified custody record balance recounts and or investigative research are required in accordance with NAVSUP P 485 Upon completion of a controlled equipage inventory each department head must submit a letter report to the commanding officer A copy is also sent to the supply officer When controlled equipage is inventoried because of a change of department head the letter report must be signed by both the releived and relieving department heads Defici
421. rgo by cross checking shading or some other means If all the cargo is for one port no coding is necessary All cargo is shown on the stowage plan in long tons 2240 pounds and measurement tons 40 cubic feet The cargo stowage plan serves much the sane purpose as the stock locator file does in the storeroom It helps organize loading so that the cargo is accessible for unloading and quickly identifies the location and type of cargo for any given port Ocean Manifest The Transportation Control and Movement Document TCMD DD Form 1384 and the Cargo Manifest DD Form 1385 are commonly referred to as the Ocean Manifest Each loading activity prepares the manifest to cover all cargo loaded at that point A separate manifest is prepared for each discharge port each hatch location and each consignee ADD Form 1384 is shown in figure 14 9 prepared for an ocean manifest Cargo Manifest Recapitulation manifests covering the cargo This recapitulation shows A Cargo Manifest Recapitulation DD Form 1386 is a summary of all the cargo loaded into a ship by each eName of ship shipping activity as listed in detail on the ocean e Status of the ship i gt r IESUS EXPLOSIVE B NOMENCLATURE EXPLOSIVE A EXPLOSIVE B EXPLOSIVE C STOCK NO 7500 00 118 0032 7540 00 118 0083 7540 00 118 0113 FORM NO SF 400 SF 401 SF 402 etl NON FLAMMABLE GAS 2 NOMENCLATURE NON FLAMMABLE FLAMMABLE GAS FLAMMABLE LIQUID GAS 7540
422. rious fund symbols ACCOUNTING FOR APPROPRIATIONS The receipt and expenditure of a matter of public record that must be accounted for and when necessary justified This is accomplished by the accounting classification system The purpose of the system is to classify expenditures as to their type or purpose and to designate the activity responsible for recording and maintaining official records of these expenditures An explanation of elements that make up the accounting classification system commonly referred to as line of accounting is given in the following paragraphs Study the discussion of the system very carefully It will be your responsibility to use the proper classification on procurement and expenditure documents that you prepare Se figure 9 7 We have previously discussed the appropriation and subhead we wil begin with the next element in the line of accounting the object class OBJ ECT CLASS Object class codes are three characters long and are used only in OPTAR transactions which affect the international balance of payments These codes are contained in NAVCOMPT Manual Volume 2 1741804 702D 200 53624 B APPROPRIATION AND OBJECT OPERATING SUB SUBHEAD CLASS BUDGET ALLOTMENT 11 3 5 1 REQUIRED NUMBER OF DIGITS FOR EACH DATA ELEMENT LN OPERATING BUDGET BUREAU CONTROL NUMBER The CNO has fiscal responsibility for the appropriation 1751804 for operation and maintenance of Navy forces
423. rocedures A complete and accurate item count is basic to conducting a physical inventory Inventory personnel must make sure that the total quantity of each item is determined as accurately as possible during the initial count of a storage area Inventory aids such as tape measures scales equivalency tables and measuring devices must be used when available You may open sealed containers when necessary for item identification or quantity verification Preservation packaging must not be broken without approval of the supply officer All opened containers must be resealed after identification and count have been determined Each container must be dated and initialed by the person who verified its contents Regardless if all items in a specific area or only certain items in specific locations are to be inventoried inventory personnel equipped with appropriate count documents and inventory aids must proceed systematically from location to location in predetermined sequence For each item subject to inventory inventory personnel must make sure that Each item is legibly identified by an appropriate stock number or part number Each fragile or potentially hazardous item is conspicuously marked or labeled to indicate caution or warning Each unit of each item is inspected for material condition and any quantity found unfit for issue or in need of represervation is recorded Each item is carefully counted weighed or measured and th
424. rs part numbers drawing and piece numbers are referred to as alternate numbers REFERENCE NUMBER any number other than the current stock number or circuit symbol in electronic equipments used to identify a part The most important reference numbers are manufacturers part numbers Superseded stock numbers are also a type of reference number Reference numbers are used in the Master Cross Reference List MCRL and Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL to determine the NSN COMMON ITEM an item of standard design application and specification normally procurable from several manufacturers or suppliers or available from only one manufacturer but with wide usage Also an item that may have multiple applications PRESENTATION SILVER gifts of silver a single item or a group of items occasionally received by U S Navy ships from states municipalities organizations individuals or other sources See NAVSUP P485 STOCK MEASUREMENT Accurate measurement of stock is very important When identifying either material or requirements you should consult the stock list to be sure you are making the right measurements accurately For most purposes a steel measuring tape is accurate enough For lightweight sheet metal or wire a wire and thickness 4 6 gauge is necessary Stock identification lists contain tables for converting gauge to decimal or fractional parts of an inch SYMBOLS AND MARKINGS As an aid to identif
425. rsonnel stand out of the bight and clear of the throw of the block and hook when using a bull line to move cargo e Show personnel how to break down or build piles of Slingloads and safely break out and stow cargo e Show your crew how to lift properly e See that your crew does not enter dark places holds decks or compartments without a light e Discourage the wearing of rings gauntlet type gloves and trousers with legs so long that they are tripping hazards e Ensure that your crew wears safety shoes and helmets while handling cargo Do not permit the use of holders in the square of the hatch when the hoist is moving Ensure your crew s alertness Have the hold crew take occasional breaks topside for fresh air if necessary Know where to obtain suitable antislip material if the need should arise e Know what to do in case of injuries e Know the location of fire axes hose and other firefighting equipment Know how to remove personnel quickly from the hold should a fire develop or they require medical attention Observe your crew and ensure that they work in a safe manner Do not block passageways or openings doors hatches etc with cargo hatch beams or other material without permission from the responsible head of department If a passage must be blocked off do it in a manner which will enable personnel to regain quick access The need for speed in emergency situations or during u
426. s When the retention period of records of a disestablished activity has not expired and the records are not required either by the cognizant bureau or office or by an activity assuming responsibility for functions of the disestablished activity When records have a retention period of more than 4 years 5 When records are inactive and are not required for local operating purposes providedit is determined that savings can be effected by the transfer OFFICE PROCEDURES AND BEHAVIOR Your contribution toward good human relations in your office is fully as important as what you do about physical conditions At this point in your career your personal influence is expanding Once you become a petty officer you are not only responsible for yourself but are also expected to exhibit qualities of leadership KNOWING YOUR OFFICE When you begin work in a new billet one of your first jobs is to learn as much as possible about the organization in which you work You should learn the purpose for which your office exists and the duties it performs Then you should study the office organization and the chain of command This textbook will help you by furnishing general information about various types of offices to which you maybe assigned but them will always be more to learn when you actually arrive at each new duty station 3 16 After you understand the functions of your office you will see how your own duties fit into these functi
427. s TYCOM to the receiving ships TYCOM The transfer does not result in an OPTAR increase for the transferring ship unless such an increase is specifically authorized by the TYCOM Credits The accounting data creditable is entered below the chargeable data under column headings 10 39 CHAPTER 11 AUTOMATED SUPPLY With the ever increasing use of automatic data processing ADP it is inevitable that the Navy adapt as many of its tedious and time consuming tasks as possible to automated procedures In fact the recording and reporting discussed in the preceding chapters can to some degree be accomplished by punched cards magnetic tapes and bar codes This chapter discusses the more common applications of automatic data processing with regard to supply procedures You are not expected to become a Data Processing Technician but since you will undoubtedly work with some form of automated supply during your time in the Navy it is to your advantage to understand the principles involved You will be concerned primarily with the Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing System SUADPS Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing System Aviation SUADPS AV and the Shipboard Nontechnical ADP Programs SNAP I and II DATA PROCESSING TERMS The growth of data processing has resulted in a vocabulary peculiar to that field It is necessary that you understand a few of the basic terms as you study this chapter EAM Electric Ac
428. s and storerooms The advantages of the reefer car dolly are maneuverability ease of operation and suitability for A DOLLY GENERAL PURPOSE DIFFERENTIAL ius CHAIN HOIST SPUR GEAR Figure 13 25 Chain hoists So B DOLLY PALLET ROLLERS SIMPLE COMPOUND C DOLLY REFFER CAR TACKLE TACKLE Figure 13 27 Dollies A General purpose B Pallet Figure 13 26 Block and tackle rollers and C Reefer car 13 12 use on truck and reefer floors The 24 wheels in the central portion figure 13 27 are placed slightly lower than the wheels at the ends The wheels at the ends are held in position by springs which allow them to move on their axles as the load is guided to its destination The difference in height of the center and end wheels permits a certain amount of recking motion which aids in movement and guidance of the pallet load That is the tilting effect allows the dolly to turn and the center wheels on offset axles prevent loading of wheels in slatted floors MATERIALS HANDLING ABOARD SHIP The use of materials handling equipment aboard ship is dependent upon several factors type of ship its physical characteristics and quantity of material to be moved On cargo ships the primary method of moving material is by cargo booms These booms may be rigged to provide the required lift capability and to reach the required work area The most common rig is the yard and stay which uses two boom
429. s 1114m is provided by the SOAP ADP facility at FISC Oakland to each nonautomated ship upon completion of a SOAP ILO A complete set of keypunched and interpreted NAVSUP Forms 1114m also is furnished by the Navy Ship s Parts Control Center SPCC to each nonautomated new construction major conversion ship prior to its commissioning or recommissioning To interpret these cards refer to the Soap Manual NAVSURINST 4441 21 series NAVSUP Form 1114 manual is identical to the NAVSUP Form 1114m in design It is a continuous feed type of form that facilitates typing the top and bottom lines of new stock record cards They are required to be prepared when keypunched and interpreted NAVSUP Forms 1114m are filled or when new items are added to shipboard stock between SOAP ILOs FILES Stock records may be kept in either horizontal or vertical filing equipment The use of horizontal files i e card file trays for SIM items and vertical files i e boxes or card file drawers for non SIM items is recommended Regardless of the filing equipment used separate files are required for SIM and non SIM items The stock records in each file will be arranged NAVSUP FORM 1114m FOR A SIM REPAIR PART Me M s Teens T sse la a eee ee ee GN RN nt esros a RD a CERE inn en Ti ee ee IU AL CUNT RS aran ar ernie neu wo oeu poer NAVSUP FORM 1114 MANUAL FOR A SIM DTO CONSUMABLE ITEM uwrPmcE
430. s and two winches with the two wire ropes whips corrected to a single cargo hook In loading from or to a pier one boom is positioned over the hold and the other rigged out so that the head of the boom is over the pier The load may then be picked up on one boom transferred to the second by taking in on the second whip while paying out the first whip and lowered from the second boom Figure 13 28 shows a yard and stay rig with a suspended load Also shown is one type of hatch tent Figure 13 28 Cargo booms with Seattle hatch tent The Seattle hatch tent may be used to protect personnel and cargo in the hold during inclement weather A hatch tent provides protection not only from rain or snow but also from the sun during very hot weather A save all is a device used to prevent the loss of cargo overboard during loading or discharging operations The most common type of save all shown in figure 13 29 is a net rope or nylon approximately 15 by 20 feet or larger Wire rope nets and wooden platforms figure 13 30 may also serve as save alls There should be a save all rigged to each working hatch and also beneath each brow skid or conveyor if the ship is loading or discharging through sideports You can rig a save all by lashing one side of a net even with the bulwark Then by securing it to cleats on the deck or bulwark and securing the bottom of the net to the stringer on the pier Leave enough slack in the save all to a
431. s entries in the NAVSUP Form 1250 1 For complete management data entry information refer to the NAVSUP P 485 USAGE DATA Since usage data plays a large part in determining future allowances of material it is important that usage be recorded Usage data on all material for which a NAVSUP Form 1114 is maintained must be rounded on the stock record card If a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 is used as the consumption document an additional document NAVSUP Form 1114 or suitable document is filed in the historical demand file HDF Hardback copies of NAVSUP Form 1250 1 and NAVSUP Form 1114 are filed in the following sequence NIIN NICN part number and other item identification Copies of SERVMART Shopping List are maintained chronologically by Julian date of the applicable money value only MVO requisition number In regard to the historical demand file it will not be required if the type commander provides a monthly ADP list of NC items qualified for stock based on ACCESS consumption documents that the ship submitted in the past 12 month period When such a list is provided the hardback copies of NAVSUP Form 1250 1 for NC items may be discarded after procurement documents have been prepared and the list will be used as the historical demand record until replaced by the next monthly list Superseded lists need not be retained inasmuch as Supply Operations Assistance Program Integrated Logistics Overhaul requirements for demand data applicable
432. s experienced a frequency of demand of two or more within the past 6 months or has a predictable demand frequency of two or more based on deployed or seasonal usage Similar to criteria for terms peacetime operating stock and demand based items used in automated ships Frequency of demand is defined as the number of separate times an item is issued regardless of the quantity of each issue SPLIT SHIPMENT CODE TM code is reserved for use by transshipment activities The shipping activity always assigns code X to the 17th position This code is used to indicate that the increment of the shipment unit complete or partial generated by the shipping activity must be Al 9 further divided into two or more increments for onward movement in separate conveyances The transshipping activity identifies each increment consecutively in the 17th position beginning with code A The last increment is always identified with code Z STOCK ARTICLE A collection of like items within a class STOCK FUNDED SHIPS Ships in which the inventory of general stems and repair parts is carried in NSA The ship s OPTAR is charged when material is issued from supply storerooms to the using departments STOCK ITEM Consists of each size or color et cetera of an article STOCK UNIT The smallest quantity of a stock item that can be issued STOCKAGE OBJECTIVE The maximum quantity of material to be maintained on hand to
433. s of unequal size and weight 14 19 Figure 14 14 Stacking bagged goods handtruck may then be used as a pry to remove the rollers Small boxes cases and crates can be secured as illustrated in figure 14 17 Run the line from one securing point around the box to a securing point on the opposite side If the line is light or the box heavy run O9NPO142 Figure 14 16 Landing a case on rollers B RIGHT os O9NPO141 Figure 14 15 Right and wrong ways to stack boxes Heavy containers should be landed on rollers or dunnage when using a crane or ship s booms to load and when it is impractical to use materials handling equipment This permits safe removal of the slings If rollers such as lengths of pipe are used they provide an effective means of moving the item into the stowage O9NPO143 location in a hold or on deck See figure 14 18 A Figure 14 17 Proper way to secure small boxes 14 20 the line back and forth two or three times Lash boxes tight against something solid such as a bulkhead When this is not possible place planks or dunnage across two or more stanchions or beams and lash the box against them Do not tie lashings to electric cables small or lagged pipes door or hatch dogs or hinges electric motors lifeline stanchions or to anything not firmly secured IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Hazardous chemicals and materials used by the Navy are identified as Military Stan
434. s published on microfiche and consists of three sections as follows Section I Alphabetic Numeric Listing of Form Publication Hull Electronic Model Numbers and Standard Subject Identification Cede for Cog 11 Forms Section II Alphabetic Listing of Publications and Forms by Title Nomenclature Section III Numerical Listing of Publications and Forms by Stock Number followed by NAVAIRSYSCOM Technical Directives by type and directive number Publications and forms are sequenced together Microfiche editions are issued quarterly Each edition reflects current Cog II Publications and Forms Section I and Section III reflect information such as Canceled No Superseding Item Superceded By and Replaced By The Introduction to the Navy Stock List of Publications and Forms provides detailed information about the columnar arrangement of the stock list It also has the instructions needed to requisition publications and forms Manufacturers Instruction Books Equipment purchased by the Navy has instruction books or technical manuals from the manufacturer NAVSEA assigns publication numbers to these books so they can be ordered through the supply system They are used by operating and maintenance personnel to help them obtain top perform ante from the equipment They include parts lists and detailed drawings and specifications You will use them often to help you accurately identify repair parts that must be adressed is an exam
435. s used to control expenditure document number assignments and to provide a record of all expenditures The expenditure record log is divided into two segments described as follows Expenditures Except for MTR Items This section of the expenditure record log will be maintained for recording all transfers and surveys If the ship assigns blocks of serial numbers this segment will be subdivided to include a separate section for each material category The serial numbers in each section will run consecutively throughout the fiscal year An example of an Expenditure Record Log for other than MTR items is shown i MTR items This section will be maintained for recoding all shipments of unserviceable MTR items Document numbers in this section will duplicate document numbers assigned to replacement requisitions An example of the shipment of unserviceable MTR items Expenditure Record Log is shown inl figure 8 2 EXPENDITURE INVOICE FILES The expenditure invoice file will contain the original of each expenditure invoice prepared by the ship or a copy if the original is required elsewhere Internal issue documents NAVSUP Forms 1250 1 will not be included in the expenditure file Expenditure invoices will be filed by expenditure document number However expenditure invoices for MTR items will be placed on the opposite side from other expenditure invoices The expenditure invoice file will be retained for 1 year after completion of transfe
436. sales to other government departments and foreign governments Sales from the NSA to other stores accounts Collections from carriers for NSA material lost or damaged in transit NSA gains by accounting price adjustment appraisal inventory sale and survey which are not properly creditable to an appropriation Reimbursements from the Defense Logistics Agency for the pro rata share of proceeds from sale of surplus scrap and salvage material expended from the NSA DBOF SYMBOLS Symbols used in the elements that make up the DBOF serve the same purpose as those for appropriations They identify charges and credits made against the DBOF The symbols used in the construction of the DBOF consist of eleven digits The first seven digits designate the department responsible for administering the fund an indicator of fiscal year limitation the type and the particular fund The other four digits compose the subhead It identifies the command or bureau within the Navy responsible for administrating this element of the fund and the purpose for which it is to be used The meaning of each digit or combination of digits is shown i DBOF Use DBOF fulfills its role as a revolving fund by purchasing designated supplies from commercial sources Defense Logistics Agency the General Services Administration and the Departments of the Army and Air Force and then selling them These supplies maybe sold to a specific appropriation 17 X 4
437. se document and placed in the MOF The green copy of the DD Form 1348 is placed in OPTAR document holding file 1 by ships that submit 5 22 budget OPTAR reeds or promptly forwarded to the OPTAR holding activity by ships that do NOT submit budget OPTAR reports The original and remaining copies are discarded PURCHASE ORDER The purchase order method will be used for purchases in the open market up to the purchasing authority as authorized by the cognizant type commander Purchase orders will not exceed 50 000 except as specified in the NAVSUPINST 4200 85 The material or services included in a single purchase order number will be chargeable to the same fund code e g the purchase order will include all repair pacts or all services but not both See figures 5 13A 5 13B and 5 13C for example of the forms to be used Use the NAVSUP P 485 for guidance and purchase orders The DD Form 1155 with the 1155r or 1155r 1 is distributed as are specified in the NAVSUP P 485 IMPREST FUNDS The imprest fund is a simple and economic method of making purchases of 500 or less It is a cash fund and operates much like the petty cash fund used by private industry It is in effect a miniature revolving fund The fund is reduced as purchases are made When the reimbursement voucher is prepared the ship s OPTAR is charged for the amount spent and the money returned to the imprest fund Authority Upon the written approval of the type comma
438. sential items to determine if there are increased requirements If the ship has been operating in a hot or temperate climate for an extended period of time and then scheduled for deployment to the arctic a rewiew of materials required for cold weather operations is advisable A major factor of concern to the supply officer when the ship is scheduled for deployment is the supply support during the cruise Will the ship be steaming independently Will it be in company of similar ships Will it obtain material from mobile logistics support ships or ashore activities All of these questions must be answered before the supply officer can accurately determine the ship s requirements This information is usually provided in the operation orders ROUTINE REQUIREMENTS A ship s requirements usually will fall under the heading of routine requirements The factors discussed in the preceding paragraphs apply to new ships and special circumstances When applicable they must be considered in determining the ships requirements The requirement for an item is initially established when the ship is commissioned or when it is first stocked The requirement is validated at each supply overhaul Routine requirements are of two types 1 stock replenishment to replace material issued from your storerooms and 2 direct turnover DTO material not carried in your storerooms ordered as a result of a verified requirement from another departm
439. signal code D or M no billing required as appropriate is entered in CC 51 and the fund code CC 52 53 is left blank Special requisitioning instructions approval requirements and restrictions are indicated in the Requisition Restriction RR column of the Navy Stock List of Forms and Publications SHIP S STORE OR SUBSISTENCE STOCK When normal supply sources are not available and general stores stock is exhausted ship s store or subsistent stock may be transferred to ship s use For example cornstarch transferred from subsistence stock for use in cleaning the boilers or flashlights transferred from ship s store to general use Such transfers are made on DD Form 1149 and are charged to the ships OPTAR funds available for operation of the ship Complete accounting data must be shown on the transferring DD Form 1149 for both the charge and the credit MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL AND SERVICES Refer to NAVSUP P 485 when procuring services ecclesiastical material boat letters books ice typewriters newspapers printing rubber stamps local tunnel tickets and other miscellaneous material The procurement action varies with the type of service or material REQUISITION FILE MAINTENANCE Requisition file maintenance begins when a requisition is prepared and the hardback copy of the procurement document is placed in the material outstanding file MOF When the material ordered has been received or canceled the requ
440. sk The Federal Catalog System also is used by North Atlantic Treaty Organization NATO countries FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM The Federal Supply Classification FSC system is designed to classify all items of supply used by the Federal Government Each item of supply is classified in one and only one four digit Federal supply class The first two digits denote the group or major division of commodities the last two digits denote the class or subdivision of commodities within a group As presently established the FSC consists of 76 groups some currently unassigned These stock groups cover rather broad categories of material Therefore they are 4 1 subdivided into classes There are approximatey 600 classes assigned to the 76 groups The number of classes within each group vary Each class covers a particular area of commodities in accordance with their physical or performance characteristics or based on the fact that the items in the class are usually requisitioned or issued together You will learn the frequently used classes within the groups by using them Examples of how the classes are used to divide types of material as shown i Together the stock group and class are known as the FSC The Defense Logistics Agency Cataloging Handbooks H2 1 H2 2 and H2 3 contain a complete listing of assigned federal supply classification classes You will notice that the Federal supply groups starts with group 10 T
441. st enlisted ratings A TRAMAN gives information that is directly related to the occupational standards of ONE rating TRAMANS are revised to keep them up to date technically The revision of a TRAMAN is identified by a letter following the NAVEDTRA number You can tell whether any particular copy of a TRAMAN is the latest edition by checking the NAVEDTRA number and the letter following this number in the most recent edition of Catalog of Nonresident Training Courses NAVEDTRA 12061 NAVEDTRA 12061 is actually a catalog that lists all current training manuals and courses you will find this catalog useful in planning your study program Each time a TRAMAN is revised it conforms with the official publications and directives on which it is based but during the life of any edition discrepancies between the TRAMAN and the official sources are almost certain to arise because of changes to the latter which are issued in the interim In the performance of your duties you should always refer to the appropriate official publication or directive If the official source is listed in NAVEDTRA 12052 the Naval Education and Training Program Management Support Activity NETPMSA uses it as a source of questions in preparing the fleetwide examinations for advancement In case of a discrepancy between any publications listed in NAVEDTRA 12052 for a given rate the examination writers will use the most recent material TRAMANS are designed to help you q
442. standing column will be lined through and the quantity that remains outstanding will be entered next to the deleted original quantity For an example sed figure 7 13 Partial Quantity Received Balance Canceled When the total quantity requisitioned is not received and no suffix code is indicated in column 44 of the receipt document the requisition will be considered to be completed No further action will be taken by the supply system to furnish the remaining balance Therefore the quantity received will be posted to the Stock record and all applicable requisition data in the Requisitions Outstanding column will be lined through For an example sed figure 7 13 If the unfurnished balance of the requisitioned quantity is required a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 will be prepared to initiate another requisition Receipt Overages in Excess of 100 A receipt overage exists if the receipt quantity is more than that requisitioned and or invoiced When a receipt overage exceeds 100 per line item or it involves controlled material the excess quantity will be reported as a receipt discrepancy in accordance with the NAVSUP P 485 96302342 racamoa u O dire Hy I5 SUBSTITUTE R 5960 09 188 8538 S N 0108 801 1140 SUBSTITUTE ITEM OON90034 5960 99 188 8538 EA 86392342 coa wc NATIONAL STOCK NO DESCRIPTION RT PRICE APL AEL NO LOCA ESSEN H bp LU ILL Ee nrousmowsOUTSTANDMG A Larv r e A C
443. stible However it is a strong oxidizing agent which will generate heat liberate chlorine and cause fire when it comes in contact with paints oils greses detergents acids alkalies antifreeze fabrics and other organic and combustible materials Calcium hypochlorite will be stowed in binhs or lockers labeled HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE in red letters on a white background The bins or lockers will not be located in an area which e is used for stowage of combustible organic materials exceeds 100 degrees F under normal operating conditions is adjacent 10 a magazine is subject to condensation or water accumulation Each bin or locker must beat least 5 feet away from any heat source or surface which may exceed 140 degrees F It will contain no more than 48 6 ounce bottles for potable water purification or 36 3 3 4 pound bottles for sewage waste treatment The total quantity stowed should not exceed the ship s average endurance level on CLF ships calcium hypochbrite may bestowed in general cargo spaces without quantity restriction provided that the foregoing safety precautions are observed 6 11 Compressed Gases Compressed gases must be stowed on the weather deck Unless the ship has below deck stowage spaces specifically designed fix such material Compressed gas cylinders will be stowed vertically and securely with valve protection caps in place They will be stowed away from other flammabl
444. stock number or another type of NICN An LICN consists of 13 characters The first four numbers correspond to the FSC of similar NSN items the fifth and sixth NCB code area are LL and the remaining seven are all numbers Sed figure 4 3 Locally assigned item control numbers are authorized for local use only i e for shipboard stock records locator records bin tags issue documents etc They are not used for requisitions since they would be meaningless to the supply source Special Material Identification Code Special material identification code SMIC is a two position alpha or alphanumeric code assigned by the Commander Naval Supply Systems Command to NSN items which require Source of quality control Technical design or configuration control Special controls for procurement receipt inspections test storage and issue Appendix 9L of the NAVSUP P485 lists the current authorized SMICs These codes are shown in the Management List Navy ML N in the column headed Material Management Code MMC and are considered supplemental to the NSN When an SMIC is assigned to an NSN item the SMIC will be suffixed to the NSN in all supply documents and records 7520 LL 0000123 Appropriate FSC Designation for a locally assigned identification number Serially assigned identification number OONPOO13 Figure 4 3 Local Item control number Technical Manual Identification Numbering System TMINS
445. subject areas e Organization of the department into divisions e Professional duties and responsibilities of personnel e Machinery operating instructions and safety precautions The flow of work and authority within the department You should read and become familiar with the supply department manual It will give you a better understanding of the specific responsibilities of your department and division It will also help you do a better job COSAL Coordinated Shipboard AllowanceList COSAL establishes equipage allowances for the ship and the storeroom allowance of repair parts for installed equipment It covers all electronic ordnance electrical and mechanical equipment on board your ship You must learn to use the COSAL since it is one of the most important publications used in identification of material and inventory management It is a technical and supply management document designed to enable ships to achieve maximum operating capability for extended periods of time independent of external logistics support Before we go any further let s examine that opening paragraph and see just what it means to you The COSAL is a technical document because it provides the e nomenclature e operating characteristics e technical manuals e Specifications e parts lists e technical data for installed equipment and machinery and e equipage and tools required to operate and maintain the ship and its equipment
446. subsistence is the book edition of the Federal Catalog for Subsistence compiled by the Defense Personnel Support Center It also omits cryptographic cryptologic and Defense Nuclear items which are listed in security classified catalogs produced by the respective DOD agencies The ML N is a Navy tailored publication therefore many NSNs may be found in the MCRL that are not in the ML N If the item being researched is not found in the ML N including deleted items and a continuing requirement exists the using activity must take the necessary action to establish Navy interest The format of the ML N is illustrated i For definitions and explanations of the various codes and information found in the columns of the ML N refer to the Introduction to Federal Supply Catalogs and Related Publications NAVSUP P 4000 RELATED PUBLICATIONS The Fleet Material Support Office publishes related publications that supplement the ML N by providing additional management data and by consolidating certain information for reference purposes The following are brief descriptions of these related publications MASTER CROSS REFERENCE LIST MCRL The MCRL published on microfiche provides cross reference information from reference numbers to NSNs Part 1 and from NSN to reference number Part ID to assist in identifying items in the supply system Refer to figure 4 6 The MCRL is a consolidated publication and includes items of supply which are used
447. switch should be outside the compartment and nonsparking vent fans with the controllers outside the compartment ACID LOCKER An acid locker is a leakproof led lined box chest or locker especially designed for stowing bottles or carboys of acid A label bearing the inscription ACID BOTTLE STOWAGE in 3 8 inch letters must be securely attached to the lid of each acid locker Acid lockers will be kept in the flammable liquids storeroom However acid lockers which contain only medical acids may be kept in a medical storeroom ALCOHOL LOCKER An alcohol locker is a chest or locker used for security stowage of grain alcohols which are highly susceptible to pilferage i e ethanol or ethyl alcohol Alcohol lockers will be located in the flammable liquids storemom However lockers that contain only medicinal alcohol 100 proof or less may be located in any secure space designated by the commanding officer MATERIALS REQUIRING SPECIAL HANDLING OR STOWAGE We will first consider the classifications of material and then discuss the special handling or storage requirements for special types of material that are carried for ship s use Requirements for cargo stowage are not covered because the types of cargo and ship s characteristics vary and must be considered on an individual basis Acid Liquid acid unless classified as safe material in the Naval Ships Technical Manual will be stowed in au acid locker If an acid lo
448. t NAVCOMPT Form 2157 are shown in subparagraph A of the message Subparagraph B of the message TRANSMITTAL DATA should always show the Transmittal Letter NAVCOMPT Form 2156 data contained in blocks 29 and 30 of the Budget OPTAR Report NAVCOMPT Form 2157 Figure 10 28 shows how the data in blocks 29 and 30 of the Budget OPTAR 10 23 aaco 7303 6 BubGET OPTAR REPORT NOTE Information requested on this report ei tn ME eee applies to BOTH SNIP FORCES and to AVIATION FORCES EXCEPT where indicated GAIT 5rwtiFICATION COOC RM2594 Ory AVIATION FORCES Fria i SLOCa amp 7 9 10 COMMANDING OFFICER CODE AF FLEET ACCOUNTING AND DISBURSING CENTER SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA 92182 sS4 OoR P iuG ACTIVITY USS DUARTE DD 981 0 mtiwSUunSam C tOwT amp O COOC 4f eppliectte 1 hereby cartify that decvaentary evidence i avellabdle e of the dete ef ihin rapert THE CERTIFICATION tha Tengo Het LES le s mesoni Den ae STATEMENT the TAL of CURAATIHE 03035 ADJ BMLI PANT t DFFICIENCY ABO CONSUEPTION BATA CONSUMABLES ANO SERVICES CONTROLLED QUIPAGE CHARGEABLC MATERIAL DEFICIENT CAMAILATIVE CHARGEABLE MATERIAL CONSUMED CUMULATIVE GROSS ADJ OBLIGATIONS Eue grp Poste BOP Em vp ma pet ep o 3 O9NPO076 Figure 10 23 Certification section Budget OPTAR Report 10 24 WA
449. t When possible DTO material will be inspected and accepted by the cognizant department head or an appointed representative Deliveries from commercial sources should be accompanied with itemized copies of invoices or delivery papers Individuals will not receipt for material unless a copy of the receipt document can be retained Material will not be accepted unless the receiving individual is satisfied that it conforms to the specifications included in the purchase document or contract When directed by the commanding officer material with minor defects may be accepted Refer to the NAVSUP P 485 for special procedures required for receipting and processing delivery tickets for purchases under a blanket purchase agreement Underway Replenishment Materials The package count is verified just like receipts from supply activities Signed receipts are not required Pickup Material Material picked up by the ship s representative will be inspected for quantity at the time of pickup If the material is purchased the ship s representative should be qualified to make the technical quality inspection before accepting the material DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL After the preliminary checks described above are completed the stores are sorted for distribution At this point DTO material may be turned over to the department representatives Get signatures on a copy of the receipt paper You are now ready to move the rest of the material to the stor
450. t was needed before you could proceed These sorts include putting them in national stock number NSN or national item identification number NIIN sequence separating them by cognizance or location removing all cards with excess stock or removing all cards showing outstanding requisitions Certain items of information that must be shown on the OPNAV Form 4790 2K and on issue documents provide this means of classification All material that is consumed in support of a maintenance action must be reported In most cases 1 REQ DATE 2 DEPT NO 3 uURGY 4 ROD V LOCATION 8176 de 2 B 8296 8 NOUN NAME OR REF SYM j dae q i i il ent loer sais ra repair parts will be drawn from supply storerooms or ordered through supply The request documents must contain all data elements necessary for MDS processing Figure 12 1 shows a NAVSUP Form 1250 1 used for this purpose The various elements of MDS data are explained in OPNAVINST 4790 4 SUPPLY RESPONSIBILITY FOR MDS Supply responsibilities for the proper functioning of the 3 M systems involve 1 Issuing the material required to accomplish the necessary maintenance actions and 2 Making sure that issue documents are correctly prepared The Supply Support Center SSC is the logical place to make sure that the request document is completely and accurately prepared The SSC is the first to receive requests submitted by maintenance department representatives
451. t and receive material Either method serves not only as an authorization for you to accept the request but also as a control over requests submitted by departments Control of issues is necessary to make sure that the ship stays within the OPTAR granted by the TYCOM and that only essential material is requested The commanding officer normally provides for an equitable distribution of the OPTAR to the various departments by means of a departmental budget Each head of department is required to operate within this budget The budget may be exceeded only with the approval of the commanding officer SUPPLY SUPPORT CENTER SSC An SSC is an organization component that serves as a single point of contact between supply and maintenance personnel Although an SSC is not required on ships that do not have a Supply Corps officer assigned its establishment is strongly recommended when enough space is available Generally the SSC receives and processes material requests determines or verifies material identification 8 2 and advises maintenance personnel of requisition status on their unfilled issue requests Although such functions are performed in ships without an SSC they can be accomplished more effectively when consolidated under an SSC in a location conveniently accessible to maintenance personnel ISSUE REQUEST DOCUMENTS USED All issues of stock material and all direct turnover DTO material procured by the supply department as
452. t complete listing on one line in the 16 character field are considered long reference numbers and are continued indented one space on the next line or lines Since January 1980 seven basic elements of information were included in the MCRL Each microfiche includes two similar sets of data The information is presented as follows e Reference Number A number other than an activity stock number used to identify an item of production Commercial and Government Entity The applicable manufacturers assigned five digit code as listed in the cataloging Handbook H4 2 National Stock Number The NSN assigned to the reference number 4 10 Reference Number Variation Code A code indicating whether the reference number is item identifying or requires additional data to correctly identify the item of supply Reference Number Category Code A code that designates the relationship of a reference number to the item of supply Description Available Description available not available Item Name Nomenclature of the item For a more complete description of the above titles and their codes refer to the NAVSUP P 4000 LIST OF ITEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL HANDLING LIRSH The LIRSH is published to identify items which require special handling This is a reference publication used in conjunction with other publications such as the MRIL and or Hazardous Material Information Systems HMIS Items are listed in NIIN sequence
453. t has been issued and expended from stock record cards A small stock is maintained by the using department for general maintenance work PRESERVATION The application of appropriate cleaning and drying methods preservatives and coatings PRIORITY A numerical designation assigned to a requisition by the requisitioner which is used to establish processing time for the requisition and anticipate delivery time for the material PRIORITY DELIVERY DATE The maximum standard delivery date for requested material based on date and priority of the requisition PRIORITY SYSTEM A means of establishing the relative importance of a requisition for the purpose of assigning a priority The present system is based on the Force Activity Designator and the urgency of need PRIVATE MESS A mess such as the wardroom mess in which the cost involved is not met by appropriated funds PROCUREMENT The act of obtaining materials or services PROJECT CODE A three character code used on requisitions to identify the purpose for which the material is ordered RATION One day s legal allowance of food for one person READY SERVICE SPARES RSS Repair parts and spares designated by Hardware Systems Commands HSCs during Maintenance Engineering Analysis MEA to be stored in or near certain equipments for troubleshooting and for effecting rapid equipment system repairs A ready service spare will appear in the COSAL This item may also
454. t price thereby creating a price difference If no corrective action is taken by the ship such price differences are automatically reconciled at the DAO and reported to the ship However some type commanders authorize advance action by a ship when the price of a chargeable requisition is increased or decreased by 100 or more This advance action must be taken before the requisition material is received aboard ship The reason for this is explained in the NAVSO P 3073 A price change does not by itself cause exception status to be sent to the requisitioning ship In fact the supply activity does not know what price the ship used in charging its OPTAR because the DD Form 1348 submitted by the ship to the supply activity does not ARTIAL TOTAL FUND cont TOTAL HOLDING FILE O9NPOO61 Figure 10 8 NSA to APA adjustment entry on the list of confirmed cancellations 10 11 include either unit price or total price information Consequently an advance price adjustment is done on the basis of status information that has been sent to the ship for some reason The requisition Storekeeper can spot price changes by comparing the unit price shown on the status card or message with the unit price shown on the corresponding DD Form 1348 hardback copy that is filed in the Material outstanding File Since advance action is limited to price differences of 100 or more many requisition Storekeepers only make this comparison
455. t the right marking is applied The DD Form 1387 shipment label and DD Form 1387 1 shipping tag which are illustrated in figures 14 5 A and 14 5 B respectively are examples of the shipment labels and tags required by MILSTAMP The only difference is that the label is glued to the shipping container while the tag is tied on Military Shipment Label DD Form 1387 and Military Shipping Tag DD Form 1387 1 are available with a red border W inch wide for transportation priority 1 and a blue border for transportation priority 2 Color identification is not authorized for transportation priority 3 Alternatively a plain form may be used provided the transportation priority number is printed in the appropriate block and the applicable color border is applied with a felt tip marker Special Handling Data Certification DD Form 1387 2 shown in figure 14 6 is applied to each piece of cargo to be shipped military air including QUICKTRANS when it is necessary to identify the characteristics precautionary measures or special instructions for the safe handling of dangerous hazardous or classified material or other shipments requiring special handling Refer to List of Items Requiring Special Handling for detailed information in using this form Hazardous Material Labeling The List of Items Requiring Special Handling LIRSH identifies hazardous items by national stock number and nomenclature MIL STD 755A provides for the sele
456. t the time an item is requested It is a code that identifies previously issued material that is returned to the supply department in ready for issue RFI condition The supply source codes to be used are found in the NAVSUP P 485 SUPPLY SUPPORT The materials and services that are necessary for the operation of the ship and which are obtained from ashore activities or other ships SUPPLY SUPPORT CENTER A single point of contact between the supply department and the ships other departments to provide material identification requisition status and stock status information SURVEY The procedure used to expend material from stock records and accounts when it is deteriorated damaged lost missing or otherwise unavailable for its intended use TARE WEIGHT The weight of the container and the material used for packing TCN FOR SHIPMENT UNITS IN CONSOLIDA TION The TCN assigned to control shipment units in consolidation is the TCN of the shipment unit having the earliest RDD or earliest TCN date TRANSPORTATION ACCOUNT CODES TACs Four position alphanumeric codes that identify the shipment of material to Navy operations and maintenance funds procurement funds and other Navy funds which ultimately reimburse the Navy Management Fund for shipment charges They must be shown on all government bills of lading GBLs transportation control and movement documents TCMDs and other transportation documents that incur obl
457. t your job to determine if a tolerance of 005 is permissible for a bearing or if that bearing requires grease meeting specification MIL G 7187 or VV G 671 Your job is to use the information provided by customers so you can translate their requirements into the right NSN When you need more information or are in doubt about the NSN ask the expert It is better to ask and be sure than to guess and be wrong Assistance Ashore When your efforts to find the NSN for a part have failed there are still sources of assistance available to help Supply centers and the supply departments of naval stations and shipyards have technical sections that can usually provide an NSN if there is one You should not depend on them to do your work but they are available to assist when needed ALLOWANCE LISTS Allowance lists specify the type and quantity of equipment equipage repair parts and supporting materials that a ship in commission is required to carry on board COSAL The Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL is the most used allowance list for determining repair part NSNs It contains items authorized and recommended quantities that should be on hand and provides descriptive data which associate a material requirement to an NSN The use of the COSAL is described in SPCCINST 4441 170A AVCAL The Aviation Consolidated Allowance List AVCAL contains a list of items authorized that should be on hand to support aviation equipment
458. tail stock points for use in purchasing DLA material The Navy Ship s Parts Control center SPCC Code 0183 is the principal NRO THE INTEGRATED NAVY SUPPLY SYSTEM Figure 2 5 depicts the operation of the integrated Navy Supply System The following items correspond to the numbered lines in the illustration 1 USS J ohn Paul J ones requisitions cognizance symbol 9N material from FISC San Diego 2 10 FISC San Diego a Navy retail stock point after screening its stocks and determining that the requested material is not carried refers the requisition to DESC Dayton the cognizant inventory manager DESC Dayton after researching its master records and determining that the material is available at FISC Oakland a specialized support point refers the requisition to FISC Oakland FISC Oakland issues the material to USS J ohn Paul J ones FISC Oakland makes an issue transaction report to DESC Dayton DESC Dayton after applying the issue report to its master record ascertains that stock of the item at FISC Oakland is below the required level and issues a contract to the ABC Corporation for additional stocks of the item The ABC Corporation ships the material to FISC Oakland FISC Oakland makes a receipt transaction report to DESC Dayton FISC OAKLAND SSP Figure 2 5 The Integrated Navy Supply System THE GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION GSA The General Ser
459. taking inventory in a storeroom you must use the right NSN or the count may be posted to the wrong stock card To help prevent errors in inventory and issues all stock in the storerooms should be marked with the right NSN To do this you should Place a stock tag on the front of the bin or drawer if it contains only one type of material Fasten a stock tag to the item Write the NSN on the item with marking pen or other permanent marking It only takes a short time to mark stock properly when it is inventoried or received It can save you a lot of time later on TERMS It is important to have a clear understanding of the terms used in the material identification process The following terms are used in this process MATERIAL refers to supplies repair parts equipment and equipage used in the Navy EQUIPMENT any functional unit of hull mechanical electrical ordnance or electronic type material It operated by itself or as a component of a system or subsystem Equipment is identified by a component identification number CID numerical control code NCC allowance parts list APL or similar designation SUPPORT EQUIPMENT is equipment such as test equipment fixtures hand tools etc required for the maintenance assembly disassembly overhaul repair and test or check of an end item of equipment EQUIPMENT DIVISION The standard terms that describe the breakdown of electrical electronic mechanical
460. ted States mail Army and Navy vessels Government air Service PO NS Commercial carriers a Rail freight b Air freight c Motor truck d Freight forwarders e Ships of United States registry f Ships of foreign registry g Small parcel carriers e g USPS Federal Express DEGREE OF PROTECTION The degree of protection given or required for packaging and packing to meet anticipated shipping conditions Protection levels are defined as Levels A B and C The level of packaging and packing of a shipment is marked on exterior activities of the level provided An exterior containers in appropriate combinations to inform the receiving activities of the level provided An exterior shipping container marked C C indicates the packaging first letter and packing second letter are both Level C LEVEL A The degree required to protect against the most severe conditions that may be encountered during shipment handling and storage LEVEL B The degree required for protection when the condition areto be less severe than those requiring Level A but more severe than time for which Level C is adequate LEVEL C The degree required for protection under known favorable conditions during shipment handling and limited storage Repairable must be given Level C protection since guarded handling is mandatory and the designated overhaul point is known TRANSPORTATION PRIORITIES DOD Instruction 4410 6 established a Uniform Ma
461. ted m the NAVSUP P 485 REQUISITION FOLLOWUP When material or status has not been received by the standard delivery date or the required delivery date Se er ar H 3 A AEA Or AS A ridi ITEM GEING SUPPLIED BY NNZ Erw 383 t Fre 14 CEN eae cs m PITT man stus tQ N 189 NSC NORFOLK YA LEBEN irri D ecu com Gum iit pS RA Aas ecc une SS THT ae 1591718 69556 ee AATREC REY Ma cra 4 4 lURUSAUXAZU zer aea T deep D EM ra Se 3 tQUISIt ON 8 FRO W159 USS ARCTIRUS AF 52 rr eek EA ET f ame a f i DAL HER LHe MARES Figure 5 12 E xamples of a MILSTRIP requisition and supply status cards if shown in CC 62 64 of the DD Form 1348 you may submit a followup to determine status The standard delivery date is computed by adding the authorized UMMIPS delivery time to the Julian date of your requisition The followup may be submitted on DD Form 1348 2 part or by message In either case document identifier AF1 and the routing identifier for the last known holder of the requisition are assigned The balance of the followup is identical to the original unless part of the material has 5 20 already been received In figure 5 12 if status or material has not been received from NOZ within the time allotted the followup would be for 2 EA and not 6 EA as appearing on the original requisition The original followup is sent to the activit
462. tenth The cube of an item is determined by multiplying the length times the width times the height CUSTODY Responsibility for the care stowage use and records of Navy material DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM DTS Consists of military controlled terminal facilities Military Airlift Command MAC controlled aircraft Military Sealift Command MSC controlled or arranged sealift and government owned or controlled air or land transportation DEMAND The total quantity of an item that has been used during a specific period of time A request for a not carried item to be procured An issue of a stock item DEMAND BASED ITEM DBI Peacetime operating stock POS items DIRECT TURNOVER DTO MATERIAL Any consumable repair part or equipage item ordered from sources external to the ship for DTO to the using department for immediate or planned use DLA Defense Logistics Agency Supply System Management responsibility and control of items in common use by all military services DOCUMENT IDENTIFIER A three digit code that identifies the purpose of a MILSTRIP document DODPM Department of Defense Military Pay and Allowance Manual Al 3 DTG Date Time Group The identifying number assigned to naval messages by the originator It consists of the date time month and year DTO Direct Turnover Material ordered to fill an immediate requirement and issued to the requesting department upon receipt DUNNAGE
463. terial 14 18 Figure 14 12 Dunnage used to fill space EQUALIZES PRESSURE Figure 14 13 illustrates how dunnage is used in flooring off to distribute the weight of cargo in succeeding layers CRIBBING Cribbing consists of beams formed into a framework to provide support to heavy equipment or other material PERMITS DRAINAGE When laid athwart ships or fore and aft according to the design of the ship dunnage permits water to flow into the drainage system PROVIDES VENTILATION When laid athwartships or fore and aft according to the design of the ship dunnage provides circulation of air through the cargo Figure 14 13 F looring off BULKHEAD Dunnage makes a good bulkhead against a tier of cargo Since the bulkhead will provide considerable stability to the cargo suitable bracing must be installed CHOCKING AND BRACING Dunnage can be used to chock and brace heavy machinery and crates to prevent shifting Dunnage serves a useful purpose in stowing cargo but it can also damage cargo For example wet dunnage in the hold of a ship produces excessive moisture that may damage the cargo Oil stained or dirty dunnage can contaminate foodstuffs It is a good practice never to reuse dunnage until it has been inspected washed and dried as needed and sorted for specific purposes There is no definite set of rules governing the use of dunnage When using it you should also use thought and common sense B
464. terial Movement and Issue Priority System UMMIPS for the requisitioning and movement of material within the DOD distribution system The policy and criteria established by UMMIPS for determining and observing the priority of material movement by shipping activities is implemented in DOD MILSTAMP Regulation Transportation priorities TPs and movement criteria for material not covered by UMMIPS are included in MILSTAMP for the purpose of expressing uniformity of demands for transportation service upon the Defense Transportation System DTS The UMMIPS time standards imply that highspeed transportation may be necessary to meet the requirements of operating forces for high priority material demands priority designators 01 08 Under these conditions the basic objective is to satisfy customer demands on time without operating and transportation costs becoming an overriding factor Transportation priorities are normally assigned based on the priority designator of the requirement being shipped Table 14 1 shows the relationship between priority designators and transportation priorities TRANSPORTATION PRIORITIES WILL NOT BE UPGRADED except by specific modification to original supply demands EXPEDITED HANDLING shipments UMMIPS priorities 01 03 with code 999 indicated in the RDD field of the requisition will be afforded the highest precedence of handling prescribed in this regulation overriding all other priorities projects and
465. terial is receipted identified inspected sorted and distributed Material may be distributed to supply department storerooms or to other departments when the material is marked for direct turnover DTO The leading storeroom Storekeeper also makes sure that receipt documents are accurately annotated and distributed for processing If the leading storeroom Storekeeper is not there during normal working hours the next senior storeroom Storekeeper will assume these duties In performing these duties the Storekeeper delegated the responsibility of receiving incoming stores will exercise direction over other Storekeepers and the working parties handling these stores DUTY STOREKEEPER Makes sure that material delivered after normal working hours is receipted identified inspected and placed in the designated receiving section or turned over to the appropriate department if the receipt document is marked for DTO The duty Storekeeper makes sure that receipt documents are properly annotated and given to the leading storeroom Storekeeper the next workday TYPES OF RECEIPTS There are several types of receipts with various forms used to document the delivery of material Receipts from Purchase Receipts from purchase normally include materials or services received from vendors as a result of activity purchase action Receipt documents may include direct purchase receipts milting from the use of DD Form 1155 or the imprest fund Receip
466. ters and manages the Defense Business Operating Funds DBOF the Navy Resale Program and the Navy Food Service Program They also maintain official property records for material in store NAVSUP exercises management control of field purchasing offices inventory control points supply centers and other offices concerned with supply support For a complete listing of NAVSUP s responsibilities and those specifically assigned to other commands refer to Afloat Supply Procedures NAVSUP P 485 chapter 1 The Navy s supply manager is the Commander Naval Supply Systems Command He makes sure the Navy Supply System operates as a single entity INVENTORY MANAGERS Navy inventory managers have primary responsibility for the managing assigned groups or categories of items of supply The primary function of a Navy inventory manager is to provide effective and efficient support to the fleet and shore field activities of the Navy Navy inventory managers include systems commands project managers bureaus offices ncluding Military Sealift Command and inventory control points ICPs under the command of NAVSUP Inventory managers under the command of NAVSUP exercise primary inventory control responsibility for the various items of supply used by the Navy Inventory control responsibility actions include e determining material and money requirements e initiating procurement and disposal material e the positioning and reposition
467. the AD CANC on the List of Continued Cancellations that is kept in Holding File 2 that list must be annotated in the manner illustrated in figure 10 40 Filing the AUOL Processing of the AUOL must be completed within 20 days after the receipt of the listing aboard ship A Summary of AUOL When processing an AUOL refer to a checkoff list such as the one illustrated in figure 10 41 REPORTING MATERIAL TRANSFERS Each month the value of material transfers excluding material turned into stores ashore for credit and ship s fuel to other operating force units and shore activities must be summarized in order to effect the necessary appropriation subhead operating budget 10 35 REOUIEITION OPTAR LOG ORA ake L 1I Jj 7 LI SS SS m i11 D NO RECEIPT CATEGORY 1 NO RECEIPT CATEGORY 1 RECEIVED MORE THAT 60 DAYS BEFORE PROCESSED DATE CATEGORY 3 PROCESSED DATE CATEGORY 2 RECEIVED MORE THAN 60 DAY S BEFORE PROCESSED DATE CATEGORY 3 O NP0091 ED A j RECEIVED LESS THAN 60 DAYS BEFORE lager i 4333 Figure 10 39 Processing an itemized unfllled order TIQ LIST of CMF coot PARTIAL TOTA m aod CAN ALUE CANCELED E m xn UN t WUMBER DOCUMENT MAMER n99300020580 HOLDING FILE p 20 August 1983 For Period mains HOLDING FILE 2 ac Figure 10 40 Listing of confirmed cancellations O9NPOOQ2 10 36 AGED UNFILLED ORDER CHE
468. the payment of such obligations for an additional 2 years thereafter At the end of the last fiscal year included in the appropriation the appropriation expires for obligation purposes The unobligated balance is transferred to the surplus of the Treasury At the end of the 2 years following the expiration of obligation availability the balance remaining in the account representing unliquidated obligations less reimbursements to be collected is transferred to the successor M account STATUS OF APPROPRIATIONS Three terms are used to designate the status of appropriations CURRENT APPROPRIATION An appropriation which is available for incurring obligations during the current fiscal year EXPIRED APPROPRIATION An appropriation that is no longer available for incurring obligations It does remains available to liquidate existing obligations LAPSED APPROPRIATION The undisbursed balance of an appropriation It is no longer available for disbursement by the department is called a lapsed appropriation By way of explanation let us follow an annual appropriation for Fiscal Year 1996 through the above terms Current appropriation 1 October 1995 to 30 September 1996 Available for obligation and disbursement At the end of the fiscal year 30 September 1996 the Navy must return the unobligated balance to the Treasury Expired appropriation 1 October 1995 to 30 September 1997 No new obligations may be incurred The ob
469. the Allowance Parts List APL which supports the equipment The supply officer is responsible for adding the allowed repair parts from the APL to the SNSL SRI and for ordering many deficient items Some specialized equipment may be received with boxed sets of repair parts that are retained by the department Replenishment of these parts is retie on the basis of a DTO request from the department as the parts are used AMMUNITION The basic policy and requisition procedures for ammunition are contained in Commander Surface Force instructions Although the supply officer is not responsible for preparing or following up on ammunition requisitions he will assist the weapons officer when requested in preparing the proper documents MANDATORY TURN IN REPAIRABLE Mandatory turn in repairable MTRs are high cost items that cannot be repaired on board They are shipped to the nearest designated repair facility These items are procured and managed by the applicable inventory manager on the assumption that unserviceable repairable will be shipped promptly so they can be repaired and placed in supply system stock for reissue In effect repair becomes a substitute for procuring replenishment system stock For this reason control of unserviceable repairables is as important to the Storekeeper as the control of serviceable material Mandatory turn in repairable are identified by the Material Control Code MCC appearing in the ML 1 and in the
470. the NAVSUP P 485 for detailed information and procedures OA VEDMFI soan 26 MEY ote m bade Hem TIAE T kis TETTE Inn tT e SHIP S NAME AND HULL NUMBER w de 2 am Chargeable Requisitions Generally upon preparation of a chargeable requisition purchase order or other document for material or services that are chargeable to the OPTAR of the command you should follow the procedures specified m the NAVSUP P 485 SERVMART Entries The DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 in conjunction with the SERVMART Shopping List SSL NAVSUP Form 1314 is used to document SERVMART procurements Each fund code used requires separate documentation and only one entry is made in the Requisition OPTAR Log for each fund code charged by the SERVMART regardless of the number of different items involved This entry is made after the SERVMART shopping has been completed Figure 10 3 dhows how the data collected from the DD Form 1348 is used to record the charge in the Requisition OPTAR Log The green copy of the DD Form 1348 or NAVSUP Form 1250 1 showing the total amount of money expended and a copy of the SSL NAVSUP Form 1314 showing the cost of each item is placed in Holding File 1 after the entry is completed FISCAL YEAR w 4 USE MATE DDPO LI TDI TITEL DIDI TIT TAL TIE IEEE TEE f Figure 10 2 The Requisition OPTAR Log gt biom wees es 11 14 A
471. the merits which justify its preference ACCESSORY a part subassembly or assembly designed for use in conjunction with or to supplement another assembly unit or set It contributes to the effectiveness of the accessory without extending or varying the basic function of the assembly or set An accessory may be used for testing adjusting or calibrating purpose e g test instrument recording camera for radar set headphones emergency power Supply ATTACHMENT to a part assembly or subassembly designed to be used with another assembly unit or set It contributes to the effectiveness of the attachment by extending or varying the basic function of the assembly unit or set e g hoisting attachment on a truck milling attachment for a lathe MAJ OR COMPONENT an item supported by an APL but used in a larger item such as an equipment For example the meat slicer in the enlisted dining facility is an equipment which is supported by an APL and contains two components the drive motor and the starter motor both supported by individual APLs MAJ OR UNIT OR COMPONENT a component or segment of an equipment For example a radar set may have several major units among them an amplifier tuner antenna pedestal etc ALTERNATE NUMBER a type of reference number Identification to an NSN is made normally by use of a primary reference number Additional numbers that can be used to determine an NSN such as manufacture
472. thereby requiring 212 01 A OSNPOO10 Figure 3 8 Example of an identifying symbol assigned to an instruction reclassifying The proper method of classifying a document for the purpose of selecting the appropriate file is to read it carefully and analyze it considering the following factors 1 The most important definite or concrete subject mentioned The purpose or general significance of the document The manner in which similar documents are requested by users of the files The subject identification code under which previous documents of a similar nature are filed Directives are not placed in the general correspondence files except when copies of instructions and notices are attached to or interfile in such files when needed to complete a record or document Instructions are filed in standard three ring binders and are arranged as follows 1 In numerical order of subject identification number By the originating office within each subject identification number By consecutive number suffix number for each originating office Notices are usually not filed because of their brief duration Should recipients believe it necessary to file a notice temporarily it may be interfile with instructions Messages are filed by the data time group number Normally two files are maintained with one containing incoming messages and the other outgoing messages DISPOSITION OF CORRESPONDENCE AND RECORD
473. ties are designated either shore activities or operating forces 9 1 As a general rule shore activities perform all of the accounting functions listed above In the interest of economy large shore activities frequently perform some of these functions for the smaller activities If accounting is to be performed accurately the correct accounting classifications must be assigned by the Originator of any document This could be your job The Navy expends money from one of two major classifications appropriations or funds This chapter explains the purpose and use of the two classifications so that you have some understanding of what appropriations and funds are and the difference between them The accounting performed to control expenditures is covered in another chapter APPROPRIATIONS An appropriation is an authorization by an Act of Congress to incur obligations for a specified time and purpose and to make payments out of the Treasury It is in this form that the Navy receives money to pay for ships and the cost of their operation and maintenance It also covers the cost of training the pay for those who operate them and the money to operate the shore establishment that supports the fleet ACCOUNTING PERIOD The accounting period of the Navy is the fiscal year Fiscal year differs from the calendar year in that it begins on 1 October and ends on the following 30 September The fiscal year is designated by the calendar year
474. tion aboard ship 4 3 Identification Lists ILs 4 13 Identification tools 4 8 Imprest funds 5 22 Integrated Navy Supply System 2 10 Introduction to Federal Supply Catalogs and Related Publications NAVSUP P 4000 4 8 Inventory management 7 1 forms and publications 7 1 controlled equipage 7 6 Inventory control procedures objectives 7 18 physical inventory 7 1 stock reads 7 10 Inventory managers 2 1 Inventory personnel 7 2 Inventory procedures 7 3 L Labels special handling 14 7 Letter requests List of Items Requiring Special Handing LIRSH Load lists Locator system 6 8 M Main issue storeroom 6 9 Maintenance and Material Management Systems INDEX 2 3 M Systems 12 1 Maintenance Data System 12 2 Management List Navy 4 8 Mandatory turn in repairable MTR items 8 11 Manual files 11 5 Markings and symbols 4 6 Master Cross Reference List MCRL 4 9 Master Repairable Item List MRIL 4 11 Material expenditures 8 1 issue of pre expended bin PEB material 8 3 issues _8 1 8 3 surveys 8 11 transfers 8 6 types of expenditures 8 1 Material identification 4 1 allowance lists load lists symbols and markings 4 6 stock measurement 4 6 tools of identification 4 8 Material obligation validation MOV 5 21 Material protection levels 6 8 Material receipt 6 1 Material receipts 10 12 Material support functions 2 3 Material
475. tion of the Navy Supply System from the receipt of a customer s requisition to the replenishment of stock The items enumerated correspond to the numbered lines in figure Up cll AU PT EXYZ_CORPORATION STOCK POINT FISC OAKLAND USS J ohn Paul J ones submits a requisition to FISC San Diego for a cognizance symbol 1H repair part After researching their records and determining that the item is not in stock FISC San Diego refers the requisition to the proper inventory manager for cognizance symbol 1H material SPCC Mechanicsburg an ICP SPCC Mechanicsburg after researching their master records and determining that the requested item is in stock at FISC Oakland refers the requisition to FISC Oakland FISC Oakland issues the material to USS J ohn Paul J ones FISC Oakland makes an issue transaction report to SPCC Mechanicsburg STOCK POINT FISC SAN DIEGO Figure 2 3 Operation of the Navy Supply System 6 SPCC after applying the issue report to its master record ascertains that FISC Oakland s stock of the item is below the required level and issues a contract to the XYZ Corporation to replenish FISC Oakland 7 The XYZ Corporation ships the material to FISC Oakland 8 FISC Oakland makes a receipt transaction report to SPCC Mechanicsburg THE DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY DLA SUPPLY SYSTEM DLA is a supply support organization which is assigned management responsibili
476. tles used on your ship e OPTAR Records Storekeeper e Receiving Storekeeper e Storeroom Storekeeper e Stock Records Storekeeper e Office Storekeeper e Issueroom Storekeeper e Requisitioning Purchase Storekeeper e Receipt Control Storekeeper e Technical Librarian While all of these jobs are normally performed on all ships the degree of specialization within a supply department is dictated by its size You will be able to do a better job if you develop an awareness of how your particular job fits into the overall responsibility of the supply department In this way you will not see yourself as performing an insignificant unimportant drudgery but rather that each function contributes to the general effectiveness of the department Neatness and legibility of records should not be overlooked in the rush to complete a job Remember someone else may have to use the records in performing the job and a number incorrectly read will probably result in an incorrect report Morale is a word having a great deal of significant in the Navy You as a Storekeeper can contribute much toward the morale of your ship by giving courteous tactful service to personnel of all departments Afloat billets for SK3 and SK2 may include anyone or more of the areas discussed in this book and maybe located aboard any ship in the Navy Shore duty billets are usually more specialized but generally will be similar to afloat jobs THE STOREKEEPER S
477. ts for these items When repair parts are in the custody of supply officers they are responsible for requisitioning replacements for those that has been issued When department heads have custody of repair parts they are responsible for notifying the supply officer each time a repair part is taken from stock The supply officer then requisitions a replenishment repair part Special Requirements Other departments may require special material or an item in a greater quantity than is usually stocked in the storeroom For example the engineering officer plans to re brick a boiler and you do not carry firebrick in the storeroom It is the engineering officer s responsibility to inform the supply officer of the special Requirement Responsibilities of Storekeepers Supply officers rely on SKs to prepare procurement documents SKs usually determine routine requirements and inform their supply officers about requirements requiring their judgment and decision This is not the sole job of one SK all SKs share in this responsibility regardless of rate or where they work Briefly stated below are some of the ways that SKs may fulfill their advisory functions SUPPLY SUPPORT CENTER Not all advice from other departments will come from the head of the department In the Supply Support Center the SK has constant contact with maintenance personnel from all departments Their knowledge of requirements helps the supply officer to detect errors
478. ts from purchase also include material received from contractors as a result of an inventory manager initiated contract there are invoiced on Material Inspection and Receiving Report DD Form 250 or Order for Supplies and Services Request for Quotations DD Form 1155 Receipts from Ashore Activities Materials received from ashore supply officers are normally documented on a DOD Single Line Item Release Receipt Document DD Form 1348 1 Receipts from Afloat Supply Activities Materials received from CLF ships have by an ADP list of the items requested and a DD Form 1348m for each item Material received from other afloat units may have either a DD Form 1348 1 the white copy of a DD Form 1348 or a NAVSUP 1250 1 that was submitted as a requisition document Receipts from Other Appropriations Material received from other appropriations ship s store or Marine Corps etc are normally documented on a Requisition and Invoice Shipping Document DD Form 1149 Miscellaneous Receipts Miscellaneous receipts include automatic shipments or consignments of material that are not related to a ship s procurement document An example would be the delivery of an electronic test set or radiac equipment incident to a Naval Electronic Systems Command NAVELEX shipment order Material provided under the Shortage and Valuable Excess SAVE program and excess of controlled equipage distributed by type commanders are also included METHODS OF
479. ty and control of items in common use by all military services About 60 of the line items in the integrated Navy Supply System are managed by DLA These items are identified by the number 9 preceding the alphabetic cognizance symbol except for cognizance symbol 9Q material which is managed by the General Services Administration GSA Management of the DLA supply system is exercised through DLA headquarters at Cameron Station Alexandria Virginia The role of DLA headquarters in the DLA supply system can be compared to the role of the Naval Supply Systems Command within the Navy Supply System DLA Supply Centers The six DLA Supply Centers DSCs and the types of material for which they are responsible are e Defense Personnel Support Center DPSC Philadelphia Pennsylvania food items medical supplies and clothing e Defense Fuel Supply Center DFSC Washington D C bulk petroleum and bulk petroleum based chemicals e Defense Electronics Supply Center DESC Dayton Ohio electronic and electric equipment and repair parts e Defense Industrial Supply Center DISC Philadelphia Pennsylvanian industrial type items e g bearings wire rope and sheet metal e Defense Construction Supply Center DCSC Columbus Ohio structural material and equipment components and repair parts e Defense General Supply Center DGSC Richmond Virginia furniture food preparation equipment recreation equipment package
480. ualify for advancement The following suggestions may help you to make the best use of this TRAMAN and other Navy training publications when you are preparing for advancement 1 Refer to the Advancement Handbook for Storekeeper before you study the TRAMAN and refer to it frequently as you study Remember not only does it contain a bibliography for advancement study it also contains the PARS and PARS administrative procedures 2 Set up a regular study plan It will probably be easier for you to stick to a schedule if you can plan to study at the same time each day If possible schedule your studying for a time of day when you will not have too many interruptions or distractions 3 Before you begin to study any part of the manual intensively become familiar with the entire book Read the preface and the table of contents Check through the index Thumb through the book without any particular plan looking at the illustrations and reading bits here and there as you see things that interest you 4 Look at the TRAMAN in more detail to see how it is organized Look at the table of contents again Then chapter by chapter read the introduction the headings and the subheadings This will give you a pretty clear picture of the scope and content of the book As you look though the book in this way ask yourself some questions e What do I need to learn about this e What do I already know about this e How is this information
481. uest must be submitted to the authority that established the allowance The request should include the allowance list reference quantity allowed additional quantity needed and the reason for that need The request is submitted via the chain of command and no procurement action may be taken until the increased allowance has been approved However if the requirement is considered to be an emergency a requisition may be submitted to a supply activity with the approval of a superior m the chain of command INSTALLED EQUIPMENT Procurement of installed equipment is the responsibility of and controlled by 1 Naval Electronics Systems Command Electronic Equipment 2 Naval Sea Systems Command Ordnance Equipment 3 Equipment and machinery for ship s operation Naval Sea Systems Command Equipment and machinery for ship s operation Letter requests for installed equipment are submitted by the commanding officer A requisition number must be assigned to these requests by the supply officer Initial Equipment Installation Most new equipment is installed during a shipyard overhaul The additional repair parts required are added to the Stock Number Sequence List Storeroom Items SNSL SRD by personnel in the shipyard Supply operations Assistance Program ILO team When new equipment is installed between overhauls supply personnel must submit a Configuration Change Report to Navy Ships Parts Control Center SPCC SPCC will furnish
482. urcment Voucher Dore Uant Sahn Sorry THE AMOUNT OF THE RECEIPTS ee MELD BY THE MPREST FUND Gach un ris m FOR USE OF CASHIER FOR CASH ADVANCED DISBURSING OFFICER TOTAL MUST EQUAL SUM Approved OF MONEY ADVANCED BY DISBURSING OFFICER Porai rowel r hat ORIGINAL ONLY E zz B emu Tee epee CUBA TO BE SIGNED BY THE SUPPLY ORIGINAL ONLY TO BE nk MEQ UM o ss gt J OFFICER OR THE SIGNED BY THE IMPREST 7 imo x 3 h SPD 13 12 30 Ut COMMAND ING FUND CASHIER Number uf ceimburkimcm ches dr n oo Cateeowe 3 i e 135 22 aT alae OFFICER LE Ro nr p on on nee ene owen nce o Springs T UE AUUUIUNTING GLASBBPICAYION tered a E PR mmm t uev Orrar x pM looot S7 y D x D SHOW COMPLETE J LL 19Uoisri62E ado ACCOUNTING DATA MM P ol ee SERV GEAR HUND 4 o nec z i Ce a as Pe m l E es E NEP SUN he ed THEE ZEE tuts Cunt jj Meee 7 RECEIPT FOR CASH SUBYOUCHER Weocemwi Bo T Fe be ened het lavaias io use odia Da d DULY R Received ia cash from IMPREST TUND FUND CASHIER USS DU US DUARTE DD 901 85 URES tar re following DEALER S BILL USED TO SUPPORT THE REMBURSEMENT VOUCHER Veeder ALINE dndusteial Supply Minn 1129 BUM DES SE Figure 5 15 Example of an Imprest Fund Reimbursement Voucher STD Form 1129 with supporting purchase receipts Records VOUCHER CONTROL The imprest fund cashier maintai
483. used except when absolutely necessary due to inclement weather etc 3 Riding hooks or loads being hoisted During the loading of stores personnel should never be allowed to ride cargo handling equipment such as hooks cargo nets pallets etc being hoisted from the dock to the ship 4 Removed handrails When handrails are removed to load stores or for other reasons guards must be posted or the working area roped off to prevent personnel from falling overboard 5 Ladders Personnel should not be allowed to use ladders in the square of a hatch when stores are being lowered or hoisted in the hatch Great care should be exercised in the use of ladders when hatchboards from several decks have been removed Stairway type ladders should be used when practicable and available 6 Defective wharf The inspection and maintenance of the wharf or pier are primarily the responsibility of the shore station However defective flooring etc should be reported by the Storekeeper immediately upon detection of the defect 7 Slippery decks To prevent injury to personnel a slippery material such as oil grease or ice on decks and piers should be removed at once or covered with sand cinders sawdust or other antislip material SHIPMENT OF PERSONAL EFFECTS Personal effects consist of articles having an intimate relation to the owner or custodian They may include Navy owned special clothing and equipment clothing prescribed by the
484. used in accounting for ship s money This is discussed later in this TRAMAN Material identification does not end with the assignment of a stock number The customers of the supply system need some means of identifying their requirements with the stock numbers assigned to them and of detemining the authorized quantities to carry on bead Identification of these requirements may be determined by using the following lists e Management List Navy provides current data for requisitioning purposes unit issue price etc e Allowance Lists contain the items authorized and recommended quantities that should be on hand and provide descriptive data which associate a material requirement to an NSN Load Lists reflect the range and depth of material carried by Combat Logistics Forces CLF ships including tenders and repairships or bases to fulfill assigned supply support of fleet units INTRODUCTION TO FEDERAL SUPPLY CATALOGS AND RELATED PUBLICATIONS NAVSUP P 4000 All Storekeepers should become proficient in the use of the Introduction to Federal Supply Catalogs and Reated Publications NAVSUP P 4000 because it presents a consolidated text of the features and guidelines for use of various Federal Catalog System and Naval Supply Systems Command NAVSUP publications It also presents instructions which disseminate information relative to items within the Navy Supply System and indicates the interrelationship of the various publi
485. vices Administration GSA provides common use items such as paint paper handtools and cleaning gear to the Navy Navy 2 11 interest items are listed in the ML N as cognizance symbol 9Q and are available at Navy stock points Information concerning identification and procurement of GSA material is contained in the NAVSUP P 485 CHAPTER 3 ADMINISTRATION As a Storekeeper you will usually have some office duties Assignment to an office requires you to have a variety of skills For instance you must know how to operate office equipment and other laborsaving devices and how to care for them You must be familiar with various types of letters publications and how to prepare and file correspondence You must also maintain records and submit required reports and returns In this chapter we will describe general procedures that apply to all offices office equipment and laborsaving devices correspondence and publications used in a supply office This knowledge is a must if you are to perform your duties properly GENERAL OFFICE PROCEDURES The general appearance of an office is affected even by simple things It will be one of your responsibilities to see that what you used during the day is put back in its place after work In securing the office for the night all gear and supplies must be secured and stowed away This prevent damage to equipment or injuries to personnel from flying objects should the ship encounter heavy we
486. vy to each fleet commander for financing supplies and equipage requirements and tender availability Fleet commanders are responsible for administering and accounting for funds allocated to them Also they must maintain official accounting records and submit reports as required They issue expense limitation operating budgets to type commanders These include funds to finance supplies and equipage requirements and tender availabilities of all ships and flags under the type commander s command Type commanders issue responsibility center operating budgets to themselves from expense limitations to cover operating costs of the ships units and staffs for which they are responsible TYPE COMMANDERS Each type commander is responsible for the administration of his responsibility center operating budget and the financial management of all ships and staffs under the type commander s command This responsibility includes financial planning analysis of operating budget unfilled orders and expenditures expenses and performance reporting Ships and commands under a type commander s control are authorized by the type commander to cite his operating budget for materials and for certain services This authorized obligation is referred to as an operating target or OPTAR COMMANDING OFFICERS Commanding officers are responsible for the effective use of OPTAR funds Statute requires that each transactoin affecting the available balance of an op
487. when the unit price on the status card or message is 25 or more The steps for adjusting the REQUISITIGN DPTAR LOG Requisition OPTAR Log are found in NAVSUP P 485 An illustration of posting advance price adjustments is in figure 10 9 MATERIAL RECEIPTS When material is received aboard the actions taken by the OPTAR recordskeeper depends upon the nature of the type of receipt Before any action is taken the recordskeeper must recognize the type of receipt Figure 10 10 shows the normal shipboard flow of receipt documents REMARKS BLOCK ENTRY ACQUIBTION DPTAR 106 Figure 10 9 Posting advance price adjustments 10 12 RECEIVING SK Receiving Sk notifies department representative or storeroom SK of receipt of material as appropiate 1348 1 FOR DIRECT TURNOVER REQUISITION SK Requisition SK pulls 1348 Hardback 1348 6 Pink Copy 1250 1 Hardback DD Form 1149 OD Form 1155 from the Material Outstanding File and attaches them to the 1348 1 annotates the 1348 1 with partial receipt information if re quires and forwards the 1348 1 to the OPTAR recordskeeper SK assigned to prepare requisitions and maintain Material Outstanding and Material Completed Files DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE Receiving SK releases material to department representative who circles quantity received and signs 1348 1 Receiving SK forwards 1348 1 to Stock Control SK STOREROOM SK
488. which all documents are recorded The log is the principal shipboard financial control device The Storekeeper who maintains it and its supporting files is known as the OPTAR recordskeeper Most of the columns in the OPTAR Log are self explanatory However the following general rules should be observed All entries should be legible and in ink e The ship s name and hull number should be written in the space provided in the upper right hand comer of each page Each page should be numbered in sequence The fiscal year should be entered on each page fiscal year OPTAR granted As the OPTAR recordskeeper you have the responsibility of maintaining the OPTAR logs for your ship For the first 6 months of any fiscal year you must maintain two separate logs at the same time One is for the current year and the other for the immediate preceding year After Match the DAO will take over OPTAR accounting and reporting for the remainder of the 36 monthlife cycle of the appropriation Details for accounting and reporting procedures for the current and subsequent years for O amp MN funds are promulgated in Financial Management of Resources Operating Forces NAVSO P 3013 2 and Afloat OPTAR Recordskeeper s Guide NAVSO P 3073 The OPTAR amount established by the type commander must be entered on the Requisition OPTAR Log This amount is then reduced by the value of each chargeable transactions Not all transactions are chargeable to the OPTAR
489. with copies of the transfer documents The C Summary The C Summary is used to effect adjustments between appropriations subheads and operating budgets or between operating budgets within an appropriation and subhead Generally transactions reportable on the C Summary are issues and transfers of chargeable type aviation material to ship s use PREPARATION OF SUMMARIES Summaries are prepared by the transferring activity The heading of the Summary of Material Receipts Expenditures NAVCOMPT Form 176 shows the submitting activity accounting period covered and the type of summary Columnar entries are illustrated in figure 10 42 EFFECT OF TRANSFERS ON THE OPTAR When you receive material from other ships you must determine whether the requisition will result in a charge to your ships OPTAR Transfers of material between ships under the same TYCOM and Five Year Defense Program Budget Activity do not reduce the OPTAR balance since this material has already been charged to the TYCOM operating budget at the time it was issued to the transferring ship OPTAR adjustments may be authorized in these cases by the TYCOM and if so the procedures are contained in TYCOM instructions Transfers of material between ships under different TYCOMs or a different Five Year Defense Program Budget Activity do result in a decrease in the OPTAR balance of the receiving ship The A Summary serves to transfer the charge from the transferring ship
490. wwwv RDO PROJECT SS N N N N N N N N S N N S N N N N S S N N N S N N N N N N N N S S N A Wem MILITARY SHIPMENT LABEL SAAS CML BLUE BORDER SPOR TATION OL NUM N ADO 224 FROM N N NAS NORTH ISLAND S To AOE ste qanicat o S NY TRAVIS AFB SUU N POO when apices NY MICKAM HIKO ULTIMATE CONSIGNEE OR MARK FOR N USS KEARSARGE CVS 33 WEIGHT THIS PIECE CUBE THIS PIECE 37 7 N N MMM MILITARY SHIPPING TAG Ld VM WM O9NPO133 7 N N SPECIAL HANDLING DATA CERTIFICATION lwowneenr 55 mer ul v033873056503XXX ween N oe sTmaTion PAINT 35 e USS SEANORI LA 2 HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS SMPPER CFRTWICATIONE This ia fa CERTIFY that iha Contents of the ats FLAMMABLE LIQUID Damaged packages rived by name and et posue maread end i proper can must be removed to a safe place ton ter ranapertitien in accordance with keep away from fire heat and open CO suspansonarit S 20 AFMI TH 00 208 flame store in cool well ventilated MAVPERS 18 35 000 AND MCO Poets 19 area N G 9 ERARE G we zz LZ REPLACES EDITION OF IAPR 472 Ly MAY BE USED Wey DO FORM 1380 2 1 APR Ai ira Use A 7 O9NPO134 7 Z Figure 14 6 Special Handling Data Certification DD Form 1387 2 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS Liquids having a flash point below 100 degrees F and do not meet
491. y da the Benopersan An af 099 e aad OU NC App II 0 nq i ond hall be Seven te venient sl the geqevapme met ty Anaan M8 hof sad dyi me ate wigan a al Lange eos ang fe Hw EAER Qi E 1 amp CONEITION POR ABIONMEWT The Peter b n aa nat In orugned pursuasa i the Augam of Casts A of VB p aerated HM HUNC INL LU TO HD entre oF untd Du sappian un Seen eoqu and and ax anged di efe By res aig in A E boron amp COMMENCING WARRANTY Tur d an sar ageom us rr app ura c faraid water he cuite shall be severe ty the Quee lome comme ui odriaimp ie Loma ter gem e ony corona tet aah appin Gr urcn es and thes De ghn ond meta pairi hurt ger affer im and n ox hans ony ras piedan e the Gore by soy aster nena of o vemtee t REPLACES LOTION OF 1 Aue M WIECH 4 0690 ETE M PRIONITIER ALLOCATIONS AND ALLOTMENTS The vana fos shall fuinn n rus cn el OMS Aa 1 m DES Rep 1 and afl ahn sopia obit seguiam ond orders of the facon of uncia Commarea etansare contosiivd asieran aed wher patan oad meters norde vo fl vans a det amp PAST PAYMEWI PROCEDVAG fw Queue Tin n a fes gaymem ord Incem di be pend 26 Yt Parr cl vb ranean tar diary t a poni offiar semenan quorqu or i dpm by Qnber mons v tht noct of Bod oa nea 1y tt Goeres Ay Reponaishey fov upph Tuis ve the vappe hull etu in the Ca romeni apne dh be a pont office er comuna carvan bar daga vo the vecelund
492. y indicated by the routing identifier and the copy of a copy of the message filed with the outstanding requisition If the followup message includes multiple document numbers the hardbook copies of the related requisitions in the MOF is annotated to indicate the DTG of the message The supply activity then furnishes the current status of your requisition When taking followup action on a requisition for urgently needed material for which the standard delivery date or required delivery date is past with no status received document identifier AT may be used instead of AF1 This tells the supply activity that if they have no record of the original requisition to process the followup as a requisition This could preclude the need for another requisition if response to an AF1 followup should be no record of your requisition However it may also result in duplicate shipment and billing REQUISITION CANCELLATION When material is no longer required a cancellation request should be sent to the last known holder of the requisition It is prepared m the same manner as a followup except that a document identifier in the AC series is used Submission of a cancellation request does not guarantee cancellation of the requisition If the supply activity has already released or shipped the material the requisition cannot be canceled For this reason you should not consider a Requisition canceled until confirmation is received from the supply
493. y only one shop or one group of contiguous shops and must meet the frequency of demand criteria set by the type commander The quantity of each item in the custody of another department plus the on hand quantity of any backup stock in supply department storerooms must not exceed the ship s prescribed stockage objective IMA technical stores will not include MTR items critical items or PEB items They also do not include bulkhead mounted spares or bulky consumables which are otherwise authorized to be stored in other departmental spaces INTERMEDIATE PACKAGE The consolidation of two or more unit packages for ease in handling storage and shipping by the use of tie wrap bag or interior containers limiting the weight to 35 pounds when possible INTRA Within Used in supply operations to refer to relationships or transactions entirely within one organization intraship intraservice intrastate etc INVENTORY tThe quantity of stocks on hand for which stock records cards listings tape are maintained It also means that the material on hand is physically inspected and counted and stock records reconciled INVENTORY CONTROL Information connection with material as to amounts on hand amounts on order rate of consumption and prospective future rate of consumption INVENTORY SEGMENT A subgrouping of stock material for physical inventory purposes The segment may be by cognizance symbol or Federal supply
494. ype commander MTR ITEMS The term mandatory turn in repairable items describes all material listed the Master Repairable Item List MRIL and fleet ballistic missile master repair list FBMMRL which are coded for return to the supply system when unserviceable and not locally repairable MTR items are listed m the MRIL and FBMMRL They are provided to assist in the identification of Navy managed mandatory turn in repairable items It should be remembered that the MRIL aud FBMMRL serve to indicate the items that require turn in when unserviceable The activity to which they should be transferred to be repaired is also specified An MTR suspense file must be established to maintain and control the return of repairable material from other shipboard departments and to assist in the preparation of turn in documents Procedures to be followed when turning in MTR items are found in NAVSUP P 485 shows an example of a DD Form 1348 1 prepared for turn in of MTR items to store ashore ed eee amen a ae E I i t I t i loo DD Fore 1308 Y fie FA13 M40 LT EXHAUSTFI MERERI Shaded data blocks indicate entries normally not included in a skeletonized DD Form 1348 1 a H MAC M UMO SURVEYS A survey is the procedure that must be followed when Navy property is lost damaged or destroyed A survey must be initiated for all Navy property except incoming shipments In which case a Report of Discrepancy ROD Standard Form 36
495. ypical forward and after holds are shown in figures 14 10 dnd 14 11 respectively You will understand cargo handling in a ship s hold much better if you are familiar with the applicable ship s nomenclature CARGO STOWAGE The following paragraphs discuss some of the basic principles of stowage They are not only applicable to stowing cargo but may also be used to good advantage when stowing ship s material 14 17 09NP0137 1 Beam 5 Bulkhead 10 Sweat batten 15 Ceiling planks 2 Coaming 6 Stanchion 11 Tank top 16 Shaft tunnel 3 Tween deck 7 Ring 12 Beam socket 17 Skin 4 Hatch ladder 8 Flare 13 Lower hold 18 Hatchboards 9 Frame 14 Stiffener Figure 14 11 After hold of a ship USE OF DUNNAGE PREVENTS CHAFING Dunnage prevents one article from robbing against another as illustrated in Dunnage is any type of material used to protect the figure 14 12 ship and the cargo Generally roughfinished low grade lumber is used but you can also use burlap PREVENTS MOVEMENT Figure 14 12 also cardboard heavy paper and metal battens shows dunnage between the last two bombs It fills space Themau qu dase da do xai Moo dn which if left unfilled would permit the bombs to shift an integral part of the ship thereby protecting both the PROVIDES SEPARATION OF CARGO ship and the cargo Dunnage has the following specific Material such as burlap or heavy paper may be uses effectively used to separate types of lots of ma

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

BENDIX BW7294S User's Manual  Compteurs intelligents ACLLA ME372 (monophasé) et  Nilfisk-ALTO 651BCL Carpet Cleaner User Manual  USER MANUAL  Bulletin n°39    GLOSSARIO di ERGONOMIA  シンプルな ルな小物に 自分テイストをプラス シンプルな小物に 自分  Power CAP 485  GV-DSP LPR - Surveillance System, Security Cameras, and CCTV  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file